Pokémon TCG: Sword and Shield—Brilliant Stars

Pokémon XD: Gale of Darkness: Cipher/Snagem Resurrection (Set)

This is a long post that involves a road of DS-transmitted data. This post and the next one culminates with a fourth battle against Miror B. (that doesn't involve someone else's Shadow Pokémon) in XD: Gale of Darkness. This is all data from Colosseum originally that led to a second match against Fein in that game, modified for XD: Gale of Darkness. This post has data that doesn't involve Trainers' City.

Part 1: Outside Team Missions (Colosseum Versions: Magma Aqua Flora Plasma Ending)
Mission originally created by Sunflorazumarill. Modified by myself for XD: Gale of Darkness.

Transmit the passwords on all seven Weather Cubes to the Tajiri server. This will transmit an XD: Gale of Darkness version of the first-ever transmittable Colosseum mission into XD: Gale of Darkness, with some differences.

This piece of data is an XD: Gale of Darkness version of a Colosseum mission that involves five additional evil teams. To do this piece of data in XD: Gale of Darkness, you must have beaten Greevil at least once. When you first continue your progress, you'll get an E-mail from Nett titled "Magma?!". In it, it tells you Nett has something important to tell you. Also included in the e-mail is your quick password, which allows you to download the mission from the Tajiri server with just one password. After getting this E-mail, if you go up to any TV, you'll hear a news report about other organizations in Orre. The broadcast goes like this: "We have breaking news! It turns out that the organization mentioned earlier with a plot for world domination has been stopped, but there are rumors of 5 other organizations operating all around Orre. We will tell you more of this story as we find out more!" As it turns out, Team Magma, Team Aqua, Team Flora, and Team Plasma have come to Orre and are wreaking havoc there. You'll have to fight each of them. Here is where each Team is:

Magma: Mt. Battle (Area 1)
Aqua: Pyrite Town (ONBS Station)
Flora: Team Snagem Hideout
Plasma: Shadow Pokémon Lab

The battles with the team Grunts are still 2-on-2 (like all the trainer battles in Pokémon XD: Gale of Darkness after snagging the shadow Teddiursa). Each group is lead by a corresponding team's Admin, who has a Shadow Pokémon (indicated in red). (These additional Shadow Pokémon along with others accessed through other DS-transmittable data will contribute to a fourth battle with Miror B. (that doesn't involve someone else's Shadow Pokémon).) You can do this mission again once it's completed by transmitting the passwords again. If you do and you've already Snagged a Shadow Pokémon from an Admin, he or she will instead have a different regular Pokémon (indicated in green). Anyway, here is more information on each team:

TEAM MAGMA: Location, Mt. Battle

Anyway, head to the ONBS Station and talk to Nett. He'll tell you that a team known as Magma is at Mt. Battle. Immediately head there and you'll learn that Team Magma has taken Area 1 over. (Any Mt. Battle progress you have will be halted until Team Magma leaves.) The woman will let you go to Area 1. When you head into Area 1, you'll notice that instead of the usual Mt. Battle Trainers on each platform, each platform instead has a Team Magma Grunt. You'll have to fight each of them to reach the end of Area 1. Here are each Grunt's Pokémon that you fight as you make your way up Mt. Battle:

Team Magma Grunt(M): L43 Baltoy, L44 Ponyta, L45 Makuhita, L46 Numel
Team Magma Grunt(F): L44 Houndour, L45 Rhyhorn, L46 Growlithe, L47 Sableye
Team Magma Grunt(M): L45 Vulpix, L46 Lairon, L47 Magby, L48 Sandslash
Team Magma Grunt(F): L46 Charmeleon, L47 Donphan, L48 Magcargo, L49 Stantler
Team Magma Grunt(M): L47 Golbat, L48 Torkoal, L49 Onix, L50 Houndoom
Team Magma Grunt(F): L48 Vibrava, L49 Togetic, L50 Magcargo, L51 Hypno
Team Magma Grunt(M): L49 Swellow, L50 Ninetales, L51 Miltank, L52 Pupitar
Team Magma Grunt(F): L50 Torkoal, L51 Shelgon, L52 Claydol, L53 Rapidash
Team Magma Grunt(M): L51 Ninetales, L52 Rhydon, L53 Houndoom, L54 Steelix

Once you reach the 10th platform of Mt. Battle, you'll find a Team Magma Admin, Harland, holding Vander (the Area 1 Leader) hostage. You'll then have to fight Harland. He'll have Mightyena use Sunny Day, which will power up his Camerupt's Eruption and his Blaziken's Blaze Kick. His Mightyena also knows Iron Tail and Hyper Beam and his Armaldo will use Ancientpower and Aerial Ace to deal heavy physical damage. Use Water attacks for all of Harland's team, but don't use them when he brings out his Shadow Pokémon, Entei. Inflict Entei with a Sleep condition to prevent its shadow attacks and use attacks other than Water, Rock, and Ground-type ones to Snag it.

Magma Admin Harland(M): L55 Camerupt, L54 Mightyena, L53 Blaziken, L52 Armaldo, L50 Entei/L51 Arcanine
Entei's Shadow Moves: Shadow Fire, Shadow Break, Shadow Shed, Shadow Sky
The music played against all Team Magma/Aqua/Flora/Plasma/Rocket Grunts and Admins that aren't in knockout challenges is the music played when battling a traditional Cipher Peon.

TEAM AQUA: Location, ONBS Station

After ridding Team Magma from Mt. Battle, you'll get another E-mail from Nett (titled "Another Team!") telling you that red face paint Cail knows some information about another group somewhere in Pyrite Town. The e-mail has several spelling and grammar errors, as if Nett was in a big hurry to type it and had no time to spellcheck. Go to Pyrite Town and battle Cail to learn that Team Aqua has taken up residence in the ONBS Station. (Probably explains why Nett's e-mail had all those errors on it. No, Burninating_Torchic, the errors are nothing along the lines of "Absol is now Sleeping.") Head over there and upon heading inside, you'll notice that Team Aqua Grunts are littered all over the station. Here are each Grunt's Pokémon that you fight as you make your way through the ONBS Station:

Team Aqua Grunt(F): L43 Poliwhirl, L44 Smoochum, L45 Kingler, L46 Carvanha
Team Aqua Grunt(M): L44 Seaking, L45 Corphish, L46 Croconaw, L47 Delibird
Team Aqua Grunt(F): L45 Masquerain, L46 Cloyster, L47 Mightyena, L48 Corsola
Team Aqua Grunt(M): L46 Sealeo, L47 Qwilfish, L48 Luvdisc, L49 Sneasel
Team Aqua Grunt(F): L47 Machoke, L48 Tentacruel, L49 Piloswine, L50 Huntail
Team Aqua Grunt(M): L48 Golbat, L49 Octillery, L50 Gorebyss, L51 Starmie
Team Aqua Grunt(F): L49 Mantine, L50 Mawile, L51 Mr. Mime, L52 Milotic
Team Aqua Grunt(M): L50 Relicanth, L51 Whiscash, L52 Pelipper, L53 Lapras
Team Aqua Grunt(F): L51 Crawdaunt, L52 Golduck, L53 Blastoise, L54 Wailord

When you head out to the roof of the ONBS Station, you'll find a Team Aqua Admin, Isabel. You then will have to fight her. Her Ludicolo will use Rain Dance to power up her team's Water attacks and her Dragonair will use Dragonbreath and Thunder Wave to Paralyze your team. Use Grass and Electric Pokémon to make quick work of the Water-types and an Ice-type for Dragonair. When Isabel sends out Suicune, her Shadow Pokémon, put a Sleep condition on it and slowly cut down its HP before Snagging it. Here's Isabel's team:

Aqua Admin Isabel(F): L55 Sharpedo, L54 Ludicolo, L53 Dragonair, L52 Dewgong, L50 Suicune/L51 Quagsire
Suicune's Shadow Moves: Shadow Chill, Shadow Crush, Shadow Rave, Shadow Mist

TEAM FLORA: Location, Team Snagem Hideout

After ousting Team Aqua from the ONBS Station, you'll get an E-mail from Secc simply titled "Team Flora???" Go and talk to him in the ONBS Station and he'll inform you of a suspicious team found back at the Snagem Hideout. Head to the Hideout and head inside. As you make your way through the same route that leads to Gonzap, you'll notice that none of the usual Trainers or Team Snagem members are there. Instead, Team Flora Grunts litter the area. Also, at certain points along the route, a Team Flora Grunt (the first one on the list) will drop down. Note that it's the same one each time. Here are each Grunt's Pokémon that you fight as you make your way through the Team Snagem Hideout:

Team Flora Grunt(F): L43 Weepinbell, L44 Ninjask, L45 Yanma, L46 Cacnea
Team Flora Grunt(M): L44 Nuzleaf, L45 Exeggcute, L46 Gulpin, L47 Chansey
Team Flora Grunt(F): L45 Gloom, L46 Shuckle, L47 Kirlia, L48 Breloom
Team Flora Grunt(M): L46 Grovyle, L47 Scyther, L48 Venomoth, L49 Pinsir
Team Flora Grunt(F): L47 Golbat, L48 Roselia, L49 Arbok, L50 Nidoqueen
Team Flora Grunt(M): L48 Sunflora, L49 Heracross, L50 Nidoking, L51 Altaria
Team Flora Grunt(F): L49 Parasect, L50 Jumpluff, L51 Mightyena, L52 Metang
Team Flora Grunt(M): L50 Tropius, L51 Linoone, L52 Wobbuffet, L53 Meganium
Team Flora Grunt(F): L51 Gligar, L52 Victreebel, L53 Murkrow, L54 Shiftry

When you reach the place where you fought Gonzap, you'll find a Team Flora Admin by the name of Xenia. She'll boast about a large Snag Machine that was here five years ago and desires a want for it so that Team Flora can Snag dozens of Grass Pokémon from other Trainers, then she'll fight you. Her Gardevoir's Psychic attack can really hurt your team and her Vileplume will use Aerial Ace and Sludge Bomb to deal accurate and strong Flying and Poison damage. Fire Pokémon will make quick work of her Pokémon except for Sudowoodo, her Shadow Pokémon. Put a Sleep condition on the Imitation Pokémon and use physical attacks to Snag it. Here's Xenia's team:

Flora Admin Xenia(F): L55 Cacturne, L54 Gardevoir, L53 Vileplume, L52 Skarmory, L50 Sudowoodo/L51 Cradily
Sudowoodo's Shadow Attacks: Shadow Half, Shadow Hold, Shadow End (1 Normal Attack)

TEAM PLASMA: Location, Shadow Pokémon Lab

After Team Flora leaves the Team Snagem Hideout, you'll get an E-mail from Marcia (titled "Trouble at Lab!") telling you that Kilen, the Bodybuilder at Gateon Port, knows something about another team found near the Shadow Pokémon Lab. Head for Gateon and battle Kilen to learn that a group known as Team Plasma is at the Shadow Pokémon Lab. Head over there and upon heading inside, you'll notice that this time, Team Plasma Grunts drop down from above instead of Cipher Peons. They are found in the same locations that the Peons were your previous trek through the Lab. Here are each Grunt's Pokémon that you fight as you make your way through the Shadow Pokémon Lab:

Team Plasma Grunt(M): L43 Voltorb, L44 Meditite, L45 Natu, L46 Electrike
Team Plasma Grunt(F): L44 Spoink, L45 Magnemite, L46 Pikachu, L47 Pidgeotto
Team Plasma Grunt(M): L45 Elekid, L46 Flaaffy, L47 Porygon, L48 Loudred
Team Plasma Grunt(F): L46 Flaaffy, L47 Kadabra, L48 Raichu, L49 Golbat
Team Plasma Grunt(M): L47 Plusle, L48 Volbeat, L49 Granbull, L50 Haunter
Team Plasma Grunt(F): L48 Minun, L49 Illumise, L50 Dugtrio, L51 Aipom
Team Plasma Grunt(M): L49 Nosepass, L50 Mightyena, L51 Grumpig, L52 Magneton
Team Plasma Grunt(F): L50 Electrode, L51 Misdreavus, L52 Lanturn, L53 Pidegot
Team Plasma Grunt(M): L51 Magneton, L52 Medicham, L53 Ampharos, L54 Porygon2

As you make your way thugh the Lab, you'll eventually end up in the room where Wes fought Ein five years ago to find a Team Plasma Admin, Jack. You'll hear Jack saying he's looking for data on how to make more Shadow Pokémon so that Team Plasma will become unstoppable. He'll the notice you and recognize you. You then have to battle him. Use Ground-types to take on his Electric-types and an Electric attack of your own for Xatu. However, beware of Exploud's high damaging Hyper Voice attack and a Protect/Explosion combo used with Xatu and Electrode. When Jack sends out his Shadow Pokémon, Raikou, put it to Sleep and use attacks other than Ground-type ones so Snag it. Here's Jack's team:

Plasma Admin Jack(M): L55 Manectric, L54 Exploud, L53 Electrode, L52 Xatu, L50 Raikou/L51 Raichu
Raikou's Shadow Attacks: Shadow Bolt, Shadow Storm, Shadow Panic, Shadow Blitz

Once all four teams have been defeated, you'll get one more E-mail from Nett entitled "URGENT NEWS!!!" Head back to ONBS and talk to him. He'll tell you some terrible news. The news is that Team Rocket has taken over Citadark Island. You have to head back there and stop whatever plans they have.

GATEON PORT

As it turns out, each of the leaders of the other four teams are at Gateon Port, where you're supposed to set sail to Citadark Island on Robo Kyogre. Maxie (Team Magma), Archie (Team Aqua), Farlie (Team Flora), and Plasmae (Team Plasma) are each somewhere at Gateon Port. There's some bad news, though: Each of them have stolen a part from Robo Kyogre so you can't sail to Citadark! You have to fight each of them and obtain one of Robo Kyogre's parts. It won't be easy though, so I'll give you a little strategy for each of them.

Magma Leader Maxie(M): L60 Camerupt, L58 Mightyena, L58 Crobat, L58 Houndoom, L58 Arcanine, L45 Flygon/L58 Rapidash; Win the Kyogre Engine
Flygon Shadow Attacks: Shadow Storm, Shadow Crush, Shadow Sky (1 Normal Attack)
When facing Maxie, Archie, Farlie, or Plasmae, the music that plays is the traditional boss theme.

Maxie uses Sunny Day to up the power of his Pokémon's Fire-type attacks. Not only that, but two of his Pokémon (Houndoom and Rapidash) know Solarbeam, which takes only 1 turn to use in sunlight. You can counter all this with Rain Dance, however. Use Water and Ground attacks for Maxie's Pokémon before they burn up much of your team with their attacks. Use a Sleep condition on Flygon and Snag it.

Aqua Leader Archie(M): L60 Sharpedo, L58 Mightyena, L58 Crobat, L58 Octillery, L58 Mantine, L45 Jynx/L58 Poliwrath; Win the Kyogre Navigation
Jynx Shadow Attacks: Shadow Shed, Shadow Storm (2 Normal Attacks)

Archie uses Rain Dance to increase his Water Pokémon's power. However, you can use an Electric Pokémon that knows Thunder to take care of them. Grass Pokémon can also do the job. But be careful with Electric Pokémon since two of Archie's Pokémon (Sharpedo and Poliwrath) know Earthquake. However, a Thunder attack from a good Eletric-type should K.O. them in one hit. Use a Sleep condition on Jynx and Snag it.

Flora Leader Farlie(M): L60 Cacturne, L58 Mightyena, L58 Crobat, L58 Tangela, L58 Jumpluff, L45 Sunflora/L58 Victreebel; Win the Kyogre Ignition
Sunflora Shadow Attacks: Shadow Rave, Shadow Down (2 Normal Attacks)

Farlie has a sinister plan in store for you. His Pokémon will use the Toxic/Protect along with such moves as Spikes (Cacturne), Confuse Ray (Crobat), Mean Look (Crobat), and Bind (Tangela). Use Fire-type attacks to dispatch each of Farlie's Pokémon before that have a chance to do any of that to you. Bring healing items with you just in case the Poison damage starts to get to you. Use a Sleep condition on Sunflora and Snag it.

Plasma Leader Plasmae(F): L60 Manectric, L58 Mightyena, L58 Crobat, L58 Xatu, L58 Electabuzz , L45 Skarmory/L58 Raichu; Win the Kyogre Exhaust
Skarmory Shadow Attacks: Shadow Crush, Shadow Rave, Shadow Mist (1 Normal Attack)

Plasme's starategy is pure havoc. She'll have her Pokémon use Thunder Wave to Paralyze your team and then use attacks like Confuse Ray (Crobat and Xatu), Attract (Raichu), Double Team (Electabuzz), and Mean Look (Crobat), to make sure you never get the chance to attack. Ground-types however are immune to Thunder Wave and can take out Plasmae's team quickly. Use them. Use a Sleep condition on the Skarmory and Snag it.

CITADARK ISLAND

Once you've obtained the stolen parts to the Robo Kyogre, talk to Roose and he'll get to work on fixing Robo Kyogre. Head for anywhere else on the map, then return to Gateon and Robo Kyogre is fixed. You can now sail to Citadark Island. On the island, instead of the usual Trainers, you'll find many Team Rocket Grunts all over the place. Fifteen of them are standing on the path to Greevil's chamber, while two will drop from the ceiling at preset spots. Each Rocket uses a specific Pokémon type and thus will make this very difficult. If your team needs it, you can head to a Healing Station and heal your Pokémon as many times as you wish. Here are each Grunt's Pokémon along with an indication of that Grunt's type:

Team Rocket Grunt(M) Water: L52 Lombre, L53 Pelipper, L54 Cloyster, L55 Swampert
Team Rocket Grunt(F) Grass: L52 Roselia, L53 Cacturne, L54 Jumpluff, L55 Exeggutor
Team Rocket Grunt(M) Electric: L52 Magneton, L53 Electabuzz, L54 Lanturn, L55 Ampharos
Team Rocket Grunt(F) Fire: L52 Magcargo, L53 Torkoal, L54 Houndoom, L55 Typhlosion
Team Rocket Grunt(M) Fighting: L52 Machoke, L53 Medicham, L54 Breloom, L55 Poliwrath
Team Rocket Grunt(F) Poison: L52 Qwilfish, L53 Arbok, L54 Swalot, L55 Venusaur
Team Rocket Grunt(M) Flying: L52 Swellow, L53 Beautifly, L54 Tropius, L55 Crobat
Team Rocket Grunt(F) Ice: L52 Delibird, L53 Glalie, L54 Piloswine, L55 Walrein
Team Rocket Grunt(M) Bug: L53 Volbeat, L53 Illumise, L54 Ninjask, L54 Parasect
Team Rocket Grunt(F) Ground: L52 Marowak, L53 Whiscash, L54 Claydol, L55 Camerupt
Team Rocket Grunt(M) Steel: L52 Lairon, L53 Forretress, L54 Mawile, L55 Steelix
Team Rocket Grunt(F) Psychic: L52 Metang, L53 Jynx, L54 Xatu, L55 Gardevoir
Team Rocket Grunt(M) Rock: L52 Nosepass, L53 Pupitar, L54 Cradily, L55 Golem
Team Rocket Grunt(F) Dark: L52 Nuzleaf, L53 Mightyena, L54 Sneasel, L55 Sharpedo
Team Rocket Grunt(M) Normal: L52 Zangoose, L53 Delcatty, L54 Linoone, L55 Exploud
Team Rocket Grunt(F) Ghost: L52 Misdreavus, L53 Dusclops, L54 Sableye, L55 Gengar
Team Rocket Grunt(M) Dragon: L52 Altaria, L53 Dragonair, L54 Shelgon, L55 Flygon

GREEVIL'S CHAMBER

Once you have defeated all the Rockets, you can enter Greevil's chamber. Heal your Pokémon and save your progress before entering. When you enter, you'll have to fight some "elite" Team Rocket agents before you can take on Giovanni himself. If you make it through the first four groups, your team will be recharged for Giovanni and another elite agent of his. If you lose to any of them, you have to start over from Jessie & James. Here are each Rocket's team along with a mini-strategy for each of them:

Rocket Admins Jessie&James(F/M): L60 Seviper, L60 Wobbuffet, L60 Dustox, L60 Chimecho, L60 Cacturne, L50 Sneasel/L60 Meowth
Sneasel's Shadow Attacks: Shadow Blitz, Shadow Wave, Shadow Sky (1 Normal Attack)
The music when facing Jessie & James is the same as the music played in the first round of a knockout challenge.

Out favorite Team Rocket duo (along with Meowth) tends to use Poison- and Psychic-type Pokémon. Psychic-types can take care of the former, and Dark-types can take care of the latter. But Cacturne is there to counter Psychic Pokémon. Use a Fire attack on Cacturne (also good against Dustox), but Wobbuffet could be their trickiest Pokémon of all. Be careful of its Counter, Mirror Coat, and Destiny Bond attacks. Put a Sleep condition on the Sneasel and Snag it.

Rocket Admins Butch&Cassidy(M/F): L60 Raticate, L60 Primeape, L60 Houndoom, L60 Hitmontop, L60 Mightyena, L50 Stantler/L60 Armaldo
Stantler's Shadow Attacks: Shadow Panic, Shadow Shed, Shadow Mist (1 Normal Attack)
The music when facing Butch and Cassidy is the same as the music played in the second round of a knockout challenge.

Butch & Cassidy are even harder than Jessie & James. Psychic and Flying Pokémon should take care of Primeape and Hitmontop and Fighting and Bug Pokémon should be used against Houndoom and Mightyena. Be careful of such combos like Hitmontop's Flying-type blow/Counter and Houndoom's Overheat/White Herb. If you follow these rules, you'll be able to topple this duo. Put a Sleep condition on the Stantler and Snag it.

Rocket Admins Annie&Oakley(F/F): L60 Ariados, L60 Espeon, L60 Azumarill, L60 Sunflora, L60 Camerupt, L50 Murkrow/L60 Altaria
Murkrow's Shadow Attacks: Shadow Crush, Shadow Sky, Shadow Down (1 Normal Attack)
The music when facing Annie & Oakley is the same as the music played in the semifinal round of a knockout challenge.

Annie & Oakley (from Pokémon Heroes) use a very diverse team. None of their Pokémon seem to share a weakness. Not only that, but they use a slew of attacks such as Sludge Bomb (Ariados), Psychic (Espeon), Faint Attack and Razor Leaf (Sunflora), Surf and Ice Beam (Azumarill), Flamethrower and Earthquake (Camerupt), and Dragonbreath (Altaria, once you've snagged Murkrow). Fire attacks can take out Ariados and Sunflora and a Water Pokémon with both a Water and Ice attack can make quick work of Camerupt and Altaria (once you've snagged Murkrow). Use Dark and Electric-type attacks for Espeon and Azumarill. Murkrow may have Insomnia, so put a Paralyze or Freeze condition on the Murkrow and Snag it.

Rocket Admin Tyson(M): L60 Fearow, L60 Fearow, L60 Meganium, L60 Arcanine, L60 Manectric, L50 Absol/L60 Crawdaunt
Absol's Shadow Attacks: Shadow Half, Shadow Hold, Shadow End (1 Normal Attack)
The music when facing Tyson is the same as the music played in the final round of a knockout challenge.

Tyson can be very tough. Both of his Fearow know Hyper Beam and Drill Peck. He'll usually pair one of them with Manectric (who has the Lightningrod ability) to draw Electric attacks from the Flying-types (also from Crawdaunt). Instead, either use Ice-type attacks for the Flying-types or take out Manectric with a Ground attack to remove Fearow's protection. Use Fire for Meganium, Water for Torkoal, and Grass or Electric for Crawdaunt (once you've Snagged Absol). It's easier said than done, since Meganium knows Earthquake and Rock Slide and Crawdaunt knows Dig and Guillotine. You'll need to use good strategy to take out Tyson. Put a Sleep condition on Absol and Snag it.

Rocket Renegade I.M.M.(M): L60 Sneasel, L60 Scizor, L60 Milotic, L60 Shiftry, L60 Blaziken, L50 Pupitar/L60 Tyranitar
Pupitar's Shadow Attacks: Shadow Crush (3 Normal Attacks)
There is no music when facing Iron Masked Marauder.

I.M.M. will usually start with Sneasel and Scizor, both of which can be dealt with Fire attacks. The same type of attack can be used against Shiftry. For Milotic, use a powerful Electric-type to take it out quickly (it knows Recover) and drench Blaziken with a Water attack. When I.M.M. sends out Tyranitar (once you've Snagged Pupitar), watch out for its strong attacks, including Crunch, Earthquake, Rock Slide, and Thunderbolt, plus its Sand Stream ability. Put a Sleep condition on Pupitar and Snag it.

Rocket Leader Giovanni(M): L65 Persian, L65 Cloyster, L65 Cradily, L65 Machamp, L65 Flygon, L55 Metagross/L65 Metagross
Metagross's Shadow Attacks: Shadow Storm, Shadow Break, Shadow Sky, Shadow Mist
The music when facing Giovanni in this battle is Greevil's theme.

Once I.M.M. falls, you'll see Giovanni head into the chamber. He'll reveal his plan about resurrecting Cipher's Shadow Pokémon scheme and creating an army of Shadow Pokémon for Team Rocket to take over the world with. You'll then have to face Giovanni, who will try to stop you with his superpowers. Persian will use Roar to keep switching out your Pokémon. Cloyster will use Light Screen to cut Special Attack damage in half and quickly K.O. your Pokémon with Sheer Cold. Cradily will use Recover and Mirror Coat to make things even worse for you. Machamp will use Cross Shop and Rock Slide to deal heavy damage. Flygon will use Earthquake and Dragon Claw for some same-type damage. And the second Metagross (once you've snagged the first Metagross) is Giovanni's toughest Pokémon of all, equipped with Meteor Mash, Earthquake, Brick Break, and Hyper Beam. Just use what you got to deal with all of his Pokémon. Put a Sleep condition on the first Metagross and Snag it.

Once Giovanni falls, you'll see a scene where Professor Oak, Professor Elm, Professor Birch, and Professor Ivy come into the chamber, along with Chief Sherles and Duking. They'll tell Giovanni that his plans are finished. Giovanni will then boast that even though his current plans are over, he's not finished. You'll then see his helicopter come down near a window of the chamber and he'll be hoisted onto it, making a getaway. (If this is the first time you've beaten Giovanni in this way, he'll drop a parcel before making the getaway.) Oak will then tell you that you did great stopping Giovanni's scheme as well as the schems of Team Magma, Aqua, Flora, and Plasma. Elm will then congratulate you on your progress. Birch will mention that he hopes no one else will ever do such a thing as creating Shadow Pokémon. Ivy will then tell you that you deserve something special for your work. Then the credits roll like they do after defeating Nascour and Evice. However, the Pokémon that appear on the screen during the credits this time are those of R/B/Y origin (like Ivysaur, Charmelon, and Wartortle), ending with Mew.

After you're asked to save your game, you'll get an e-mail from Justy (the Pre-Gym Leader in Phenac City) telling you that the Professors left you a special gift to take. Head to Phenac's Pre-Gym and Justy will present you with a choice of three out of nine Pokémon each at L5, a Bulbasaur, a Charmander, a Squirtle, a Chikorita (w/Flamethrower), a Cyndaquil (w/Surf), a Totodile (w/Thunderbolt), a Treecko, a Torchic, and a Mudkip. You can choose Bulbasaur, Chikorita, and Treecko, Charmander, Cyndaquil, and Torchic, or Squirtle, Totodile, and Mudkip. An addition to getting a Hoenn starter from the mission, that Hoenn starter can learn a move previously reserved to only Kanto starters! (The routine is the same as for the Kanto starters.) Evolving the Treecko to Sceptile will allow it to learn Frenzy Plant, which was previously exclusive to Venusaur. Same goes for Torchic evolving to Blaziken and learning the previously Charizard-exclusive Blast Burn and Mudkip evolving to Swampert and learning the previously Blastoise-exclusive Hydro Cannon. After choosing, you can go through this mission again and then chose three of the others afterwards. If Giovanni dropped a parcel, you'll get the parcel's contents, which happens to be a new PC Box. (The number is 9, 10, 11, 12, or 13, depending on how many boxes there were before you got this one.)


Part 2: Phenac Missions

If you transmit the password on Steal Crystal along with the password(s) used to download one of Colosseum's Phenac Missions, you can do that Phenac Mission in XD: Gale of Darkness. In each mission, 10 of that team's underlings litter the streets of Phenac (except in the Snagem mission, where two of their grunts go to Realgam Tower instead). The three Phenac missions are from Team Snagem (Snagem Breaks In, Cipher/Snagem Threat or Cipher/Snagem Crisis), Team Cipher (Cipher Energy II-A, Cipher/Snagem Threat or Colosseum Set), and Team Rocket (Secret Cards, Cipher/Snagem Crisis). Each person in each of the missions has one Shadow Pokémon that has Shadow Crush as its only shadow attack. Each Phenac mission may be done only once. Here are the rundowns of the three different missions:

Snagem Mission:
Team Snagem Dcuol(M): Blocking the path to Phenac Stadium; L60 Smeargle, L30 Misdreavus
Team Snagem Siihctta(M): Challenge him at Phenac Stadium; L60 Smeargle, L30 Noctowl
Team Snagem Rrtabe(M): In plain sight outside Pre Gym; L60 Smeargle, L33 Furret
Team Snagem Idc(M): An impostor Trest outside a civilian's home, talk to him and choose "Trainers' City" when prompted to battle him; L60 Smeargle, L33 Yanma
Team Snagem Uiefyf(M): Is technically cheating, he's in the Battle CD lobby at Realgam Tower; L60 Smeargle, L33 Octillery
Team Snagem Hthipsroe(M): Is technically cheating, he's in the Battle Bingo lobby at Realgam Tower; L60 Smeargle, L33 Mantine
Team Snagem Sraie(M): An impostor Lovrina outside the mayor's house; talk to him and choose "Snattle" when prompted to battle him; L60 Smeargle, L33 Qwilfish
Team Snagem Ftai(M): Hides in Phenac Stadium lobby; L60 Smeargle, L33 Meditite
Team Snagem Idxieri(M): An impostor Ardos outside the Pokémon Center; talk to him and choose "Exol" when prompted to battle him; L60 Smeargle, L33 Dunsparce
Team Snagem Ennvcit(M): An impostor Eldes outside the Pre Gym; talk to him and choose "Wes" when prompted to battle him; L60 Smeargle, L70 Mewtwo
Yes, this is another scramble puzzle. Each one corresponds to a certain Final Fantasy VII character. PM me if you can decode them.
Also, these names and locations are exclusive to the XD version of the mission. The Colosseum version uses random names and locations.


Cipher Mission:
Cipher Peon Maria(F): Hides in Pokémon Center upper floor; L40 Raichu, L30 Omanyte
Cipher Peon Nathan(M): Hides in Trest's house lower floor; L40 Raichu, L30 Kabuto
Cipher Peon Ophelia(F): Hides in Pre Gym upper floor; L40 Raichu, L30 Aerodactyl
Cipher Peon Paul(M): Hides in Pre Gym lower floor; L40 Raichu, L30 Lileep
Cipher Peon Quincy(M): Hides in Phenac Stadium lobby; L40 Raichu, L30 Anorith
Cipher Peon Ruby(F): Hides in Pokémon Center lower floor; L40 Raichu, L50 Regirock
Cipher Peon Sally(F): Hides in Trest's house upper floor; L40 Raichu, L50 Regice
Cipher Peon Tom(M): Runs behind Dash around the fountain; L40 Raichu, L50 Registeel
Cipher Peon Urkel(M): Ambushes any exiting person; L40 Raichu, L70 Latios
Cipher Peon Valerie(F): Ambushes entry into any building other than Pokémon Center, Pre Gym, Phenac Stadium, and mayor's house; L40 Raichu, L70 Latias

Rocket Mission:
Team Rocket Grunt(M): Guards Phenac's western gate; L40 Swalot, L40 Marowak, L30 Aipom
Team Rocket Grunt(M): Guards Phenac's eastern gate; L40 Swalot, L40 Marowak, L30 Snubbull
Team Rocket Grunt(M): Guards Phenac's southern gate; L40 Swalot, L40 Marowak, L30 Delibird
Team Rocket Grunt(F): Hides in Phenac Stadium lobby; L40 Sneasel, L40 Glalie, L32 Heracross
Team Rocket Grunt(F): Hides in Pokémon Center upper floor; L40 Magneton, L40 Claydol, L34 Porygon
Team Rocket Grunt(F): Hides in Pokémon Center lower floor; L40 Absol, L40 Beedrill, L34 Miltank
Team Rocket Grunt(F): Hides in Pre Gym lower floor; L40 Raticate, L40 Granbull, L36 Tropius
Team Rocket Grunt(F): Hides in Pre Gym upper floor; L40 Golbat, L40 Butterfree, L36 Smeargle
Team Rocket Grunt(M): Hides in Trest's house lower floor; L40 Scyther, L40 Girafarig, L38 Plusle
Team Rocket Grunt(M): Hides in Trest's house upper floor; L40 Onix, L40 Skarmory, L38 Hitmontop

Just for the record, each of the dialogue of the Snagem grunts pretending to be others is as follows:

Idc: "Where was the Cipher headquarters 5 years ago? [Trainers' City/Realgam Tower]"
Choose Realgam Tower: "Thanks for refreshing my memory. I owe you one next time."
Choose Trainers' City: "I don't think so! Let's battle!" [begin battle]

Sraie: "Of SNATTLE or GORIGAN, which one is not my direct higher-up? [Gorigan/Snattle]"
Choose Gorigan: "Correct. You may continue on."
Choose Snattle: "Sorry. SNATTLE is my direct higher-up. For that incorrect answer, you owe me a battle!" [begin battle]

Idxieri: "Can you recall who led a raid on ONBS? [Exol/Mirakle B.]"
Choose Mirakle B.: "You can't? No reason to battle a dumb kid!
Choose Exol: "You know too much! You know I can't let you live!" [begin battle]

Ennvcit: "Who is the [OOPS!] fool that sent EVICE to prison? [Eagun/Wes]"
The censored word begins with D.
Choose Eagun: "That old fart with the PIKACHU? He couldn't even throw EVICE one inch!"
Choose Wes: "Curse that WES! MEWTWO, take this smartypants out!" [begin battle]


Part 3: Other Classic Data

The Steal Crystal card can also be paired with many other Colosseum missions and their passwords.

Pair Steal Crystal with Cipher Breaks In from either Cipher/Snagem Threat or Cipher/Snagem Crisis to download the Eight Team Challenge (the Cipher/Snagem Threat version for both cards) to XD: Gale of Darkness. The challenge will occur at the Orre Colosseum, with the same rules as it has normally (so you can ignore the levels and random Pokémon limits listed in the link). Nobody is kidnapped this time around, but the event is still activated by watching TV. There are minor differences in the battles; Maxie now adds a Rapidash, Archie now adds a Poliwrath, Farlie now adds a Victreebel, Plasmae now adds a Raichu, Giovanni now adds a Metagross, and Gonzap brings his XD Orre Colosseum team to the challenge. The last five battles (one in challenge 7, the other four in challenge 8) are completely different than Colosseum's. Greevil replaces Evice, and the entire eighth challenge is replaced by a different set of four. Greevil uses his Citadark Island team. The Deep Dwellers from Colosseum are replaced by generic Chasers, and Chobin and his Robo Groudon will take Agnol's place and bring his Orre Colosseum team to the challenge.

This post contains several Cipher/Snagem Threat missions.

For Cipher/Snagem Breaks In's data, simply transmit the A version of the matching Breaks In card from either Cipher/Snagem Threat or Cipher/Snagem Crisis to the Tajiri server, followed by the followed by the universal confirmation password "C4F-4M0-Vxx", where xx denotes a two-letter version identifier; in this case XD for Gale of Darkness is the version talked about here. There are several trainers changed in the XD: Gale of Darkness version of the data. Chobin replaces Agnol, Eldes replaces Nascour, Greevil replaces Evice, and Gonzap brings a different team. (Ardos will appear in the Cipher Breaks In mission, but he won't battle.) Here are their teams:

Chobin's Team: L53 Sunflora, L53 Gyarados, L53 Scizor
Gonzap's Team: L53 Venusaur, L53 Charizard, L53 Blastoise
Eldes's Team: L53 Gengar, L53 Snorlax, L53 Tauros
Greevil's Team: L53 Manectric, L53 Starmie, L53 Altaria

Also, you can use this set of teams in a GBA game by pairing up Steal Crystal with the passwords, and using RU (Ruby), SA (Sapphire), FR (FireRed), LG (LeafGreen), or EM (Emerald) as the version identifier. Sorry, there's no way to use the Colosseum teams in XD or the XD teams in Colosseum.

For the Schemer Mission, simply transmit the A version of the the Team Cipher Schemer and Team Snagem Schemer cards from either Cipher/Snagem Threat or Cipher/Snagem Crisis to the Tajiri server, followed by the followed by the universal confirmation password "C4F-4M0-Vxx", where xx denotes a two-letter version identifier; in this case XD for Gale of Darkness is the version talked about here. The matching grunts will appear on the front lawn of Mt. Battle in XD: Gale of Darkness. There are no changes to the data.

The Peon/Grunt Mission is based on the Cipher/Snagem Crisis version of the data. Simply transmit the A version of the the Team Cipher Peon and Team Snagem Grunt cards from either Cipher/Snagem Threat or Cipher/Snagem Crisis to the Tajiri server, followed by the followed by the universal confirmation password "C4F-4M0-Vxx", where xx denotes a two-letter version identifier; in this case XD for Gale of Darkness is the version talked about here. There are two changes. In XD: Gale of Darkness, Team Rocket will put their grunts at the Cipher Key Lair since you cannot access The Under in the game; and Greevil will approach for Team Cipher instead of Evice. Nothing else is changed. This is the fully expanded version.

The Move Machine will move to any Poké Spot in XD: Gale of Darkness. To access it, simply transmit the A version of the the Team Cipher Peon and Team Snagem Grunt cards from either Cipher/Snagem Threat or Cipher/Snagem Crisis to the Tajiri server, followed by the followed by the universal confirmation password "C4F-4M0-Vxx", where xx denotes a two-letter version identifier; in this case XD for Gale of Darkness is the version talked about here. There is one change to the Move Machine in XD. Instead of Evice, Greevil's face will appear for Cipher.

Breaks-In Retro uses a team other than Cipher and Snagem. Transmit the passwords on the B version of Cipher's Realgam Tower and Snagem's Hoard House from either Cipher/Snagem Threat or Cipher/Snagem Crisis along with Steal Crystal and the password of the Breaks In card of the matching team to the Tajiri server. There is a change in Team Rocket's version of the mission: The place they hold up is the HQ Lab in XD: Gale of Darkness instead of the Realgam Tower Dome Complex.

The Mt. Battle Invasion is the Orre counterpart to the Elite Four mission. In XD: Gale of Darkness, you'll be playing with a fully expanded mission with the Cipher/Snagem Crisis version of the data. There are some differences. First off, the admins in Area 4 are Ardos and Eldes rather than Venus and Ein; and Greevil will appear on platform 40. Ardos and Eldes use their Orre Colosseum team at level 53, while Greevil will use his Citadark Island team at level 53. Also, you can use this set of teams in a GBA game by pairing up Steal Crystal with the passwords, and using RU (Ruby), SA (Sapphire), FR (FireRed), LG (LeafGreen), or EM (Emerald) as the version identifier, where Ardos and Eldes pair up and use the first 3 of their respective lineups, and Greevil will be in the induction room. Sorry, there's no way to use the Colosseum teams in XD or the XD teams in Colosseum.

The Orre Impostor Mission can be transmitted to XD: Gale of Darkness by using Steal Crystal as well as the following cards from either Cipher/Snagem Threat or Cipher/Snagem Crisis: Team Cipher Ball, Team Snagem Ball, Team Cipher Belt, Team Snagem Belt, Team Cipher Hideout, Team Snagem Hideout, Cipher Energy (II), Snagem Energy (II), Team Cipher Technical Machine 01, and Team Snagem Technical Machine 01, both I-B Energy cards. Impostors will pose as Michael and Willie, but this time, the impostor posing as Michael will be a generic impostor, unlike the one posing as Wes in Colosseum (which was Fein, who's not seen in XD: Gale of Darkness). There are slight changes to the broadcasts to remove references to a former Team Snagem member. The teams remain the same. The special knockout challenge remains intact, except it's moved to the Realgam Tower Colosseum.

The Pre Gym Challenges are transmitted by pairing Steal Crystal along with every Pokémon-ex B version from either Cipher/Snagem Threat or Pokémon Colosseum Set. They work the same as they do in Colosseum with no differences.

The Orre Slot Machine is transmitted by pairing the Steal Crystal along with all of the secret cards from either Cipher/Snagem Threat or Pokémon Colosseum Set. If using the latter, you must also use Duking's Plusle from Cipher/Snagem Threat (not the Missed Opportunities one, that has a different password), since you can't download it unless it's the bugfixed Threat version. There are some changes. First off, there's a new receptionist in one of the Realgam Tower domes that will show you to the slot machine. Secondly, the prize for Triple 7s and Triple Bars are different; the former is now the one that yields the 1,000,000 cash, while the latter wields 10 copies of TM26. Also, three of the symbols are different in XD: Gale of Darkness. What was Espeon in Colosseum is now Shadow Lugia; what was Umbreon in Colosseum is now Metagross; what was Skarmory in Colosseum is now Eevee.

There is one other mission in this section. Scott's Colosseum Mission from Colosseum is back in XD: Gale of Darkness. (This piece of data is a normal-difficulty version; a harder-difficulty version of the challenge will be unlockable in the piece of data starting in post 117.) The Frontier Brains go to Orre Colosseum in XD: Gale of Darkness, where they'll battle in a tournament similar to the Eight-Team Challenge. Everyone battles according to the rules of Orre Colosseum, which means that everyone has some new Pokémon. The new Pokémon for Noland when he chooses one of these teams will be explained in the post that has the Trainers' City-required classic missions. The new Pokémon for Noland when he chooses an Eight-Team Challenge team is explained in the XD: Gale of Darkness version of the Eight Team Challenge above. Noland can also choose a random Orre Colosseum team from the Cipher Admins in XD: Gale of Darkness. Here are the other new Pokémon for the others:

Herdes: Houndoom, Ninetales, Blaziken, Magmar
Cyrille: Ampharos, Lanturn, Raichu
Draissel: Victreebel, Bellossom
Juan: Lapras
Dartz: Heracross, Girafarig, Hariyama, Zangoose (Machoke evolves to Machamp)
Ada: Sunflora, Manectric, Whiscash (Nuzleaf evolves to Shiftry)
Janice: Magcargo, Hypno
Tucker: Latias
Chad: Seviper, Huntail, Dunsparce, Relicanth
Fiona: Altaria, Luvdisc, Lickitung (Dragonair evolves to Dragonite)
Randy: Armaldo, Mawile
Lucy: Dusclops
John: Dustox, Walrein, Beedrill, Piloswine
Barton: Medicham, Raticate, Umbreon
Clara: Tangela, Misdreavus
Greta: Dodrio
Ike: 4 additional Bug-types at random
Larry: 3 additional Steel-types at random
Leon: 2 additional Pokémon at random knowing Paralysis moves
Noland: Depends on the team; if a Gym Leader team, see post below; if an Eight-Team Challenge team, see XD changes above; if a Cipher Admin team, no changes
Beluah: Shiftry, Hitmonlee, Pelipper, Hitmontop (Lombre evolves to Ludicolo)
Crecitia: Nidoqueen, Poliwrath, Shedinja
Rodney: Absol, Pidgeot
Spenser: Suicune
Starsky: Misdreavus, Noctowl, Banette, Swellow (Haunter evolves to Gengar)
Dylan: Mantine, Quagsire, Ludicolo
Rika: Cradily, Flygon
Brandon: Regirock, Regice, Registeel
Turner: Hypno, Ledian, Masquerain, Gardevoir
Lucietta: Corsola, Blissey, Aerodactyl
Hutch: Ninetales, Skarmory
Anabel: Entei, Raikou, Latios (loses Ninetales and Altaria)

Data that involves Trainers' City is in the next post.
 
Last edited:
This post contains the XD: Gale of Darkness missions for Trainers' City that lead up to the fourth battle with Miror B. (that doesn't involve someone else's Shadow Pokémon). All of this data is based on data Sunflorazumarill created for Colosseum, modified by myself for XD: Gale of Darkness (with a few new Trainers' City locales to boot).

Unlocking Trainers' City in XD: Gale of Darkness is done one of two ways. If you have it unlocked in Colosseum, transmit the password on Steal Crystal and just one card from the list below (if two cards are listed on the same line, you only need one of those two). If you haven't unlocked it in Colosseum, transmit the password on Steal Crystal and all the cards from the list below. Both transmissions are to the Tajiri server. The cards are as follows (all are B versions except Steal Crystal, not listed below):

Team Cipher and Team Snagem Schemers (Cipher/Snagem Threat)
Team Cipher and Team Snagem Balls (Cipher/Snagem Threat)
Team Cipher and Team Snagem Belts (Cipher/Snagem Threat)
Team Cipher and Team Snagem Hideouts (Cipher/Snagem Threat)
Team Cipher and Team Snagem Technical Machine 01 cards (Cipher/Snagem Threat)
Miror B. II (Colosseum Set)
Dakim II (Colosseum Set)
Venus II (Colosseum Set)
Ein II (Colosseum Set)
Nascour II (Colosseum Set)
Evice II (Colosseum Set)
Gonzap II (Colosseum Set)
Agnol II (Colosseum Set)
Fein II (Colosseum Set)

If you haven't yet unlocked it in Colosseum, if you don't have enough Memory Card space for the Trainers' City file, the transmission will fail. The file transmitted will be enabled for both Colosseum and XD: Gale of Darkness in this way. If you had already unlocked it in Colosseum, a few blocks will be added to the Trainers' City file for the XD: Gale of Darkness Trainers' City missions; the transmission will fail if you don't have enough space to expand the file.

Once the transmission is successful, you'll get an e-mail from Nett informing you about a special place in Orre where Trainers from Kanto, Johto, Hoenn, and the Orange Islands gather to partake in Pokémon battles and all sorts of activities. However, no new place appears on the map. Once you get the e-mail, talk to Duking and inquire about the place Nett mentioned. Duking will mention that an attack from an odd Pokémon cut off access to the place, known as Trainers' City, from the land, and that the only way to get there is by sea. He'll then show you some footage caught by amateur video, which shows what appears to be an odd-looking Ho-Oh creating an avalanche of rocks to block the land path Wes used to get to Trainers' City five years earlier. After the footage is shown, Duking will give you the Sea Map, which will allow you to find Trainers' City by sea. Once you have the Sea Map, you can sail to a place called Trainers' City from the Gateon Port on the Robo Kyogre. Trainers' City is a hidden area in Pokémon XD: Gale of Darkness that can only be accessed throught DS-transmitted data. (When going there, you choose from a menu to go to Citadark Island or Trainers' City when sailing Robo Kyogre from the Gateon Port. Similarly, when sailing Robo Kyogre from Citadark Island, you choose from a menu to go to Gateon Port or Trainers' City; similarly, when sailing on Robo Kyogre from Trainers' City, you choose from a menu to go to Gateon Port or Citadark Island.) Trainers' City is an amazing place with several kinds of buildings and has a Colosseum of its own in the center of the place. When you battle someone when not in a building, you'll notice that the battle area looks just like the Free Battle area from Pokémon Stadium 2 (except for the sky). There's a lot to do in Trainers' City.

There are a few changes to Trainers' City from Colosseum. First off, it was daytime in Trainers' City in Colosseum, but it's nighttime in Trainers' City in XD: Gale of Darkness, and all of the street lights are lit. Anybody who mentioned daytime as the current time of day in Colosseum will instead mention nighttime as the current time of day in XD: Gale of Darkness. Secondly, there is only one entrance to Trainers' City this time, it's the west entrance where you can reboard Robo Kyogre. The north entrance is now the new TM Shop, the east entrance is now the new Dance Hall. Where the old TM Shop was is now a History Center. Where the old Dance Hall was is now a Poké Snack shop. Differences in the Trainers' City buildings will be explained under their respective entries.

However, the first time you head to Trainers' City, you'll find out that it's been taken over by Cipher. Your first mission in Trainers' City is to send the syndicate packing. You'll notice that many familiar Pokémon Trainers are engaged in battle against Cipher Peons, Bodybuilders, Hunters, and other Cipher associated Trainers. Examples of this are Misty battling a male Cipher Peon, Brock battling a male Hunter, Erika battling a female Hunter, Lt. Surge battling a female Bodybuilder, Danny battling a female Cipher Peon, as well as several other combinations. You'll notice, blocking the doors to the Pokémon Center, TM Shop, Dance Hall, History Center, Poké Snack Shop, and Pokémon Lab, the same Hexagon Brothers that appeared at the Shadow Pokémon Lab are back again. However, they now each have one of either the Kanto starters or the Hoenn starters for a Shadow Pokémon (which is indicated in red). Here's each Brother's lineup:

Cipher Peon Resix(M): L58 Magcargo, L59 Camerupt, L60 Ludicolo, L5 Charmander; Blocks Pokémon Center
Charmander Shadow Attacks: Shadow Blitz, Shadow Wave (2 Normal Attacks)
Special Move Upon Purification: Blast Burn

Cipher Peon Greesix(M): L58 Cacturne, L59 Bellossom, L60 Breloom, L5 Bulbasaur; Blocks TM Shop
Bulbasaur Shadow Attacks: Shadow Blitz, Shadow Wave (2 Normal Attacks)
Special Move Upon Purification: Frenzy Plant

Cipher Peon Blusix(M): L58 Kingdra, L59 Seaking, L60 Metagross, L5 Squirtle; Blocks Dance Hall
Squirtle Shadow Attacks: Shadow Blitz, Shadow Wave (2 Normal Attacks)
Special Move Upon Purification: Hydro Cannon

Cipher Peon Purpsix(M): L58 Muk, L59 Weezing, L60 Tentacruel, L5 Treecko; Blocks History Center
Treecko Shadow Attacks: Shadow Blitz, Shadow Wave (2 Normal Attacks)
Special Move Upon Purification: Frenzy Plant

Cipher Peon Yellosix(M): L58 Lanturn, L59 Manectric, L60 Magneton, L5 Torchic; Blocks Poké Snack Shop
Torchic Shadow Attacks: Shadow Blitz, Shadow Wave (2 Normal Attacks)
Special Move Upon Purification: Blast Burn

Cipher Peon Browsix(M): L58 Noctowl, L59 Slaking, L60 Golbat, L5 Mudkip; Blocks Pokémon Lab
Mudkip Shadow Attacks: Shadow Blitz, Shadow Wave (2 Normal Attacks)
Special Move Upon Purification: Hydro Cannon

You'll also find several other Cipher Peons and other Trainers around the town. Here's each of their lineups. ((M) means male and (F) means female.) You'll notice that the last three Cipher Peons (Arton, Baila, and Dioge) were at Realgam Tower five years ago. You'll also notice that they'll each have a new Shadow Pokémon.

Bodybuilder Cypress(M): L53 Machamp, L52 Shiftry, L51 Lickitung, L50 Pinsir
Hunter Friela(F): L51 Venomoth, L50 Swellow, L53 Primeape, L52 Sunflora
Casual Dude Scarver(M): L52 Politoed, L50 Glalie, L51 Hariyama, L53 Kangaskhan
Chaser Helena(F): L50 Torkoal, L51 Magneton, L52 Breloom, L53 Cloyster
Worker Dougary(M): L51 Slowbro, L53 Whiscash, L52 Dewgong, L50 Pelipper
Rider Salli(F): L53 Rapidash, L50 Dodrio, L51 Tangela, L52 Walrein
Cipher Peon Jania(F): L51 Marowak, L52 Hypno, L53 Omastar
Cipher Peon Renard(M): L51 Beedrill, L52 Crawdaunt, L53 Nidoking
Cipher Peon Harietta(F): L51 Butterfree, L52 Cacturne, L53 Nidoqueen

Cipher Peon Arton(M): L51 Glalie, L52 Piloswine, L45 Slowbro
Slowbro Shadow Attacks: Shadow Rave, Shadow Hold (2 Normal Attacks)

Cipher Peon Baila(F): L51 Jumpluff, L52 Vileplume, L45 Bellossom
Bellossom Shadow Attacks: Shadow Crush, Shadow Shed (2 Normal Attacks)

Cipher Peon Dioge(M): L51 Masquerain, L52 Ariados, L45 Pelipper
Pelipper Shadow Attacks: Shadow Blitz, Shadow Down (2 Normal Attacks)

There are several areas in Trainers' City. There's the DANCE HALL, POKéMON DOJO, POKéMON CIRCUS, POKéMON LAB, GREENHOUSE, TRAINERS' HOTEL, BATTLE HALL, TM SHOP, POKéMON CENTER, TRAINERS' COLOSSEUM, HISTORY CENTER, and POKé SNACK SHOP. However, there isn't much to do in those places until Cipher leaves. However, you need to head into five of these places to refight the five Cipher Admins in order to enter the Colosseum.

If you enter the History Center, you'll see Harrison with his Blaziken. Talk to him and he'll tell you that a shady guy from the past is reading a book at the reception counter. If you go up to him, he'll be disguised as you! He'll then recognize you and you'll have to battle him. He'll reveal himself to be Fein afterwards, and explain how society shunned him when he started masquerading around as Es Cade, a previous mayor of Phenac and the identity Evice used in public, only to be discovered and forced into exile.

Shady Guy <you>(M): L55 Manectric, L56 Milotic, L57 Armaldo, L58 Exeggutor, L20 Shuckle
<you>--The name you gave the main character. Michael is the default name. The playable character in XD: Gale of Darkness is always male.
Shuckle Shadow Attacks: Shadow Sky, Shadow Down, Shadow Mist (1 Normal Attack)

If you enter the Greenhouse, you'll see Sonrisa along with her three Sunflora. Talk to her and she'll tell you that Skrub (the Cipher Peon in Colosseum with the Hitmontop) (Sonrisa refers to him as a "strange man from the past") is hiding in the back. If you go up to him, he'll recognize you and you'll have to battle him. Skrub brings a new shadow Pokémon for you to snag.

Cipher Peon Skrub(M): L55 Wobbuffet, L56 Huntail, L57 Golem, L58 Medicham, L38 Machoke
Machoke Shadow Attacks: Shadow Break, Shadow Hold (2 Normal Attacks)

If you enter the TM Shop, you'll notice Folly and Trudly (the Miror B. Peons you encountered in Pyrite Town and had roles in Phenac City five years earlier) near a display of TM's. If you head up to them, they'll recognize you and will each challenge you to a battle, Folly first, then Trudly. After fighting them, they will confess to trying to rob the TM Shop of its contents. They'll let you choose from 1 of 4 TM's that they tried to steal; TM03 (Water Pulse), TM09 (Bullet Seed), TM34 (Shock Wave), or TM50 (Overheat). Here are Folly and Trudly's teams:

Miror B. Peon Folly(M): L55 Ludicolo, L56 Exploud, L57 Slowbro, L58 Primeape, L30 Torkoal
Torkoal Shadow Attacks: Shadow Wave (3 Normal Attacks)

Miror B. Peon Trudly(M): L55 Ariados, L56 Dusclops, L57 Pidgeot, L58 Machamp, L30 Onix
Onix Shadow Attacks: Shadow Half (3 Normal Attacks)

If you enter the Trainer's Hotel, you'll notice Reath and Ferma (the Miror B. Peons that had roles in Pyrite Town five years earlier) in the main room. If you head up to them, they'll recognize you and will each challenge you to a battle, Reath first, then Ferma. After fighting them, they'll let you take one of four Evolution Stones that they managed to get; Leaf Stone, Fire Stone, Water Stone, or Thunder Stone. Here are Reath and Ferma's teams:

Miror B. Peon Reath(F): L55 Venomoth, L56 Marowak, L57 Glalie, L58 Pelipper, L20 Krabby
Krabby Shadow Attacks: Shadow Attack (3 Normal Attacks)

Miror B. Peon Ferma(F): L55 Parasect, L56 Clefable, L57 Torkoal, L58 Sharpedo, L33 Politoed
Politoed Shadow Attacks: Shadow Crush (3 Normal Attacks)

You can enter the Pokémon Center anytime you feel you need to heal your Pokémon. (Remember, you can save your progress anywhere in XD: Gale of Darkness.) However, if Cipher is still in Trainers' City, then there's a catch to the Pokémon Center. Every time you head inside, a random Cipher Peon will drop down from the ceiling and attack you. The Cipher Peon is different each time you enter the Center. After defeating the Peon, you'll be able to heal and save.

Anyway, in the Dance Hall, Pokémon Dojo, Pokémon Circus, Pokémon Lab, and Poké Snack Shop, you'll have to re-fight each of the Cipher Admins again. They have different Pokémon this time and as an added bonus, each one has new Shadow Pokémon (highlighted in red) for you to Snag. However, if you've already snagged those Pokémon from one of them, then that crime boss will have an equal number of regular Pokémon in its place (highlighted in green).

When you enter the Poké Snack Shop, head toward the counter and you'll find Duplica (the Ditto trainer from the TV show) confronting Lovrina, who has two of Duplica's Ditto in cages. If you head up to them, you'll hear Duplica say this, "Get your hands off DITTO and MINIDIT!" Lovrina will then reply, "Yeah, so right! These DITTO so will make so excellent experiments for CIPHER!" You'll then watch Duplica battle (using two more Ditto, ones named GIGADIT and TONEDIT), but lose to Lovrina (using Gardevoir and Misdreavus). After Duplica loses to her, Lovrina will notice you and it'll be your turn to face her.

Cipher Admin Lovrina(F): L61 Gorebyss, L61 Gardevoir, L62 Roselia, L62 Wobbuffet, L63 Misdreavus, L45 Luvdisc/L63 Blastoise; Win Colosseum Key Pnk
Luvdisc Shadow Attacks: Shadow Blitz, Shadow Down (2 Normal Attacks)

When you enter the Dance Hall, head towards the stage and you'll find Floreia confronting Snattle, who has Floreia's Cloyster and Lanturn in cages. If you head up to them, you'll hear Floreia say this, "What are you doing with my Pokémon?!" Snattle will then reply, "You god[OOPS!] hula dancer! I need Pokémon to do shadow Pokémon experiments!" (Censored word is E10+ level and begins with D.) You'll then watch Floreia battle (using Ludicolo and Ludicolo), but lose to Snattle (using Scizor and Castform). After Floreia loses to him, Snattle will notice you and it'll be your turn to face him.

Cipher Admin Snattle(M): L61 Metagross, L61 Quagsire, L62 Scizor, L62 Castform, L63 Gengar, L45 Spinda/L63 Miltank; Win Colosseum Key Blu
Spinda Shadow Attacks: Shadow Wave, Shadow Panic (2 Normal Attacks)

When you enter the Pokémon Dojo, head towards the center and you'll find Shingo confronting Gorigan, who has Shingo's Scizor and Heracross in cages. If you head up to them, you'll hear Shingo say this, "Let Blade and Heracross go!" Gorigan will then reply, "Yeah right! These two will make excellent Shadow Pokémon!" You'll then watch Shingo battle (using Machoke), but lose to Gorigan (using Slowking). After Shingo loses to him, Gorigan will notice you and it'll be your turn to face him.

Cipher Admin Gorigan(M): L61 Slowking, L61 Ursaring, L62 Aggron, L63 Walrein, L45 Whiscash/L62 Dugtrio, L45 Lairon/L63 Skarmory; Win Colosseum Key Red
Whiscash Shadow Attacks: Shadow Rave, Shadow Hold (2 Normal Attacks)
Lairon Shadow Attacks: Shadow Break, Shadow Sky (2 Normal Attacks)

When you enter the Pokémon Circus, head towards the stage and you'll find Trixie confronting Ardos, who has Trixie's Azumarill and Golduck in cages. If you head up to them, you'll hear Trixie say this, "I'm not letting you take Azumarill and Golduck!" Ardos will then reply, "Perhaps I can convince you to change your mind!" You'll then watch Trixie battle (using Pidgeotto), but lose to Ardos (using Kingdra). After Trixie loses to him, Ardos will notice you and it'll be your turn to face him.

Cipher Admin Ardos(M): L61 Alakazam, L61 Kingdra, L62 Heracross, L63 Sceptile, L45 Minun/L62 Ampharos, L45 Crawdaunt/L63 Shiftry; Win Colosseum Key Ylw
Minun Shadow Attacks: Shadow Crush, Shadow Hold (2 Normal Attacks)
Crawdaunt Shadow Attacks: Shadow Break, Shadow Shed (2 Normal Attacks)

When you enter the Pokémon Lab, head towards the back and you'll find Professor Oak and Professor Elm confronting Eldes, who's threatening to steal all of Oak's and Elm's research. If you head up to them, you'll hear Oak say this, "Whoever you are, our research will never be used for such a thing as Shadow Pokémon!" Eldes will then reply, "Oh, really? I believe XD002 needs a snack, which you will give to me!" You'll then watch Oak and Elm battle (using Charmeleon and Corsola), but lose to Eldes (using Snorlax and either Latios or Hypno, depending on whether or not you've snagged Latios). After Oak and Elm lose to him, Eldes will notice you and it'll be your turn to face him. After beating Eldes, Eldes will confirm that the Pokémon seen on the amateur video Duking showed you is indeed codenamed XD002.

Cipher Admin Eldes(M): L61 Ninjask, L62 Flygon, L63 Snorlax, L45 Latios/L61 Hypno, L45 Latias/L62 Altaria, L45 Masquerain/L63 Pinsir; Win Colosseum Key Grn
Latios Shadow Attacks: Shadow Bolt, Shadow Panic, Shadow Shed (1 Normal Attack)
Latias Shadow Attacks: Shadow Fire, Shadow Down, Shadow Mist (1 Normal Attack)
Masquerain Shadow Attacks: Shadow Chill, Shadow Hold, Shadow Sky (1 Normal Attack)

Once you've defeated all five Cipher Admins and have received their Colosseum Keys, you'll be able to head towards the Trainers' Colosseum in the middle of Trainers' City and unlock the door leading inside. Inside the first room, there is a Pokémon Healing Station and a PC. Heal your Pokémon and save your game there. After doing so, head through the double doors and you'll enter the Colosseum. (The double doors won't open if you haven't yet snagged XD001, a.k.a the shadow Lugia. Note that I said "snagged", it doesn't have to be purified.) After entering, you'll hear Greevil say to you "Welcome back, (your name). I'm so glad you could make it. Let's see how you handle an endurance round." You then have to fight five Cipher Peons, each using a different Pokémon type. Here are the Peons and their Pokémon:

Cipher Peon Jolteia(F): L55 Magneton, L56 Electabuzz, L57 Manectric, L58 Ampharos
Cipher Peon Riverio(M): L55 Crawdaunt, L56 Dewgong, L57 Quagsire, L58 Poliwrath
Cipher Peon Nella(F): L55 Magmar, L56 Magcargo, L57 Ninetales, L58 Camerupt
Cipher Peon Ston(M): L55 Victreebel, L56 Cradily, L57 Parasect, L58 Sceptile
Cipher Peon Tamel(F): L55 Steelix, L56 Skarmory, L57 Scizor, L58 Aggron

After defeating the Cipher Peons, you'll then notice Verich (whose other idenity we now know). He'll say, "Well, (your name), you come to Trainers' City, have you? Well I should give you a formal welcome." He'll then flip over to become Greevil and say to you, "You ruined our plans with XD001, but I'm not going to let you ruin them with XD002! I'll personally make sure of that!" At this point, the odd-looking Ho-Oh from the video, whom Greevil will introduce as XD002, will fly into the Colosseum. After snagging or beating it, you have to battle Greevil. If you still haven't snagged any of his shadow Pokémon from him, now's your chance. However, be prepared for his powerful team. Here it is:

L50 Ho-Oh
Ho-Oh Shadow Attacks: Shadow Blast, Shadow Down, Shadow Sky, Shadow Storm
Special Moves Upon Purification: Eruption, Drill Peck

Cipher Boss Greevil(M): L50 Moltres/L65 Manectric, L46 Rhydon/L65 Swellow, L50 Articuno/L65 Starmie, L46 Exeggutor/L65 Granbull, L50 Zapdos/L65 Altaria, L46 Tauros/L65 Aerodactyl
Moltres Shadow Attacks: Shadow Crush, Shadow Shed, Shadow Hold, Shadow Fire
Rhydon Shadow Attacks: Shadow Hold, Shadow Panic, Shadow Down, Shadow End
Articuno Shadow Attacks: Shadow Crush, Shadow Sky, Shadow Shed, Shadow Chill
Exeggutor Shadow Attacks: Shadow Shed, Shadow Hold, Shadow Storm, Shadow End
Zapdos Shadow Attacks: Shadow Crush, Shadow Sky, Shadow Shed, Shadow Bolt
Tauros Shadow Attacks: Shadow Crush, Shadow Sky, Shadow Shed, Shadow Hold

Once Greevil falls, you'll see a scene where Professor Oak, Professor Elm, Professor Birch, and Professor Ivy come onto the Coloseeum, along with Chief Sherles and Duking. The scene here is quite similar to the one after defeating Evice at Realgam Tower in Colosseum, with Greevil prepared to make his escape via helicopter. As his helicopter comes downward, a powerful beam of light will strike the copter, downing it. With no means of escape, Greevil gives up once again. We then notice that the blast came from Rayquaza, who's hovering over the Colosseum. Eagun then explains that, like Ho-Oh five years earlier, Rayquaza wouldn't allow something such as Shadow Pokémon to be created. Michael begins to wonder if Rayquaza intended to punish Greevil for corrupting both Lugia and Ho-Oh. It's basically similar to the first ending after defeating Evice at Realgam Tower five years earlier. Then the credits roll like they do after defeating Greevil. If you failed to snag any Shadow Pokémon (except Greevil's and those part of a Phenac mission) within Trainers' City or from certain other pieces of data, you can take a "Miror B. Peon Challenge" at Trainers' Colosseum, where you'll face Folly, Trudly, Reath, and Ferma to snag those you missed. Each of them will get a shadow Pokémon randomly from those you have yet to snag. If you snag the last one you had yet to snag and the opponent isn't Ferma, the remaining opponents will fight with no shadow Pokémon. The Miror B. Peon Challenge is only open when there's unsnagged Shadow Pokémon available to snag. If you fail to snag XD002, it goes with Greevil back to Citadark, and you can Snag it there.

Like XD001 (Lugia) before it, XD002 (Ho-Oh) cannot be purified by normal means such as cologne, battles, day care, etc. You'll have to once again have all 9 Purify Chambers at maximum tempo and then place the Ho-Oh in any of the chambers to purify it. Again, you can have other Pokémon purified at the same time, but there's one additional stipulation: You cannot purify XD001 and XD002 at the same time. (The shadow Rayquaza from the Anime mission, the one with the codename XD003, also falls under this stipulation. Basically, only one XD-series Shadow Pokémon may be purified at a time.)

After being asked to save your game and reappearing at the HQ Lab, you'll get an E-mail from Nett saying that there's some more trouble back at the Cipher Key Lair. If you head there and make your way to the room where you fought Gorigan, you'll fight each of the Cipher Peons that you've fought there before, and they'll each have a new Shadow Pokémon. (Their other Pokémon are the same ones they used before.) If you fail to snag one of them, that Pokémon can be snagged during the Miror B. Peon Challenge. Here's each Peon's new Shadow Pokémon:

Cipher Peon Humah: L43 Haunter (Shadow Attacks: Shadow Rave, Shadow Sky; 2 Normal Attacks)
Cipher Peon Gorog: L43 Ditto (Shadow Attacks: Shadow Crush; No Normal Attacks)
Cipher Peon Lok: L43 Castform (Shadow Attacks: Shadow Sky, Shadow Storm; 2 Normal Attacks)
Cipher Peon Targ: L43 Kecleon (Shadow Attacks: Shadow Blitz, Shadow Panic; 2 Normal Attacks)
Cipher Peon Snidle: L43 Vibrava (Shadow Attacks: Shadow Wave, Shadow Down; 2 Normal Attacks)
Cipher Peon Angic: L43 Granbull (Shadow Attacks: Shadow Half, Shadow Shed; 2 Normal Attacks)
Cipher Peon Smarton: L43 Vileplume (Shadow Attacks: Shadow Break, Shadow Sky; 2 Normal Attacks)


Once Cipher leaves Trainers' City, it's a good idea to return there. No need to retransmit the passwords, either, as Trainers' City will always be accessible afterwards (just as long as the Trainers' City file remains on your Memory Card). If you return, you'll notice that things are different this time however and there are new things you can do here.

DANCE HALL

Changes for XD: A new layout. Well, it's in a new building, right? Also, there are now four generic trainers, two returning Hula Dancers, one new Hula Dancer, and a new Surfer (a new class).

In the Dance Hall, you'll find Floreia dancing with both her Ludicolo. You'll also find four other trainers, including one male one, here as well. While Floreia only thanks you for when Snattle was in the Hall (giving you a new PC Box the first time, the number is 9, 10, 11, 12, or 13, depending on how many boxes there were before you got this one), the other trainers will each challenge you to a battle, making references of outsting Snattle from the Dance Hall. Here's each Dancer's team:

Hula Dancer Diana(F): L55 Peilpper, L56 Parasect, L57 Politoed
Hula Dancer Mika(F): L55 Roselia, L56 Quagsire, L57 Bellossom
Hula Dancer Celeste(F): L55 Ludicolo, L56 Exeggutor, L57 Walrein
Surfer Davey(M): L55 Venusaur, L56 Blastoise, L57 Altaria

POKéMON DOJO

Changes for XD: The trophy case has more trophies in XD: Gale of Darkness. Also, there are now four generic trainers, two returning, two new.

In the Pokémon Dojo, you'll find Shingo along with four other Trainers, including one female one, training with their Pokémon. If you walk up to Shingo, he'll thank you for helping out with the incident involving Gorigan (giving you a new PC Box the first time, the number is 9, 10, 11, 12, or 13, depending on how many boxes there were before you got this one). The other Trainers will each challenge you to a battle if you talk to them, each of them making references of your battle with Gorigan. Here's what each Trainer has:

Rider Railey(M): L55 Ninjask, L56 Fearow, L57 Jumpluff
Athlete Benjy(M): L55 Hariyama, L56 Breloom, L57 Poliwrath
Cooltrainer Wiegel(M): L55 Dugtrio, L56 Camerupt, L57 Golem
Lady Marijean(F): L55 Parasect, L56 Pinsir, L57 Dustox

POKéMON CIRCUS

Changes for XD: The stage is set up differently. Also, there are now four generic trainers, two returning Street Performers, one new Street Performer, and one new Roller Boy.

In the Pokémon Circus, you'll find Trixie performing with several Pokémon. You'll also find four trainers, three Street Performers and a Roller Boy, here as well. Trixie will thank you for helping out when Ardos tried to steal her Pokémon (giving you a new PC Box the first time, the number is 9, 10, 11, 12, or 13, depending on how many boxes there were before you got this one). Talk to any of the Street Performers or the Roller Boy, and that person will challenge you to a battle after making a reference about Ardos. Here are the Pokémon teams of each trainer:

Street Performer Lillith(F): L55 Corsola, L56 Masquerain, L57 Lanturn
Street Performer Jerica(F): L55 Mantine, L56 Jynx, L57 Whiscash
Street Performer Cathy(F): L55 Starmie, L56 Relicanth, L57 Lapras
Roller Boy Kenny(M): L55 Swampert, L56 Blastoise, L57 Feraligatr

POKéMON LAB

Changes for XD: There's a different machine than the one that was there five years ago.

Five years ago, Professor Oak, Professor Elm, Professor Birch, and Professor Ivy created a machine that helps purify Shadow Pokémon. Birch will mention that that technology eventually led to the Purify Chamber. Anyway, now, the four professors have a new machine, one intended to make new varieties of Poké Snacks. However, the professors haven't made much headway, as no new varieties of Poké Snacks have been made yet. Fifteen berries are needed to make new varieties. You'll have to give one of the professors a Cheri, Chesto, Pecha, Rawst, Aspear, Leppa, Oran, Persim, Lum, Sitrus, Figy, Wiki, Mago, Aguav, or Iapapa Berry in order to make a new Poké Snack. Those fifteen berries will each allow the creation of a new special kind of Poké Snack. Here's the new Poké Snacks you can gain:

Muscle Snack (Increases the chance of finding a male Pokémon at Poké Spots, made from Cheri Berry)
Yawn Snack (Increases the chance of the Pokémon you find falling asleep at the start of the battle, made from Chesto Berry)
Mind Snack (Increases the chance of finding a female Pokémon at Poké Spots, made from Pecha Berry)
Munch Snack (Increases the chance of finding Munchlax at Poké Spots, made from Rawst Berry)
Stench Snack (Decreases the chance of finding a rare Pokémon at Poké Spots, made from Aspear Berry)
Jewel Snack (Increases the chance of finding a rare Pokémon at Poké Spots, made from Leppa Berry)
Hold Snack (Increases the chance of finding a Pokémon with a hold item at Poké Spots, made from Oran Berry)
Freak Snack (Decreases the chance of finding Munchlax at Poké Spots, made from Persim Berry)
Shine Snack (Increases the chance of finding a shining (alternate color) Pokémon at Poké Spots, made from Lum Berry)
Tasty Snack (Increases the chance of finding a neutral-nature Pokémon at Poké Spots, made from Sitrus Berry)
Spicy Snack (Increases the chance of finding a Pokémon with an Attack-raising nature at Poké Spots, made from Figy Berry)
Dry Snack (Increases the chance of finding a Pokémon with a Sp.Atk-raising nature at Poké Spots, made from Wiki Berry)
Sweet Snack (Increases the chance of finding a Pokémon with a Speed-raising nature at Poké Spots, made from Mago Berry)
Bitter Snack (Increases the chance of finding a Pokémon with a Sp.Def-raising nature at Poké Spots, made from Aguav Berry)
Sour Snack (Increases the chance of finding a Pokémon with a Defense-raising nature at Poké Spots, made from Iapapa)

You can strategize with combinations of these special snacks. For example, using equal amounts of Muscle, Jewel, Freak, Shine, and Spicy snacks, the chances of finding a rare male shining Pokémon with an Attack-raising nature goes up and reduces the chance of a Munchlax invasion. Filling the entire Poké Spot with Jewel Snacks is an almost surefire way to get a rare Pokémon.

Once a new Poké Snack is made, you'll get the first 5 of that snack made and that Poké Snack will go on sale at the Poké Snack Shop. You can get 10 more of each Poké Snack by giving a matching berry for a Poké Snack you already made to the professors. Also, if a Munchlax eats a special snack, the Munchlax's trainer will pay you back with the same special snacks.

Also, if you create 8 new Poké Snacks, Prof. Ivy will give you a Sun Stone as a reward and put more on sale at the Poké Snack Shop. If you create all 15 new Poké Snacks, Prof. Elm will give you a Moon Stone as a reward and put more on sale at the Poké Snack Shop, and also give you a new PC Box (the number is 9, 10, 11, 12, or 13, depending on how many boxes there were before you got this one).

Finally, if you have the Ultra Trainer Challenge active, if you haven't managed to stop line number 6 said by the Ultra Trainer Exposer in the Pokémon Center, a generic scientist will appear in a far corner and talk about "nerfed Shingo Berry" strategy. Simply put, he'll explain the following points, except longer:

-In 1-on-1, if one Pokémon has used a Shingo Berry, that Pokémon will go second out of two while the opponent goes first.
-In 1-on-1, if both Pokémon have used a Shingo Berry, the first one to use one will be bumped up to first, while the other Pokémon will move second.
-In 2-on-2, if one Pokémon has used a Shingo Berry, that Pokémon will move second out of four. First, third, and fourth will be determined by the Speed stat.
-In 2-on-2, if two Pokémon have used a Shingo Berry, the first one to use one will be bumped down to third, while the second will be second to move. The first and fourth to move will be determined by the Speed stat.

POKé SNACK SHOP

Changes for XD: The place is new to Trainers' City in XD: Gale of Darkness.

In the shop, you'll be able to buy Poké Snacks created at the Pokémon Lab, as well as standard Poké Snacks and, for a change of pace, evolution stones. Poké Snacks created at the Pokémon Lab cost double (600) that of a regular Poké Snack (300). Sun Stones (4200) cost double that of Fire, Leaf, Water, and Thunderstones (2100), and Moon Stones (8400) cost double that of Sun Stones. Here's a full inventory list:

Poké Snack
Muscle Snack (if made at Pokémon Lab)
Yawn Snack (if made at Pokémon Lab)
Mind Snack (if made at Pokémon Lab)
Munch Snack (if made at Pokémon Lab)
Stench Snack (if made at Pokémon Lab)
Jewel Snack (if made at Pokémon Lab)
Hold Snack (if made at Pokémon Lab)
Freak Snack (if made at Pokémon Lab)
Shine Snack (if made at Pokémon Lab)
Tasty Snack (if made at Pokémon Lab)
Spicy Snack (if made at Pokémon Lab)
Dry Snack (if made at Pokémon Lab)
Sweet Snack (if made at Pokémon Lab)
Bitter Snack (if made at Pokémon Lab)
Sour Snack (if made at Pokémon Lab)
Fire Stone
Leaf Stone
Thunderstone
Water Stone
Moon Stone (if all 15 snacks were made at Pokémon Lab)
Sun Stone (if 8 snacks were made at Pokémon Lab)

In addition, you'll find Duplica near a shop case. Talk to her and, along with references to the battle with Lovrina, she'll reveal that this shop case is a secret door to one of Trainers' City's three Poké Spots, and then open the secret door. This Poké Spot is called the City Poké Spot, and has wild Magnemite, Slowpoke, and Snorlax, in order of rarity from most common to most rare.

HISTORY CENTER

Changes for XD: The place is new to Trainers' City in XD: Gale of Darkness.

In here, you'll find several volumes that's a chronicle to the events of Pokémon Colosseum. Each event is two volumes, for a total of 12 books in this series. One will explain the fall of Miror B., one will explain the fall of Dakim, one will explain the fall of Venus, one will explain the fall of Ein, one will explain the fall of Nascour and Evice, and one will even explain how Fein managed to pretend to be the hero who felled Cipher. These books are the most comprehensive source for data about the events of Colosseum, right down to each story detail. There are also 59 volumes (11 Kanto, 7 Sevii Island, 11 Johto, 16 Hoenn, 9 Orre, and 5 Orange Island) showcasing the histories of known Pokémon locales, ranging from Pallet Town and New Bark Town to Evergrande City and Citadark Island. There is also a bare bookshelf which can use other data to fill them with non-Pokémon volumes. There is also a checklist that lists Colosseum's Shadow Pokémon next to the bookcases, with checkmarks next to those that have been snagged as shadows so far, in any of its evolutionary forms, in XD: Gale of Darkness. (If you got the Togepi from Hordel, Togetic will be checked; if you snagged Flygon from a piece of data, Vibrava will be checked; the Pokéspot Wooper doesn't count since it wasn't shadow, and neither does the Larvitar obtained from Duking for the same reason.) Next to the leftmost bookcases, you'll find Harrsion. He'll explain that the two leftmost bookcases, which have no useful books, are secret doors to two of Trainers' City's three Poké Spots, and then opens both secret doors. The door on the left leads to the Ancient Forest Poké Spot, and has wild Relicanth, Lileep, and Anorith, in order of rarity from most common to most rare. The door on the right leads to the Ancient Sea Poké Spot, and has wild Aerodactyl, Omanyte, and Kabuto, in order of rarity from most common to most rare.

GREENHOUSE

Changes for XD: Several plants are different in XD: Gale of Darkness than they were in Colosseum.

In the Greenhouse, you'll find Sonrisa. If you have purified the Sunflora you Snagged as a Shadow Pokémon, either from Colosseum or an XD: Gale of Darkness piece of data, Sonrisa will teach it a move it can't nomally learn. She won't accept any Sunflora obtained through an e-Reader yield/DS transmission, Gameshark, or any other means. The moves you get to choose from are Flamethrower, Ice Beam, and Thunderbolt. You can only give it one, however, so choose wisely.

TRAINERS' HOTEL

Changes for XD: The lobby lighting is slightly different, the open east room serves a different purpose, and there's a different system for filling the changing room's pegs.

Unlike the Hotels in Pyrite Town and the Under, you cannot stay in the Trainers' Hotel since the receptionist will tell you that all the rooms are booked. You can still head up the staris to the rooms, however. Four of the rooms are open for you to enter, one on the west end, two on the north end, and one on the east end. In the west room is Ritchie, who'll trade you his Crawdaunt for your Cacturne. In the north room to the right is Gary, who'll trade you his Slowking for your Lanturn. The east room is a special room, where the person in the current Marathon Battle stays in when not participating in the Marathon Battle over at Realgam Tower. (If Marathon Battle is not active, or if Ritchie or Gary is the current Marathon Battle, the room is closed.)

The north room to the left is a changing room. In XD: Gale of Darkness, there are always three pegs occupied if Marathon Battle is active, or two pegs occupied if Marathon Battle is not active. One is peg 46, the second is peg 47, and the third one depends on who's in the east room (there is no third occupied peg if Marathon Battle is inactive). Here's the arrangement for the pegs:

1: Brock
2: Misty
3: Lt. Surge
4: Erika
5: Koga
6: Janine
7: <shiftable>
8: Sabrina
9: Blaine
10: Giovanni
11: Falkner
12: Bugsy
13: Whitney
14: Morty
15: Chuck
16: Jasmine
17: Pryce
18: Clair
19: Roxanne
20: Brawly
21: Wattson
22: Flannery
23: Norman
24: Winona
25: Tate & Liza
26: Wallace
27: Jason
28: Cissy
29: Danny
30: Rudy
31: Luana
32: Drake (OI)
33: Lorelei
34: Bruno
35: Agatha
36: Lance
37: Will
38: Karen
39: Sidney
40: Phoebe
41: Glacia
42: Drake (HE4)
43: Steven
44: Shingo
45: Eusine
46: Ritchie
47: Gary
48: Harrison
49: Liza
50: Sonrisa
51: Trixie
52: Electra
53: Milane
54: Luka
55: Floreia
56: Maxie (for Team Magma)
57: Archie (for Team Aqua)
58: Farlie (for Team Flora)
59: Plasmae (for Team Plasma)
60: Tyson (for Team Rocket) (I used Tyson here because I didn't want duplicate Giovanni costumes)
61: Greevil (for Team Cipher)
62: Gonzap (for Team Snagem)

The third occupied peg will belong to the one who's the current Marathon Battle, if it's enabled. If the Marathon Battle participant's costume is not 1 of the 61 preset pegs (that is, if the Marathon Battle is against I.M.M., a Final Fantasy VII character, or the Kanto Aeris), the third occupied peg will be peg 7, the peg that was infamous for always being empty in Colosseum.

BATTLE HALL

Changes for XD: The e-Reader does not work with the XD: Gale of Darkness version of any piece of Colosseum data, including the Battle Hall. DS transmission is the only way to transmit the "triples" to XD: Gale of Darkness, a transmission method that also worked with Colosseum's version of the Battle Hall (and is required for 10 of the "triples" in Colosseum). There are no changes in actual physical appearance. Anyone who mentioned the e-Reader in Colosseum will instead mention the DS in XD: Gale of Darkness.

The Battle Hall looks similar to the Pre-Gym in Phenac City. In here, you can battle various Trainers. You'll have to transmit three of the Knockaround Girls/Pokémon League Guys "triples" to get them to appear. You'll face each Trainer's entire Battle Tower team, only this time the battles are 2-on-2 and you earn experience and money. Beat all three of the set and you'll receive one Luxury Ball. Once you've beaten all three of the set, you can choose whether or not to change the Marathon Battle to one of those three trainers. The Marathon Battles are in the next post.

TM SHOP

Changes for XD: A new layout. Well, it's in a new building, right?

The TM Shop has a wide variety of TM's for you to buy. Each TM costs 5000 to buy. You can also sell TM's here that you don't need for 2500 each. Here's the TM Shop's list of TM's:

TM03 (Water Pulse)
TM08 (Bulk Up)
TM09 (Bullet Seed)
TM21 (Frustration)
TM34 (Shock Wave)
TM39 (Rock Tomb)
TM40 (Aerial Ace)
TM43 (Secret Power)
TM42 (Façade)
TM50 (Overheat)

POKéMON CENTER

Changes for XD: No change in appearance. Some dialogue tweaks from the people inside.

The Trainers' City Pokémon Center is just like the one in Phenac City. It's mainly just the place to heal your Pokémon when necessary. One person has a dialogue tweak that makes a reference to another set's DS-transmitted data, mentioning "an event somewhere that yields 1,150,000 Pokécoupon points to anyone who completes it". A different (and new) person, though, has this line: "I hear that the challenge where you can win over 1,000,000 Pokécoupon points is just a tape from five years ago." (He'll vanish if you reach battle 9 of the Ultra Trainer Challenge.) There is also a new person called the "Ultra Trainer Challenge Exposer", who will give one of the following lines concerning the Ultra Trainer challenge, the event that yields 1,150,000 Pokécoupon points:

-"The one who said it's a tape is right. They're reusing the same content from five years ago! CIPHER's changed a lot since then, why couldn't GREEVIL bother bringing his guys to at least update the tape?"
-"ERIKA's CLOYSTER is NOT to be trusted! How that plant trainer got a DIAMONDSHELL is beyond me!"
-"Trust me, SONIC BERRY is nerfed in the challenge! What good is maximum SPEED if you can't switch?!"
-"13 trainers have WHITNEYBERRY in the challenge?! Your best defense against it is to take it from them!"
-"They really nerfed PRYCE BERRY in the challenge! Now it's not guaranteed to freeze upon its use!"
-"Trust me, don't use a SHINGO BERRY in a 1-on-1 challenge! They badly nerfed it! It used to be so good, but what good is maximum power if you can't switch AND you can't get the first hit? Although hitting second out of four in 2-on-2 can come in handy."
-"A SHUCKLE might not mind, but I for one do! They nerfed JASON BERRY! Now they won't let you switch when the mind defense is up! [OOPS!] them for making JASON BERRY helpless to physical attacks!" (Censored word starts with D.)
-"Curse the challenge! They weakened AGATHA BERRY! Now physical moves can actually hit a POKéMON that used one!"
-"LUKA BERRY and TRIXIE BERRY were not meant to be similar! But the challenge weakned LUKA BERRY to be basically a WATER-type TRIXIE BERRY! A FIRE-type now can't use a LUKA BERRY to save their life!"
-"MISTY cheated in raising that MILOTIC! I swear they should ban [PO][KÉ]BLOCKS containing TIFA BERRY from the challenge!"
-"The FEEL rating of FLOREIA's MILOTIC is unacceptable! Who knew BEAUTY could hit maximum by comboing TIFA BERRY and .AERIS BERRY?!"
-"Is there any BERRY other than AERIS BERRY that raises accuracy? There isn't?! I'll kill those farmers that told me there was one!"
-"I bet that a DCHAO BERRY's some fearsome ATTACK-based berry! What? That farmer's going to get his [OOPS!] kicked for not telling me it was a CONTEST berry!" (Censored word starts with A.)
-"You know those idiots using nerfed berries in the challenge? Well, I want you to steal every single one and bring them to me!"
-"You'd think there were 600 Pokémon, but think again. There's one person who borrows another's team! Just wrong! Then there's 10 Trainers who cheat by bringing 7 Pokémon into the challenge! You can't exactly call a 100-Trainer challenge with 604 Pokémon fair, would you?"
-"The trophy costs a fortune! I bet that's why the trainers are just a tape!"
-"Why did the challenge mess with LANCE BERRY? What good is not being hit by a weakness when you can't switch out to take advantage of another opportunity?!"
-"Gaah! Why did they nerf STEVEN BERRY?! What good is setting a physical perimiter if you're just encouraging special attacks on a sitting duck?!"

Just for the record, you can get him to stop saying some of the lines. Here's a few:

-To stop line #1, participate in the Ultra Trainer Challenge and make it to the ninth platform. Since Janine will appear and not Giovanni, this will give him no reason to say the line.
-To stop line #2, show him a Diamondshell. He'll then mentioning Diamondshells not being as rare as he thought.
-To stop line #3, use a Sonic Berry in the Ultra Trainer Challenge after getting the line at least once. The guy will no longer mention the line.
-Line #4 cannot be stopped.
-To change line #5, use a Pryce Berry in the Ultra Trainer Challenge after getting the line at least once. The guy will now instead say "Careful using PRYCE BERRY. The freeze caused by that BERRY has a higher defrost rate than normal freeze."
-To stop line #6 and get rid of the generic scientist from the Pokémon Lab, use a Shingo Berry in the Ultra Trainer Challenge after getting the line at least once. The guy will no longer mention the line, and the scientist will no longer appear.
-To stop line #7, use a Jason Berry in the Ultra Trainer Challenge after getting the line at least once. The guy will no longer mention the line.
-Lines #8 and #9 cannot be stopped.
-To stop line #10, show him a Tifa Berry. He'll then remember that Tifa Berries are fair game when blending.
-To stop line #11, show him a ".Aeris Berry". He'll then remember that the blend combo is fair game.
-Line #12 cannot be stopped for now. However, a future piece of data might debut a DS-transmitted berry whose sole purpose is to raise accuracy, and you can show him that berry to stop the line.
-To stop line #13, show him a "Dchao Berry". He'll then remember that you can bring that berry into a battle even though it has no use there.
-Stoppling line #14 is a daunting task. To do it, you have to steal every single berry he has ever accused of being nerfed from every single trainer who has one and win each battle you steal a berry from. The game remembers which berries you've stolen toward this task, so you don't need to steal the same berry multiple times. Once you've managed to steal the crop, the line will be stopped.
-Line #15 cannot be stopped.
-To stop line #16, show him 4,000,000 in Orre's currency. He'll then mention you being able to buy the materials to make the trophy with the money you have, and mention the challenge holders not being as poor as he thought.
-To stop line #17, use a Lance Berry in the Ultra Trainer Challenge after getting the line at least once. The guy will no longer mention the line.
-To stop line #18, use a Steven Berry in the Ultra Trainer Challenge after getting the line at least once. The guy will no longer mention the line.

TRAINERS' COLOSSEUM

Changes for XD: Different people wait in the lobby. Also, Marathon Battle is moved to Realgam Tower in XD: Gale of Darkness.

If you go to the Trainers' Colosseum, you can partake in one of two unique challenges from the start; the Kanto/Johto Challenge, or the Hoenn Challenge. (There are more challenges unlockable in other transmitted data, such as the Cloud Challenge, the Cid Challenge, and the XD-exclusive Miror B. Peon Challenge.) Each challenge has you take on the Elite Four members from that country. (Drake from the Orange Islands makes an appearance in the Hoenn Challenge.) The rules are the same as in any other Colosseum. By winning a challenge, you receive a 60000 cash prize and a Master Ball. (You only get a Master Ball the first time you win a challenge.)

KANTO/JOHTO CHALLENGE

Elite Four Lorelei(F):
L65 Lapras – Blizzard, Hydro Pump, Psychic, Thunderbolt
L63 Glalie – Hail, Ice Beam, Crunch, Earthquake
L64 Piloswine – Blizzard, Earthquake, Rock Slide, Mist
L63 Slowking – Psychic, Ice Beam, Surf, Flamethrower
L65 Cloyster – Surf, Blizzard, Light Screen, Spikes

Elite Four Bruno(M):
L65 Machamp – Cross Chop, Earthquake, Rock Slide, Body Slam
L64 Steelix – Iron Tail, Earthquake, Rock Slide, Explosion
L64 Hitmontop – Counter, Rapid Spin, Brick Break, Triple Kick
L63 Heracross – Megahorn, Earthquake, Endure, Reversal
L64 Blaziken – Blaze Kick, Sky Uppercut, Aerial Ace, Attract

Elite Four Agatha(F):
L65 Gengar – Shadow Ball, Psychic, Sludge Bomb, Confuse Ray
L63 Dusclops – Shadow Punch, Ice Beam, Earthquake, Imprison
L64 Crobat – Sludge Bomb, Aerial Ace, Shadow Ball, Confuse Ray
L63 Sableye – Faint Attack, Shadow Ball, Rock Tomb, Fake Out
L65 Misdreavus – Shadow Ball, Psychic, Perish Song, Mean Look

Elite Four Will(M):
L65 Xatu – Psychic, Drill Peck, Giga Drain, Faint Attack
L63 Jynx – Psychic, Ice Beam, Lovely Kiss, Mean Look
L64 Medicham – Psychic, Hi Jump Kick, Rock Tomb, Thunderpunch
L63 Exeggutor – Psychic, Giga Drain, Sleep Powder, Dream Eater
L65 Gardevoir – Psychic, Thunderbolt, Will-o-Wisp, Calm Mind

Elite Four Karen(F):
L65 Umbreon – Faint Attack, Psychic, Confuse Ray, Attract
L63 Sharpedo – Crunch, Hydro Pump, Slash, Attract
L64 Houndoom – Crunch, Flamethrower, Solarbeam, Attract
L64 Cacturne – Faint Attack, Needle Arm, Spikes, Attract
L64 Mightyena – Crunch, Poison Fang, Body Slam, Attract

Elite Four Lance(M):
L70 Dragonite – Dragon Claw, Ice Beam, Thunderbolt, Hyper Beam
L69 Gyarados - Hydro Pump, Thunderbolt, Earthquake, Hyper Beam
L68 Flygon – Dragon Claw, Earthquake, Flamethrower, Aerial Ace
L69 Kingdra - Dragonbreath, Surf, Blizzard, Return
L68 Charizard – Flamethrower, Wing Attack, Dragon Claw, Iron Tail
L70 Salamence – Dragon Claw, Fire Blast, Hydro Pump, Crunch
Note: Gyarados is Shining (Red)

HOENN CHALLENGE

Elite Four Sidney(M):
L65 Mightyena – Crunch, Shadow Ball, Poison Fang, Roar
L64 Shiftry – Faint Attack, Giga Drain, Extrasensory, Razor Wind
L63 Crawdaunt – Crabhammer, Knock Off, Sludge Bomb, Guillotine
L64 Sneasel – Faint Attack, Aerial Ace, Shadow Ball, Metal Claw
L64 Absol – Faint Attack, Aerial Ace, Shadow Ball, Razor Wind

Elite Four Phoebe(F):
L65 Dusclops – Shadow Punch, Earthquake, Faint Attack, Imprison
L63 Gengar – Psychic, Thunderbolt, Shadow Ball, Sludge Bomb
L64 Gardevoir – Psychic, Thunderbolt, Shadow Ball, Will-o-Wisp
L63 Banette – Shadow Ball, Psychic, Hyper Beam, Will-o-Wisp
L65 Sableye – Shadow Ball, Psychic, Faint Attack, Attract

Elite Four Glacia(F):
L65 Walrein – Blizzard, Waterfall, Body Slam, Sheer Cold
L64 Glalie – Blizzard, Crunch, Water Pulse, Block
L63 Sneasel – Icy Wind, Faint Attack, Aerial Ace, Shadow Ball
L63 Jynx – Ice Punch, Psychic, Perish Song, Mean Look
L65 Piloswine – Ice Beam, Earthquake, Ancientpower, Light Screen

Elite Four Drake(M): (Hoenn Elite Four)
L65 Salamence – Dragon Claw, Flamethrower, Aerial Ace, Brick Break
L65 Flygon – Dragon Claw, Crunch, Rock Slide, Earthquake
L64 Altaria - Dragonbreath, Sky Attack, Ice Beam, Earthquake
L63 Kingdra - Dragonbreath, Ice Beam, Hydro Pump, Return
L63 Gyarados – Waterfall, Hidden Power, Earthquake, Dragon Dance

OI Elite Drake(M): (Orange Islands)
L70 Dragonite – Dragon Claw, Thunderbolt, Flamethrower, Wing Attack
L68 Electabuzz – Thunderbolt, Psychic, Ice Punch, Cross Chop
L69 Milotic – Hydro Pump, Dragonbreath, Ice Beam, Mirror Coat
L68 Blaziken – Overheat, Sky Uppercut, Earthquake, Rock Slide
L69 Aggron – Iron Tail, Double-Edge, Rock Slide, Earthquake
L70 Venusaur – Frenzy Plant, Sludge Bomb, Earthquake, Hidden Power

Champion Steven(M):
L70 Metagross – Psychic, Meteor Mash, Earthquake, Hyper Beam
L69 Steelix – Iron Tail, Earthquake, Rock Slide, Iron Defense
L69 Aggron – Iron Tail, Earthquake, Double-Edge, Protect
L68 Scizor – Steel Wing, Silver Wind, Wing Attack, Double Team
L68 Claydol – Psychic, Ancientpower, Explosion, Cosmic Power
L70 Tyranitar – Crunch, Rock Slide, Earthquake, Hyper Beam
Note: Steelix is Shining (Gold)


RETURN TO TEAM SNAGEM HIDEOUT

After Duking shows you the video of XD002 blocking the land route to Trainers' City, you'll get an e-mail from Secc informing you about something going on back at the Snagem Hideout. Head back to the hideout and you'll notice that there are seven Team Snagem Grunts all over the place. You need to go and fight each of these Grunts. Here's what each Team Snagem Grunt has (all but the first have a certain theme, be it a type or attack):

Team Snagem Rafleio(M): L55 Nosepass, L56 Piloswine, L57 Mawile, L58 Medicham
Team Snagem Kalu(M): L55 Sableye, L56 Hariyama, L57 Shiftry, L58 Persian
Team Snagem Limela(M): L55 Sharpedo, L56 Seviper, L57 Nidoqueen, L58 Mightyena
Team Snagem Artcele(M): L55 Electabuzz, L56 Manectric, L57 Electrode, L58 Magneton
Team Snagem Zial(M): L55 Torkoal, L56 Magcargo, L57 Camerupt, L58 Arcanine
Team Snagem Riasson(M): L55 Tropius, L56 Victreebel, L57 Parasect, L58 Cacturne
Team Snagem Xetiri(M): L55 Dewgong, L56 Cloyster, L57 Walrein, L58 Lapras
Note: These grunts are the same as in the Colosseum version of the mission. You should know their naming pattern.

Once you have defeated all seven Team Snagem Grunts, head to Gonzap's office and you'll find Gonzap there. Once you talk to him, he'll tell you that he himself lured you to the Hideout. He'll then challenge you to a battle. He uses a high-levelled team this time. He also has a Shadow Pokémon; Crobat. Use any Snagging techniques to obtain it. If you fail to Snag it here, you can Snag the Crobat during the Miror B. Peon Challenge.

Snagem Head Gonzap(M): L70 Electrode, L70 Shiftry, L70 Vileplume, L70 Whiscash, L70 Skarmory, L50 Crobat
Crobat's Shadow Attacks: Shadow Storm, Shadow Sky, Shadow Down (1 Normal Move)

REMATCH WITH MIROR B.

Once you have Snagged every DS-accessed Shadow Pokémon up to this point (all three Phenac City mission Shadow Pokémon count as well), transmit any Enigma Island Promo (from either edition) along with any admin's II Trainer card, you can perform another mission. (Unlike in Colosseum, where there were 9 Enigma Island promos incompatible with this data, there are no incompatible Enigma Island promos when transmitting to XD: Gale of Darkness.) Watch any TV and you'll hear that someone (described as a "weirdo with an afro") is attacking "a child" at the HQ Lab. Head to the HQ Lab and go into Jovi's room and you'll see Miror B. (using Ludicolo and Ludicolo) facing Jovi (using Plusle and Minun) in a battle. Miror B. will defeat Jovi, then you'll have to battle Miror B. yourself. He has a new Shadow Pokémon; Mewtwo. (This is the second Mewtwo that will enable several other pieces of DS-transmitted data.) Miror B.'s team is very strong and very tough to defeat. For Mewtwo, it's best to simply Snag it. The Master Ball you obtained from clearing one of the two Trainers' Colosseum challenges would be best. If (for some odd reason) you fail to snag Mewtwo here, you can Snag it during the Miror B. Peon Challenge. Mewtwo must be Snagged before you can enable pieces of DS-transmitted data that require it to be Snagged.

Wanderer Miror B.(M): L70 Ludicolo, L70 Ludicolo, L70 Ludicolo, L70 Ludicolo, L70 Ludicolo, L70 Mewtwo
Mewtwo Shadow Attacks: Shadow Break, Shadow Storm, Shadow Half, Shadow Hold

Once you have Snagged Mewtwo, starting then, if you head into any Colosseum other than Orre Colosseum and Trainers' Colosseum, you can take on a Knockout Challenge as usual. This time however, you'll be facing Trainers that use entirely new teams this time. While the Trainers and Pokémon you face aren't random, in each Colosseum, there are several preset lineups of three Trainers and Pokémon, and one of those lineups is randomly chosen at the start of each Knockout Challenge. (The levels, power, and evolution of the Pokémon each Trainer has still fits what you normally have in that Colosseum.) (All other patterns with the Colosseum's Trainers still apply.) After defeating those three Trainers, the Trainer you face in the Final round of the Knockout Challenge just happens to be a Gym Leader or miscallenious Trainer listed below. (The Trainer is completely random.) They each have five Pokémon with levels that average 64 and are types that fit that Gym Leader or Trainer. (These levels and Pokémon are regardless of what Colosseum you face them in.) Also, each of their Pokémon have very good movesets that make them a good challenge to defeat. Each of the final matchups has a certain percentage of being chosen. With twelve exceptions, the percentage depends on the Colosseum in both Colosseum and XD: Gale of Darkness. Here are the odds for XD: Gale of Darkness:

Block 1: Pyrite, 1 in 9; Phenac, 1 in 126; Realgam, 1 in 1134
Block 2: Pyrite, 1 in 1134; Phenac, 1 in 9; Realgam, 1 in 126
Block 3: Pyrite, 1 in 126; Phenac, 1 in 1134; Realgam, 1 in 9
Block 4: 1 in 27 regardless of Colosseum
Jason: 1 in 42 regardless of Colosseum
Aeris (Kanto): 1 in 10,710 regardless of Colosseum
In Colosseum, Phenac has the same odds as XD's Pyrite, Pyrite has the same odds as XD's Phenac, and The Under has the same odds as XD's Realgam. Noland's team selection for Colosseum's Deep Colosseum or XD's Orre Colosseum is not affected by these odds, and when Noland selects one of the teams below in XD: Gale of Darkness, Noland will get one additional Pokémon at random from the owner's theme.

Here is each Trainer and his or her Pokémon:

Block 1:
Leader Brock(M): L65 Steelix, L65 Golem, L64 Cradily, L63 Aerodactyl, L63 Swampert
Leader Misty(F): L65 Starmie, L64 Golduck, L65 Corsola, L63 Politoed, L63 Togetic
Leader Lt. Surge(M): L65 Raichu, L64 Electrode, L64 Magneton, L64 Electabuzz, L63 Lanturn
Leader Erika(F): L65 Bellossom, L64 Jumpluff, L63 Ludicolo, L64 Exeggutor, L64 Scizor
Elite Four Koga(M): L65 Venomoth, L64 Weezing, L64 Victreebel, L63 Gligar, L64 Umbreon
Leader Sabrina(F): L65 Alakazam, L64 Xatu, L63 Claydol, L64 Medicham, L64 Starmie
Leader Blaine(M): L65 Magmar, L64 Ninetales, L63 Rapidash, L64 Camerupt, L64 Rhydon
Leader Janine(F): L65 Crobat, L64 Venomoth, L64 Swalot, L64 Qwilfish, L63 Gengar
Leader Gary(M): L65 Blastoise, L65 Umbreon, L64 Alakazam, L63 Magmar, L63 Scizor
Orange Crew Cissy(F): L65 Kingdra, L65 Blastoise, L63 Mantine, L63 Quagsire, L64 Ludicolo

Block 2:
Leader Falkner(M): L65 Pidgeot, L64 Dodrio, L63 Jumpluff, L63 Masquerain, L65 Crobat
Leader Bugsy(M): L65 Scizor, L65 Heracross, L63 Beautifly, L63 Dustox, L64 Armaldo
Leader Whitney(F): L65 Miltank, L63 Delcatty, L64 Porygon2, L63 Wigglytuff, L65 Exploud
Leader Morty(M): L65 Gengar, L64 Sableye, L64 Dusclops, L63 Grumpig, L64 Noctowl
Leader Chuck(M): L65 Poliwrath, L63 Primeape, L65 Hariyama, L63 Sandslash, L64 Ursaring
Leader Jasmine(F): L65 Steelix, L63 Skarmory, L65 Aggron, L63 Claydol, L64 Ampharos
Leader Pryce(M): L65 Piloswine, L65 Dewgong, L63 Glalie, L63 Jynx, L64 Walrein
Leader Clair(M): L65 Kingdra, L65 Flygon, L64 Altaria, L63 Gyarados, L63 Lapras
Orange Crew Danny(M): L65 Nidoqueen, L64 Golem, L63 Claydol, L63 Armaldo, L65 Machamp
Orange Crew Luana(F): L65 Alakazam, L65 Marowak, L63 Xatu, L63 Breloom, L64 Gardevoir

Block 3:
Leader Roxanne(F): L65 Nosepass, L64 Golem, L63 Cradily, L64 Corsola, L64 Shuckle
Leader Brawly(M): L65 Hariyama, L65 Machamp, L63 Heracross, L63 Breloom, L64 Poliwrath
Leader Wattson(M): L65 Magneton, L65 Electrode, L64 Manectric, L63 Plusle, L63 Minun
Leader Flannery(F): L65 Torkoal, L64 Magcargo, L63 Camerupt, L64 Flareon, L64 Blaziken
Leader Norman(M): L65 Slaking, L64 Clefable, L63 Smeargle L64 Linoone, L64 Blissey
Leader Winona(F): L65 Altaria, L64 Pelipper, L63 Tropius, L63 Xatu, L65 Pidgeot
Leader Tate & Liza(F/F): L65 Lunatone, L65 Solrock, L63 Xatu, L63 Hypno, L64 Gardevoir
Leader Wallace(M): L65 Milotic, L63 Lanturn, L63 Quagsire, L64 Walrein, L65 Feraligatr
Orange Crew Rudy(M): L65 Electabuzz, L63 Exeggutor, L63 Manectric, L64 Flygon, L65 Ampharos
[PK][MN] Trainer Harrison(M): L65 Blaziken, L63 Sneasel, L64 Steelix, L63 Hypno, L65 Slaking

Block 4:
Charizard Tamer Liza(F): L65 Charizard, L65 Typhlosion, L63 Torkoal, L63 Magcargo, L64 Houndoom
Greenhouse Gal Sonrisa(F): L65 Sunflora, L65 Jumpluff, L63 Parasect, L63 Roselia, L64 Sceptile
Performer Trixie(F): L65 Azumarill, L65 Golduck, L63 Milotic, L63 Walrein, L64 Swampert
[PK][MN] Trainer Electra(F): L65 Raichu, L65 Manectric, L63 Lanturn, L63 Hypno, L64 Girafarig
[PK][MN] Trainer Milane(F): L65 Meganium, L64 Shiftry, L63 Exeggutor, L64 Jumpluff, L64 Vileplume
Seafarer Luka(F): L65 Gyarados, L65 Mantine, L63 Huntail, L63 Gorebyss, L64 Lanturn
Dojo Master Shingo(M): L65 Scizor, L65 Machamp, L63 Heracross, L63 Medicham, L64 Nidoking
Mysteryman Eusine(M): L65 Alakazam, L65 Espeon, L64 Xatu, L63 Jynx, L63 Starmie
Hula Dancer Floreia(F): L65 Ludicolo, L64 Lanturn, L64 Cloyster, L63 Victreebel L64 Bellossom
[PK][MN] Trainer Ritchie(M): L65 Raichu, L65 Charizard, L63 Armaldo, L63 Claydol, L64 Crawdaunt

Nonblock Trainers:
Leader Jason(M): L65 Tropius, L63 Cacturne, L65 Vileplume, L63 Cradily, L64 Sceptile
Leader Aeris(F): L65 Clefable, L65 Wigglytuff, L63 Furret, L63 Granbull, L64 Blissey


If you transmit the passwords of both the A and B versions of Cipher's Realgam Tower and Snagem's Hoard House from Cipher/Snagem Crisis along with Steal Crystal to the Tajiri server and connect via Wi-Fi to Pokémon XD: Gale of Darkness, you can take on a new version of the Mega Man Anniversary Collection mission in Orre. (Click here for the MMAC version of the mission.) However, only the Teams are involved when you do the mission here. Watch any TV and you'll hear that criminal activity has increased dramatically in Orre, especially in Trainers' City. In fact, Trainers' City is on lockdown and if you try to go there aboard Robo Kyogre, you'll get a message telling you it's locked up. You need to first unlock it. The first four Teams have taken residence in four places in Orre, and you have to defeat each of them in order to reach Trainers' City to fight the remaining three Teams. Also, unlike in the Mega Man mission, you get to use your own Pokémon. Here's where each Team is located:

Magma: S.S. Libra
Aqua: Gateon Port
Flora: HQ Lab
Plasma: Citadark Island
Cipher: Trainers' City (Greenhouse and Poké Snack Shop)
Snagem: Trainers' City (Battle Hall and History Center)
Rocket: Trainers' City (Pokémon Lab and Pokémon Center)

Further Description 1: You have to defeat Team Aqua at Gateon Port before you can head to the HQ Lab and defeat Team Flora. You'll fight each of the Team Aqua Grunts somewhere in the area. At the exit leading to the map, you'll find Aqua Admin Matt blocking the way. After defeating him, you'll be able to head to the HQ Lab and fight each of the Team Flora Grunts as you make your way to the room with the Purify Chamber, where both Flora Admins are waiting for you. After defeating them, you'll find KRANE MEMO 97 in front of the Purify Chamber. KRANE MEMO 97 describes a dark computer energy found from two meteors that crashed to Earth. (In case you don't know, the file describes the Evil Energy from Mega Man 8.)

Further Description 2: You have to defeat Team Aqua at Gateon Port before you can head to Citadark Island and defeat Team Plasma. You'll fight each of the Team Aqua Grunts somewhere in the area. At Robo Kyogre's dock, you'll find Aqua Admin Shelly blocking Robo Kyogre. After defeating her, you'll be able to sail to Citadark Island (but not Trainers' City) aboard Robo Kyogre. On Citadark Island, you'll fight each of the Team Plasma Grunts as you make your way to the room where you fought Eldes. In said room, you'll find both Plasma Admins waiting for you. After defeating them, you'll find KRANE MEMO 98, the one that tells about a mysterious red robot being made by a certain scientist. (The file vaguely describes the construction of Zero by Dr. Wily.)

Further Description 3: You have to defeat Team Magma at S.S. Libra sometime during the first part of the campaign before you can regain access to Trainers' City. The Team Magma Grunts appear in the middle of the puzzles, while both Magma Admins appear on the deck where you first encountered Bonsly. After defeating them, you'll find the MEGAPEDIA. If you take the MEGAPEDIA, which is 31 volumes, to Trainers' City's History Center once the city is fully open again, you'll be able to read information about every robot, Maverick, battle chip, person, etc. in the Mega Man series, be it Mega Man 1 or Mega Man X8. The MEGAPEDIA will go on the bookshelf that starts out empty in the History Center.

Further Description 4: After obtaining both KRANE MEMOs and the MEGAPEDIA, you'll find out the Trainers' City has been unlocked. Head there and you'll find out that the city looks very deserted. You'll also discover that Trainers' Colosseum has been locked again. To unlock it, you'll have to head to six buildings (Greenhouse, Poké Snack Shop, Battle Hall, History Center, Pokémon Lab, and Pokémon Center), in each of those buildings, you'll fight four Grunts of whatever team is found there. After defeating them, a high-ranking member (Ardos in the Greenhouse, Eldes in the Poké Snack Shop, Chobin in the Battle Hall, Zook in the History Center, Tyson in the Pokémon Lab, and I.M.M. in the Pokémon Center) will enter and challenge you to a battle. They use the same teams as in the Mega Man mission, with their Pokémon being at L50. After defeating the high-ranking member, you'll receive an key that helps unlock Trainers' Colosseum.

Further Desription 5: Once all six keys have been obtained, head to Trainers' Colosseum and head into the Colosseum. In there, you'll find each of the Team Leaders waiting for you. You'll have to fight them in the same order you did in the Mega Man mission, with each of their Pokémon at L60. Once they are taken down, you'll get the same ending and credits you get after completing the XD: Gale of Darkness version of the Plasma/Rocket Ambitions Colosseum mission. Also, when taking on the Grunts, their Pokémon are at L40, the first and fifth Grunts each will have a second Pokémon that goes along with their first, the second through fourth grunts will be in the place where the first is, the sixth through eighth grunts will be in the place where the fifth is, and the building with the fifth grunt will be locked until you defeat the fourth. Here's what Pokémon each of those Grunts have:

1st Grunt (Greenhouse, Battle Hall, or Pokémon Lab)
Magma: L40 Numel, L40 Poochyena
Aqua: L40 Carvanha, L40 Poochyena
Flora: L40 Cacnea, L40 Poochyena
Plasma: L40 Electrike, L40 Poochyena
Cipher: L40 Slowpoke, L40 Spoink
Snagem: L40 Swinub, L40 Sandshrew
Rocket: L40 Grimer, L40 Koffing

5th Grunt (Poké Snack Shop, History Center, or Pokémon Center)
Magma: L40 Camerupt, L40 Sandslash
Aqua: L40 Sharpedo, L40 Corsola
Flora: L40 Cacturne, L40 Roselia
Plasma: L40 Manectric, L40 Grumpig
Cipher: L40 Mr. Mime, L40 Misdreavus
Snagem: L40 Nosepass, L40 Gligar
Rocket: L40 Absol, L40 Seviper

For the prizes, after completing the mission in XD: Gale of Darkness, you'll reappear in the HQ Lab and will be given these prizes:

A choice between a L5 Mew w/Psychic, Volt Tackle, Surf, and Metronome; a L5 Celebi w/Psychic, Frenzy Plant, Flamethrower, and Heal Bell; or a L5 Jirachi w/Psychic, Dragonbreath, Ice Beam, and Wish
A choice between 1 TMeX1 (Blast Burn), 1 TMeX2 (Hydro Cannon), 1 TMeX3 (Frenzy Plant), or 1 TMeX4 (Volt Tackle)
1 Master Ball
200000 Cash

Next post will have the Marathon Battles.
 
Last edited:
This piece of data outlines a ton of battles called Marathon Battles. There are two ways to get these Marathon Battles: fight that matching Trainer at Battle Hall in XD: Gale of Darkness (doesn't work in Colosseum), or by transmitting the passwords on a character's Trainer triple to the Tajiri server, followed by the confirmation password "C4F-4M0-Vxx", where xx denotes a two-letter version identifier; CO for Colosseum, or XD for XD: Gale of Darkness. If using Colosseum, the game must have Trainers' City enabled, but nothing else is required aside from obviously streaming the data to the Gamecube via a Wi-Fi connection. Unlike the Marathon Battle against I.M.M, you can unlock Marathon Battle using this piece of data. (You can still shift the Marathon Battle to the ones here even if you unlocked it in the data from the Final Fantasy VII set.)

There will be a new receptionist at the Trainers' Colosseum in Colosseum or Realgam Tower in XD: Gale of Darkness who will guide you to Marathon Battles. A Marathon Battle is a battle where you fight multiple teams of 6 Pokémon each, with all teams on one side belonging to the same person. The number of teams is usually three, but there are a few that will use four, and a few that will use only two. Anyway, to win a Marathon Battle, you have to beat all of your opponent's Pokémon before all of the Pokémon on your teams faint. If all the Pokémon in one person's team faint, that person sends out the first two Pokémon in their next team in line.

After the tutorial, you'll be asked if you wish to take part in the current Marathon Battle, which is against the person whose Trainer triple you transmitted. If you enter the Marathon Battle, you'll take your current party as your first team, then be asked to select more teams out of your PC Pokémon, up to the number of teams that character is using. Once you've confirmed your teams, the battle will begin. To change the opponent, just use data that changes the Marathon Battle to another character.

These battles are accompanied by long pieces of music, usually songs in their entirety, including lyrics if the song has them. Also, with one exception, the average level of a character's first team is 72, and always increases by 1 level for each successive team.

Anyway, here are the teams for Marathon Battle:

Leader Brock(M):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Ludicolo, L71 Swampert, L72 Steelix, L72 Crobat, L73 Forretress, L73 Golem
Second Team: L72 Tyranitar, L72 Sudowoodo, L73 Rhydon, L73 Aggron, L74 Omastar, L74 Kabutops
Third Team: L73 Relicanth, L73 Aerodactyl, L74 Lunatone, L74 Solrock, L75 Cradily, L75 Armaldo
The music that plays in the background of this Marathon Battle is "Viridian City", full version with lyrics, from the 2.B.A. Master album.

Leader Misty(F):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Gyarados, L71 Starmie, L72 Kingdra, L72 Golduck, L73 Togetic, L73 Seaking
Second Team: L72 Luvdisc, L72 Corsola, L73 Relicanth, L73 Pelipper, L74 Quagsire, L74 Whiscash
Third Team: L73 Slowking, L73 Lanturn, L74 Sharpedo, L74 Crawdaunt, L75 Dragonite, L75 Flygon
The music that plays in the background of this Marathon Battle is "Misty's Song", full version with lyrics, from the 2.B.A. Master album.

Leader Lt.Surge(M):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Plusle, L71 Minun, L72 Volbeat, L72 Illumise, L73 Zangoose, L73 Seviper
Second Team: L72 Mawile, L72 Skarmory, L73 Steelix, L73 Aggron, L74 Metagross, L74 Scizor
Third Team: L73 Manectric, L73 Ampharos, L74 Electrode, L74 Magneton, L75 Electabuzz, L75 Raichu
The music that plays in the background of this Marathon Battle is "You Can Do It (If You Really Try)", full version with lyrics, from the 2.B.A. Master album.

Leader Erika(F):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Tropius, L71 Bellossom, L72 Ludicolo, L72 Cradily, L73 Exploud, L73 Sceptile
Second Team: L72 Sunflora, L72 Jumpluff, L73 Victreebel, L73 Breloom, L74 Tangela, L74 Meganium
Third Team: L73 Vileplume, L73 Gardevoir, L74 Tangela, L74 Parasect, L75 Beautifly, L75 Venusaur
The music that plays in the background of this Marathon Battle is "What Kind of Pokémon are You?", full version with lyrics, from the 2.B.A. Master album.

Elite Four Koga(M):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Weezing, L71 Muk, L72 Tentacruel, L72 Crobat, L73 Electrode, L73 Venomoth
Second Team: L72 Forretress, L72 Ariados, L73 Vileplume, L73 Victreebel, L74 Qwilfish, L74 Swalot
Third Team: L73 Zangoose, L73 Seviper, L74 Raticate, L74 Arbok, L75 Nidoking, L75 Nidoqueen
The music that plays in the background of this Marathon Battle is "Pokérap", full version with lyrics, from the 2.B.A. Master album.

Leader Janine(F):
Teams: 2
First Team: L71 Ariados, L71 Vileplume, L72 Tentacruel, L72 Weezing, L73 Crobat, L73 Venomoth
Second Team: L72 Dugtrio, L72 Zangoose, L73 Jolteon, L73 Aerodactyl, L74 Electrode, L74 Ninjask
The music that plays in the background of this Marathon Battle is "Pokérap GS", full version with lyrics, from the Totally Pokémon album.

Leader Sabrina(F):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Venomoth, L71 Jynx, L72 Slowbro, L72 Mr. Mime, L73 Hypno, L73 Alakazam
Second Team: L72 Unown , L72 Wobbuffet, L73 Ariados, L73 Slowking, L74 Xatu, L74 Espeon
Third Team: L73 Claydol, L73 Metagross, L74 Lunatone, L74 Solrock, L75 Medicham, L75 Gardevoir
The music that plays in the background of this Marathon Battle is "Everything Changes", full version with lyrics, from the 2.B.A. Master album.

Leader Blaine(M):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Rapidash, L71 Magmar, L72 Ninetales, L72 Arcanine, L73 Flareon, L73 Charizard
Second Team: L72 Kingdra, L72 Magcargo, L73 Houndoom, L73 Camerupt, L74 Blaziken, L74 Typhlosion
Third Team: L73 Dragonite, L73 Altaria, L74 Flygon, L74 Exploud, L75 Granbull, L75 Primeape
The music that plays in the background of this Marathon Battle is "My Best Friends", full version with lyrics, from the 2.B.A. Master album.

[PK][MN] Researcher Giovanni(M):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Persian, L71 Rhydon, L72 Sandslash, L72 Dugtrio, L73 Nidoqueen, L73 Nidoking
Second Team: L72 Golem, L72 Steelix, L73 Quagsire, L73 Gligar, L74 Piloswine, L74 Camerupt
Third Team: L73 Claydol, L73 Whiscash, L74 Swampert, L74 Shedinja, L75 Tyranitar, L75 Flygon
The music that plays in the background of this Marathon Battle is "Double Trouble", full version with lyrics, from the 2.B.A. Master album.

Leader Aeris(F): (Kanto)
Teams: 4
First Team: L48 Persian, L48 Lickitung, L49 Porygon2, L49 Clefable, L50 Wigglytuff, L50 Raticate
Second Team: L49 Pidgeot, L49 Fearow, L50 Farfetch'd, L50 Girafarig, L51 Noctowl, L51 Swellow
Third Team: L50 Furret, L50 Granbull, L51 Togetic, L51 Dodrio, L52 Blissey, L52 Kangaskhan
Fourth Team: L51 Tauros, L51 Miltank, L52 Ditto, L52 Snorlax, L53 Aipom, L53 Dunsparce
The music that plays in the background of this Marathon Battle is "Soda Pop", full version with lyrics, from the Pokémon: The First Movie soundtrack.

Leader Falkner(M):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Skarmory, L71 Gligar, L72 Jumpluff, L72 Mantine, L73 Pidgeot, L73 Fearow
Second Team: L72 Charizard, L72 Delibird, L73 Crobat, L73 Xatu, L74 Noctowl, L74 Dodrio
Third Team: L73 Ledian, L73 Aerodactyl, L74 Altaria, L74 Murkrow, L75 Tropius, L75 Farfetch'd

Leader Bugsy(M):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Ledian, L71 Venomoth, L72 Butterfree, L72 Beedrill, L73 Ariados, L73 Scizor
Second Team: L72 Parasect, L72 Masquerain, L73 Volbeat, L73 Illumise, L74 Heracross, L74 Ninjask
Third Team: L73 Shuckle, L73 Shedinja, L74 Forretress, L74 Armaldo, L75 Beautifly, L75 Dustox

Leader Whitney(F):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Nidoqueen, L71 Blissey, L72 Stantler, L72 Smeargle, L73 Miltank, L73 Clefable
Second Team: L72 Ursaring, L72 Linoone, L73 Slaking, L73 Exploud, L74 Delcatty, L74 Spinda
Third Team: L73 Altaria, L73 Zangoose, L74 Castform, L74 Kecleon, L75 Wigglytuff, L75 Pidgeot
The music that plays in the background of this Marathon Battle is "Song of Jigglypuff", full version with lyrics, from the Totally Pokémon album.

Leader Morty(M):
Teams: 2
First Team: L71 Hypno, L71 Xatu, L72 Medicham, L72 Shedinja, L73 Misdreavus, L73 Gengar
Second Team: L72 Umbreon, L72 Houndoom, L73 Absol, L73 Sableye, L74 Banette, L74 Dusclops

Leader Chuck(M):
Teams: 2
First Team: L71 Hariyama, L71 Breloom, L72 Machamp, L72 Medicham, L73 Primeape, L73 Poliwrath
Second Team: L72 Hitmonlee, L72 Heracross, L73 Hitmonchan, L73 Blaziken, L74 Hitmontop, L74 Zangoose

Leader Jasmine(F):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Plusle, L71 Minun, L72 Raichu, L72 Electabuzz, L73 Steelix, L73 Magneton
Second Team: L72 Forretress, L72 Scizor, L73 Volbeat, L73 Illumise, L74 Mawile, L74 Registeel
Third Team: L73 Manectric, L73 Lanturn, L74 Metagross, L74 Aggron, L75 Skarmory, L75 Jirachi
The music that plays in the background of this Marathon Battle is "He Drives Me Crazy", full version with lyrics, from the Totally Pokémon album. The song selection isn't final and is subject to change.

Leader Pryce(M):
Teams: 2
First Team: L71 Cloyster, L71 Walrein, L72 Lapras, L72 Jynx, L73 Dewgong, L73 Piloswine
Second Team: L72 Sneasel, L72 Delibird, L73 Corsola, L73 Glalie, L74 Regice, L74 Articuno

Leader Clair(F):
Teams: 2
First Team: L71 Flygon, L71 Salamence, L72 Charizard, L72 Sceptile, L73 Dragonite, L73 Kingdra
Second Team: L72 Altaria, L72 Gyarados, L73 Arbok, L73 Seviper, L73 Milotic, L73 Aerodactyl
The music that plays in the background of this Marathon Battle is "Two Perfect Girls", full version with lyrics, from the Totally Pokémon album. The song selection isn't final and is subject to change.

Leader Roxanne(F):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Omastar, L71 Kabutops, L72 Aerodactyl, L72 Sudowoodo, L73 Golem, L73 Nosepass
Second Team: L72 Steelix, L72 Shuckle, L73 Magcargo, L73 Corsola, L74 Marowak, L74 Swampert
Third Team: L73 Donphan, L73 Rhydon, L74 Ninjask, L74 Shedinja, L75 Groudon, L75 Regirock

Leader Brawly(M):
Teams: 2
First Team: L71 Hitmontop, L71 Medicham, L72 Hitmonlee, L72 Hitmonchan, L73 Machamp, L73 Hariyama
Second Team: L72 Breloom, L72 Heracross, L73 Primeape, L73 Poliwrath, L74 Blaziken, L74 Umbreon

Leader Wattson(M):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Ampharos, L71 Raichu, L72 Manectric, L72 Lanturn, L73 Magneton, L73 Electrode
Second Team: L72 Volbeat, L72 Illumise, L73 Plusle, L73 Minun, L74 Electabuzz, L74 Zapdos
Third Team: L73 Aggron, L73 Metagross, L74 Mawile, L74 Scizor, L75 Steelix, L75 Skarmory

Leader Flannery(F):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Rapidash, L71 Magmar, L72 Camerupt, L72 Torkoal, L73 Magcargo, L73 Entei
Second Team: L72 Ninetales, L72 Blaziken, L73 Flareon, L73 Typhlosion, L74 Moltres, L74 Charizard
Third Team: L73 Arcanine, L73 Houndoom, L74 Altaria, L74 Salamence, L75 Flygon, L75 Ho-Oh

Leader Norman(M):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Kangaskhan, L71 Blissey, L72 Spinda, L72 Linoone, L73 Tauros, L73 Slaking
Second Team: L72 Clefable, L72 Wigglytuff, L73 Persian, L73 Porygon2, L74 Raticate, L74 Girafarig
Third Team: L73 Aipom, L73 Dunsparce, L74 Zangoose, L74 Delcatty, L75 Granbull, L75 Exploud

Leader Winona(F):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Tropius, L71 Noctowl, L72 Skarmory, L72 Dragonite, L73 Swellow, L73 Altaria
Second Team: L72 Fearow, L72 Pidgeot, L73 Gligar, L73 Butterfree, L74 Pelipper, L74 Dragonite
Third Team: L73 Articuno, L73 Beautifly, L74 Zapdos, L74 Aerodactyl, L75 Moltres, L75 Murkrow

Leader Tate&Liza(F/F):
Teams: 4
First Team: L71 Hypno, L71 Mr. Mime, L72 Claydol, L72 Exeggutor, L73 Lunatone, L73 Alakazam
Second Team: L72 Slowking, L72 Medicham, L73 Xatu, L73 Starmie, L74 Solrock, L74 Gardevoir
Third Team: L73 Girafarig, L73 Chimecho, L74 Metagross, L74 Wobbuffet, L75 Espeon, L75 Jynx
Fourth Team: L74 Volbeat, L74 Illumise, L75 Plusle, L75 Minun, L76 Latios, L76 Latias

Leader Wallace(M): ("Champion Wallace" in XD: Gale of Darkness)
Teams: 4
First Team: L71 Poliwrath, L71 Walrein, L72 Luvdisc, L72 Seaking, L73 Whiscash, L73 Milotic
Second Team: L72 Wailord, L72 Gyarados, L73 Ludicolo, L73 Tentacruel, L74 Dewgong, L74 Crawdaunt
Third Team: L73 Blastoise, L73 Kingdra, L74 Feraligatr, L74 Corsola, L75 Swampert, L75 Sharpedo
Fourth Team: L74 Omastar, L74 Kabutops, L75 Mantine, L75 Relicanth, L76 Suicune, L76 Kyogre

Leader Juan(M):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Lapras, L71 Politoed, L72 Whiscash, L72 Walrein, L73 Crawdaunt, L73 Kingdra
Second Team: L72 Luvdisc, L72 Kingler, L73 Quagsire, L73 Octillery, L74 Vaporeon, L74 Gorebyss
Third Team: L73 Slowbro, L73 Golduck, L74 Lanturn, L74 Mantine, L75 Pelipper, L75 Wailord

Leader Jason(M):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Parasect, L71 Exeggutor, L72 Vileplume, L72 Victreebel, L73 Venusaur, L73 Tangela
Second Team: L72 Sunflora, L72 Bellossom, L73 Ludicolo, L73 Shiftry, L74 Meganium, L74 Jumpluff
Third Team: L73 Breloom, L73 Roselia, L73 Cradily, L73 Cacturne, L74 Sceptile, L74 Tropius

Orange Crew Cissy(F):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Mantine, L71 Quagsire, L72 Walrein, L72 Sharpedo, L73 Kingdra, L73 Blastoise
Second Team: L72 Pelipper, L72 Whiscash, L73 Dewgong, L73 Crawdaunt, L74 Swampert, L74 Feraligatr
Third Team: L73 Rhydon, L73 Aggron, L74 Linoone, L74 Furret, L75 Latias, L75 Latios
The music that plays in the background of this Marathon Battle is "Type: Wild", full version with lyrics, of the fifth Japanese ending theme for the Pokémon anime. (This version is the original Japanese-language version; an English-language version was produced for the Japanese audience.)

Orange Crew Danny(M):
Teams: 4
First Team: L71 Claydol, L71 Camerupt, L72 Golem, L72 Rhydon, L73 Piloswine, L73 Nidoqueen
Second Team: L72 Medicham, L72 Poliwrath, L73 Primeape, L73 Hariyama, L74 Hitmontop, L74 Machamp
Third Team: L73 Masquerain, L73 Venomoth, L74 Ledian, L74 Forretress, L75 Pinsir, L75 Scizor
Fourth Team: L74 Plusle, L74 Minun, L75 Raichu, L75 Ampharos, L76 Magneton, L76 Electrode
The music that plays in the background of this Marathon Battle is "Pikachu's Winter Vacation", full version with lyrics, from the Pokémon World album.

Orange Crew Rudy(M):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Wailord, L71 Misdreavus, L72 Heracross, L72 Camerupt, L73 Lanturn, L73 Starmie
Second Team: L72 Breloom, L72 Altaria, L73 Aggron, L73 Girafarig, L74 Ampharos, L74 Electabuzz
Third Team: L73 Ludicolo, L73 Absol, L74 Nidoking, L74 Delibird, L75 Manectric, L75 Exeggutor
The music that plays in the background of this Marathon Battle is "Riding on Lapras", full version with lyrics, of the sixth Japanese ending theme for the Pokémon anime.

Orange Crew Luana(F):
Teams: 4
First Team: L71 Xatu, L71 Mr. Mime, L72 Slowking, L72 Medicham, L73 Alakazam, L73 Marowak
Second Team: L72 Dugtrio, L72 Quagsire, L73 Sandslash, L73 Flygon, L74 Golem, L74 Jynx
Third Team: L73 Steelix, L73 Rhydon, L74 Camerupt, L74 Gligar, L75 Piloswine, L75 Whiscash
Fourth Team: L74 Lunatone, L74 Solrock, L75 Exeggutor, L75 Girafarig, L76 Gardevoir, L76 Starmie
The music that plays in the background of this Marathon Battle is "The Time Has Come (Pikachu's Goodbye)", full version with lyrics, from the 2.B.A. Master album.

OI Elite Drake(M):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Ditto, L71 Steelix, L72 Gengar, L72 Venusaur, L73 Electabuzz, L73 Dragonite
Second Team: L72 Magmar, L72 Azumarill, L73 Piloswine, L73 Heracross, L74 Qwilfish, L74 Xatu
Third Team: L73 Armaldo, L73 Mightyena, L74 Aggron, L74 Sableye, L75 Zangoose, L75 Seviper
The music that plays in the background of this Marathon Battle is "Pokémon Theme", full version with lyrics, from the 2.B.A. Master album.

Elite Four Lorelei(F):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Dewgong, L71 Cloyster, L72 Slowbro, L72 Piloswine, L73 Jynx, L73 Lapras
Second Team: L72 Politoed, L72 Walrein, L73 Delibird, L73 Sneasel, L74 Glalie, L74 Articuno
Third Team: L73 Starmie, L73 Slowking, L74 Huntail, L74 Gorebyss, L75 Lanturn, L75 Regice
The music that plays in the background of this Marathon Battle is "Pokémon (Dance Mix)", full version with lyrics, from the 2.B.A. Master album.

Elite Four Bruno(M):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Hitmonlee, L71 Primeape, L72 Hitmonchan, L72 Steelix, L73 Hitmontop, L73 Machamp
Second Team: L72 Hariyama, L72 Medicham, L73 Poliwrath, L73 Breloom, L74 Blaziken, L74 Heracross
Third Team: L73 Omastar, L73 Kabutops, L74 Cradily, L74 Armaldo, L75 Relicanth, L75 Aerodactyl

Elite Four Agatha(F):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Tentacruel, L71 Qwilfish, L72 Misdreavus, L72 Arbok, L73 Crobat, L73 Gengar
Second Team: L72 Arbok, L72 Seviper, L73 Nidoking, L73 Nidoqueen, L74 Vileplume, L74 Victreebel
Third Team: L73 Venomoth, L73 Ariados, L74 Shedinja, L74 Sableye, L75 Dusclops, L75 Banette

Elite Four Will(M):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Gardevoir, L71 Medicham, L72 Xatu, L72 Slowbro, L73 Exeggutor, L73 Jynx
Second Team: L72 Grumpig, L72 Claydol, L73 Espeon, L73 Slowking, L74 Alakazam, L74 Mr. Mime
Third Team: L73 Lunatone, L73 Solrock, L74 Chimecho, L74 Wobbuffet, L75 Starmie, L75 Metagross

Elite Four Karen(F):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Vileplume, L71 Gengar, L72 Absol, L72 Murkrow, L73 Houndoom, L73 Umbreon
Second Team: L72 Mightyena, L72 Sableye, L73 Sneasel, L73 Tyranitar, L74 Shiftry, L74 Cacturne
Third Team: L73 Sharpedo, L73 Crawdaunt, L74 Misdreavus, L74 Shedinja, L75 Exeggutor, L75 Sunflora

Elite Four Lance(M):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Charizard, L71 Salamence, L72 Kingdra, L72 Gyarados, L73 Aerodactyl, L73 Dragonite
Second Team: L72 Scepile, L72 Milotic, L73 Altaria, L73 Flygon, L74 Latias, L74 Latios
Third Team: L73 Lapras, L73 Tyranitar, L74 Seviper, L74 Arbok, L75 Metagross, L75 Rayquaza
The music that plays in the background of this Marathon Battle is "2.B.A. Master", full version with lyrics, from the 2.B.A. Master album.

Elite Four Sidney(M):
Teams: 2
First Team: L71 Mightyena, L71 Absol, L72 Shiftry, L72 Cacturne, L73 Crawdaunt, L73 Sharpedo
Second Team: L72 Tyranitar, L72 Umbreon, L73 Sableye, L73 Seviper, L74 Sneasel, L74 Houndoom

Elite Four Phoebe(F):
Teams: 2
First Team: L71 Gengar, L71 Misdreavus, L72 Shedinja, L72 Sableye, L73 Banette, L73 Dusclops
Second Team: L72 Alakazam, L72 Gardevoir, L73 Slowbro, L73 Slowking, L74 Medicham, L74 Girafarig

Elite Four Glacia(F):
Teams: 2
First Team: L71 Dewgong, L71 Cloyster, L72 Piloswine, L72 Jynx, L73 Walrein, L73 Glalie
Second Team: L72 Lapras, L72 Delibird, L73 Sneasel, L73 Crawdaunt, L74 Articuno, L74 Regice

Elite Four Drake(M):
Teams: 2
First Team: L71 Sceptile, L71 Dragonite, L72 Altaria, L72 Kingdra, L73 Flygon, L73 Salamence
Second Team: L72 Arbok, L72 Seviper, L73 Latios, L73 Latias, L74 Charizard, L74 Rayquaza

Champion Steven(M): ("[PK][MN] Trainer Steven" in XD: Gale of Darkness)
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Claydol, L71 Aggron, L72 Cradily, L72 Armaldo, L73 Skarmory, L73 Metagross
Second Team: L72 Magneton, L72 Electrode, L73 Forretress, L73 Scizor, L74 Steelix, L74 Mawile
Third Team: L73 Shuckle, L73 Corsola, L74 Magcargo, L74 Aerodactyl, L75 Registeel, L75 Jirachi

Charizard Tamer Liza(F):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Ninetales, L71 Arcanine, L72 Rapidash, L72 Magmar, L73 Dragonite, L73 Charizard
Second Team: L72 Houndoom, L72 Magcargo, L73 Flareon, L73 Typhlosion, L74 Kingdra, L74 Entei
Third Team: L73 Camerupt, L73 Blaziken, L74 Torkoal, L74 Altaria, L75 Flygon, L75 Groudon

Greenhouse Gal Sonrisa(F):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Parasect, L71 Tangela, L72 Vileplume, L72 Victreebel, L73 Venusaur, L73 Sunflora
Second Team: L72 Jumpluff, L72 Meganium, L73 Ludicolo, L73 Shiftry, L74 Breloom, L74 Roselia
Third Team: L73 Cradily, L73 Sceptile, L74 Cacturne, L74 Tropius, L75 Ledian, L75 Celebi

Performer Trixie(F):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Tentacruel, L71 Poliwrath, L72 Dewgong, L72 Blastoise, L73 Azumarill, L73 Golduck
Second Team: L72 Slowbro, L72 Slowking, L73 Lanturn, L73 Feraligatr, L74 Octillery, L74 Quagsire
Third Team: L73 Pelipper, L73 Ludicolo, L74 Sharpedo, L74 Swampert, L75 Masquerain, L75 Kyogre

[PK][MN] Trainer Electra(F):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Magneton, L71 Electrode, L72 Mr. Mime, L72 Espeon, L73 Raichu, L73 Electabuzz
Second Team: L72 Lanturn, L72 Ampharos, L73 Xatu, L73 Slowbro, L74 Jolteon, L74 Raikou
Third Team: L73 Plusle, L73 Minun, L74 Lunatone, L74 Solrock, L75 Manectric, L75 Zapdos

[PK][MN] Trainer Milane(F):
Teams: 2
First Team: L71 Venusaur, L71 Parasect, L72 Meganium, L72 Victreebel, L73 Sceptile, L73 Tropius
Second Team: L72 Ludicolo, L72 Shiftry, L73 Sunflora, L73 Jumpluff, L74 Vileplume, L74 Bellossom

Seafarer Luka(F):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Cloyster, L71 Kingler, L72 Gyarados, L72 Kingdra, L73 Seaking, L73 Lapras
Second Team: L72 Qwilfish, L72 Mantine, L73 Octillery, L73 Vaporeon, L74 Wailord, L74 Whiscash
Third Team: L73 Milotic, L73 Crawdaunt, L74 Huntail, L74 Gorebyss, L75 Relicanth, L75 Lugia

Dojo Master Shingo(M):
Teams: 2
First Team: L71 Primeape, L71 Breloom, L72 Hitmonlee, L72 Hitmonchan, L73 Heracross, L73 Machamp
Second Team: L72 Hitmontop, L72 Poliwrath, L73 Hariyama, L73 Medicham, L74 Blaziken, L74 Zangoose

Mysteryman Eusine(M):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Alakazam, L71 Electrode, L72 Hypno, L72 Raichu, L73 Exeggutor, L73 Magneton
Second Team: L72 Espeon, L72 Ampharos, L73 Unown [E], L73 Lanturn, L74 Girafarig, L74 Manectric
Third Team: L73 Gardevoir, L73 Manectric, L74 Lunatone, L74 Solrock, L75 Electabuzz, L75 Suicune

Hula Dancer Floreia(F):
Teams: 4
First Team: L71 Lombre, L71 Ludicolo, L72 Venusaur, L72 Blastoise, L73 Feraligatr, L73 Meganium
Second Team: L72 Victreebel, L72 Politoed, L73 Bellossom, L73 Crawdaunt, L74 Sceptile, L74 Swampert
Third Team: L73 Exeggutor, L73 Tangela, L74 Jumpluff, L74 Sunflora, L75 Roselia, L75 Cacturne
Fourth Team: L74 Golduck, L74 Starmie, L75 Corsola, L75 Mantine, L76 Pelipper, L76 Milotic

[PK][MN] Trainer Ritchie(M):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Crawdaunt, L71 Salamence, L72 Tyranitar, L72 Butterfree, L73 Raichu, L73 Charizard
Second Team: L72 Armaldo, L72 Xatu, L73 Swellow, L73 Pelipper, L74 Cradily, L74 Beedrill
Third Team: L73 Cacturne, L73 Flygon, L74 Metagross, L74 Ampharos, L75 Venusaur, L75 Blastoise
Note: Marathon Battle has a rule forbidding the feature trainer from using nicknames on name displays. Therefore, you won't be seeing the nicknames Ritchie has given to these Pokémon during a Marathon Battle. Ritchie will even make crude remarks against this rule using E10+-level dialogue in his intro, victory quote, defeat quote, and even in his room at the Trainers' Hotel if this Marathon Battle is the current one.
The music that plays in the background of this Marathon Battle is "Together Forever", full version with lyrics, from the 2.B.A. Master album.


[PK][MN] Trainer Harrison(M):
Teams: 4
First Team: L71 Sneasel, L71 Kecleon, L72 Steelix, L72 Houndoom, L73 Hypno, L73 Blaziken
Second Team: L72 Tangela, L72 Magcargo, L73 Meganium, L73 Feraligatr, L74 Mr. Mime, L74 Swampert
Third Team: L73 Typhlosion, L73 Manectric, L74 Qwilfish, L74 Masquerain, L75 Gengar, L75 Sceptile
Fourth Team: L74 Venusaur, L74 Gardevoir, L75 Charizard, L75 Tyranitar, L76 Blastoise, L76 Dragonite
The music that plays in the background of this Marathon Battle is "Believe in Me", full version with lyrics of the fifth American opening theme of the anime (the version on the Pokémon X: 10 Years of Pokémon album is the TV-size version). A long version of the song played in Pokémon Heroes: The Movie, but whether it's the full version or not isn't fully known.

Leader Gary(M):
Teams: 4
First Team: L71 Pidgeot, L71 Alakazam, L72 Rhydon, L72 Arcanine, L73 Exeggutor, L73 Blastoise
Second Team: L72 Raticate, L72 Gyarados, L73 Venusaur, L73 Charizard, L74 Heracross, L74 Tyranitar
Third Team: L73 Espeon, L73 Umbreon, L74 Jolteon, L74 Vaporeon, L75 Flareon, L75 Ninetales
Fourth Team: L74 Meganium, L74 Sceptile, L75 Typhlosion, L75 Blaziken, L76 Feraligatr, L76 Swampert
The music that plays in the background of this Marathon Battle is "Pokémon World", full version with lyrics, from the Pokémon World album.

You can also transmit the following trainers three at a time to the Tajiri server with the same universal confirmation password into the Marathon Battle using the following card combinations:

For Maxie transmit the passwords on Maxie and Magma Energy from Magma/Flora/Aqua Axis and Maxie II from Missed Opportunities.
For Archie, transmit the passwords on Archie and Aqua Energy from Magma/Flora/Aqua Axis and Archie II from Missed Opportunities.
For Farlie, transmit the passwords on Farlie and Flora Energy from Magma/Flora/Aqua Axis and Farlie II from Plasma/Rocket Ambitions.
For Plasmae, transmit the passwords on Plasmae, Plasmae II, and Plasma Energy (I), all from Plasma/Rocket Ambitions.
For Tyson, transmit the passwords on Giovanni, Giovanni II, and Rocket Energy (I), all from Plasma/Rocket Ambitions. Tyson fills in for Giovanni when transmitted in this way; if you want Giovanni, use his Pokémon League Guys trainer triple and his teams above.
For Snagem, transmit the passwords on Gonzap and Gonzap II, and Snagem Energy (I), all from any set such a card appears in.

Cipher's a little more difficult. There are two different transmissions, one for Colosseum, the other for XD: Gale of Darkness. Transmitting for one will temporarily cause Marathon Battle in the other to go into adjustment mode until a team compatible with both becomes the Marathon Battle. (For example, if you have Greevil as the Marathon Battle in XD: Gale of Darkness, Colosseum's Marathon Battle will be closed for adjustments. Yes, I.M.M. is considered compatible with both despite the fact that I.M.M. has one Team 4 for Colosseum and a slightly different Team 4 for XD: Gale of Darkness.) Also, the transmissions for Cipher are four cards with no universal confirmation password.
For Colosseum, transmit the passwords on Evice, Evice II, Cipher Energy (I), and Cipher Energy (II), all from either set such a card appears in.
For XD: Gale of Darkness, transmit the passwords on Greevil, Greevil II, Shadow Energy, and Shadow Cube 18.

Anyway, here are the teams for these transmissions:

Magma Leader Maxie(M):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Mightyena, L71 Crobat, L72 Torkoal, L72 Ninetales, L73 Camerupt, L73 Blaziken
Second Team: L72 Rapidash, L72 Arcanine, L73 Magmar, L73 Flareon, L74 Typhlosion, L74 Charizard
Third Team: L73 Houndoom, L73 Magcargo, L74 Claydol, L74 Flygon, L75 Tyranitar, L75 Groudon

Aqua Leader Archie(M):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Mightyena, L71 Crobat, L72 Luvdisc, L72 Golduck, L73 Sharpedo, L73 Swampert
Second Team: L72 Dewgong, L72 Starmie, L73 Jynx, L73 Vaporeon, L74 Feraligatr, L74 Blastoise
Third Team: L73 Octillery, L73 Pelipper, L74 Whiscash, L74 Kingdra, L75 Piloswine, L75 Kyogre

Flora Leader Farlie(M):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Mightyena, L71 Crobat, L72 Tangela, L72 Exeggutor, L73 Cacturne, L73 Sceptile
Second Team: L72 Parasect, L72 Roselia, L73 Vileplume, L73 Victreebel, L74 Meganium, L74 Venusaur
Third Team: L73 Shiftry, L73 Ludicolo, L74 Shedinja, L74 Altaria, L75 Cradily, L75 Rayquaza

Plasma Leader Plasmae(F):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Mightyena, L71 Crobat, L72 Electrode, L72 Magneton, L73 Manectric, L73 Aggron
Second Team: L72 Volbeat, L72 Illumise, L73 Electabuzz, L73 Jolteon, L74 Ampharos, L74 Raichu
Third Team: L73 Plusle, L73 Minun, L74 Claydol, L74 Salamence, L75 Skarmory, L75 Zapdos

Rocket Admin Tyson(M):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Mightyena, L71 Crobat, L72 Weezing, L72 Arbok, L73 Raticate, L73 Nidoking
Second Team: L72 Fearow, L72 Nidoqueen, L73 Espeon, L73 Umbreon, L74 Gligar, L74 Exploud
Third Team: L73 Seviper, L73 Zangoose, L74 Camerupt, L74 Dragonite, L75 Articuno, L75 Moltres

Cipher Head Evice(M): (Colosseum Only, Not Compatible With XD: Gale of Darkness)
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Slaking, L71 Slowking, L72 Scizor, L72 Machamp, L73 Salamence, L73 Tyranitar
Second Team: L72 Aggron, L72 Steelix, L73 Exeggutor, L73 Arcanine, L74 Blaziken, L74 Walrein
Third Team: L73 Xatu, L73 Dusclops, L74 Gardevoir, L74 Metagross, L75 Alakazam, L75 Ho-Oh

Cipher Boss Greevil(M): (XD: Gale of Darkness Only, Not Compatible With Colosseum)
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Moltres, L71 Rhydon, L72 Articuno, L72 Exeggutor, L73 Zapdos, L73 Tauros
Second Team: L72 Manectric, L72 Swellow, L73 Starmie, L73 Granbull, L74 Altaria, L74 Aerodactyl
Third Team: L73 Gengar, L73 Heracross, L74 Ninjask, L74 Hypno, L75 Flygon, L75 Lugia

Snagem Head Gonzap(M):
Teams: 3
First Team: L71 Granbull, L71 Crawdaunt, L72 Breloom, L72 Armaldo, L73 Machamp, L73 Skarmory
Second Team: L72 Blastoise, L72 Gyarados, L73 Venusaur, L73 Slaking, L74 Charizard, L74 Salamence
Third Team: L73 Tauros, L73 Heracross, L74 Scizor, L74 Dodrio, L75 Jirachi, L75 Deoxys-N
 
Last edited:
This is a listing of all events that require Trainers' City and the second shadow Mewtwo be Snagged. The first piece of data is huge, you may need a road map to find your way through it.

Transmit all of the passwords on Cipher's Articuno, Cipher's Zapdos, Cipher's Moltres, Cipher's Regirock, Cipher's Regice, Cipher's Latios, Cipher's Latias, Cipher's Lugia (a.k.a. XD001), Munchlax, Cipher's Munchlax, Agnol's Munchlax, Bonsly, Cipher's Bonsly, and Miror B.'s Bonsly from this set and any 3 Pokémon-* (choice doesn't matter, you just need 3 different ones) from FF7 Promo Set 1 to the Tajiri server, then transmit the data over Wi-Fi into Pokémon XD: Gale of Darkness. Make sure XD: Gale of Darkness has the Trainers' City save file with Miror B.'s fourth Shadow Pokémon (the second Mewtwo, the first one was available in a Phenac mission) from an earlier piece of data snagged, you'll need Trainers' City for this data. You also have to have acquired five additional PC Boxes for doing various DS-transmitted tasks, bringing the number to 13. (If you have a Trainers' City save file but you haven't snagged the second Mewtwo, you'll have to snag the second Mewtwo before doing this mission. The Shadow Pokémon in this data do not count toward the necessary requirements for the second Mewtwo because you can't snag them until you have the second Mewtwo.) (This is the XD: Gale of Darkness version of a mission from the FF7 set. The Shadow Pokémon in this data have preset shadow moves, but listing them would make this piece of data larger than it is already.)

You have to start from somewhere other than Trainers' City. Watch any TV and the report will mention an ambassador escorting people from foreign lands staying in Trainers' City to the mainland. At this point, head for Gateon Port and ride the Robo Kyogre to Trainers' City.

However, Michael won't make it to Trainers' City this time. When you choose Trainers' City, a cutscene will begin. As Robo Kyogre is sailing along, Sephiroth will jump from out of nowhere and slash Robo Kyogre's engine! Michael will demand to know why Sephiroth slashed the engine, and Sephiroth will say that he can't have the foreigners escorted to the mainland! At this point, a rigged one-on-one battle will begin. The battleground here is basically four lifeboats floating on the ocean, Michael in one, Sephiroth in one, and the Pokémon in the two others. Here is Sephiroth's one Pokémon:

Midgar Darkness Sephiroth(M): L176 Deoxys (clearly overlevelled; no, this is NOT a typo)
Evice's theme will play in this battle.

Deoxys will proceed to clean Michael's clock, there is no way for Micheal to win this battle. Once the battle is over, Sephiroth will mention a raid on the HQ Lab. Michael will ask whether his mother (Lily), Jovi, and Prof. Krane are OK, and Sephiroth will say that three Turks have managed to kidnap everyone at the HQ Lab. Then he grabs Michael and disappears into a hurricane-force wind.

With Michael gone, the scene shifts to Trainers' City. You're in control of a cursor (yes, a cursor), and the background music will become a mix of the famous Final Fantasy theme (heard at the start of every main-series Final Fantasy game). As a cursor, the only menu option available is Exit. Make your way to the Trainers' Hotel, where there's now a fifth open room. Go into the freshly-opened room to trigger a cutscene of Cloud, Tifa, and Yuffie watching TV. The report will mention the ambassador being kidnapped by an evil-looking man with an overlevelled Deoxys. (There's also a commercial that advertises the Master Ball, and "to order, call" some weird phone number. This "weird phone number" is actually your quick password that can download this data from the Tajiri server with just one password. The Wi-Fi connection between the DS and the Gamecube for this data needs to be streamed, so if you turn your DS off, you'll need to redownload the data to the DS before continuing. Quick passwords, however, make that easier.) At this point, a Hex Maniac named Rebecca enters the room. Rebecca is the one who Aeris is communicating through, and it's Aeris calling all the shots in this data. Anyway, Aeris/Rebecca suggests to Cloud that he not just stand there, but to do something! At this point, you're no longer in control of a cursor, you're instead controlling Cloud. Walk out of the room and talk to Barret. Barret will ask that you talk to either Cait Sith, Red XIII, or Vincent. You'll have to speak to one of those three people. It's this character that will give Cloud a bag with items inside and 200,000 Gil for the journey (and thus reenabling the P*DA and Item options in the menu, although Cloud doesn't have any P*DA features besides looking at the money); the others just have a plain line of dialogue. The items are Potions, Revives (the one who gives you the bag will refer to them as Phoenix Downs), and Full Heals (referred to as Remedies), and will refer you to someone else. If you spoke to Cait Sith, you'll be asked to speak to Tifa; if you spoke to Red XIII, you'll be asked to speak to Yuffie; or if you spoke to Vincent, you'll be asked to speak with "the old lady who Aeris is using to talk to us"; anyone else just speaks plain dialogue.

If Tifa's the one you speak to, Tifa will now be the one following you; same goes for Yuffie. If you were asked to talk to "the old lady", talk to Aeris/Rebecca, and you'll be asked to choose either Tifa or Yuffie. Whoever you choose will be the one following you. Once someone is following you, the Pokémon and Save options in the menu are once again enabled. Each of Cloud, Tifa, and Yuffie have their own teams of 3 Pokémon they will use in this mission as follows (they will be earning experience as they go along):

Cloud's Pokémon: L<ee> Pidgeot(F), L<te> Ursaring(M), L<lu> Snorlax(F)
Tifa's Pokémon: L<ee> Seadra(M), L<te> Kabutops(F), L<lu> Sharpedo(M)
Yuffie's Pokémon: L<ee> Mightyena(M), L<te> Nuzleaf(F), L<lu> Absol(M)
<ee> is the level of Michael's Eevee or evolution, <te> is the level of the Teddiursa Michael snagged near the start of the game (it still records if it's evolved into Ursaring), <lu> is the level of the Lugia that had been wreaking havoc over Orre. Note that, if Pidgeot (L36), Ursaring (L30), Seadra (L32), Kabutops (L40), Mightyena (L18), or Nuzleaf (L14) would be below the level they normally evolve from their previous stage at, they will instead be their pre-evolved stage. Sharpedo doesn't need to worry, since Sharpedo evolves from Carvanha at level 30 and the Lugia is level 50 when you catch it. Pidgeotto evolves from Pidgey at level 18, so if the Eevee or evolution is below that, Cloud will have a Pidgey to start with. Remember that if Michael didn't have Eevee/evolution (default L10), Teddiursa/evolution (default L11), and/or Lugia (default L50) in either party or PC, the default levels are used. Also note that the system will look at the Pokémon themselves for a species/ID match to determine the levels even if Teddiursa or Lugia is indicated by "Gone" in the Shadow Monitor.

The Pokémon arrangement is slightly different; in the menu, the left column is Cloud's Pokémon, while the right column is those belonging to Tifa or Yuffie. Cloud sends the top on his list, Tifa/Yuffie sends the top on her list, and that's how battles work in this data. Leave the hotel (thus ending the Final Fantasy theme music for the remainder of this data; going back in will play the usual music) and you'll trigger another cutscene--the city is in mass panic because of an invasion of peons in Miror B.'s pay! The scene shifts over to the TM Shop, where Miror B. leaves some instructions for the new peons on how to handle how this attack shall go. Head for either the TM Shop or the Poké Snack Shop and try to buy anything--it's here you'll find out your Gil's no good in Orre! (No, you can't leave Trainers' City right now; remember, Robo Kyogre is wrecked.) When you leave, the Miror B. Peons are everywhere over Trainers' City's outdoors. You'll have to beat every single one to continue. Here's their teams and their monetary drop:

Miror B. Peon Ashli(F): L63 Linoone, L63 Torkoal; 10,000 Gil
Miror B. Peon Charlie(M): L63 Golduck, L63 Tangela; 10,000 Gil
Miror B. Peon Emili(F): L63 Manectric, L63 Glalie; 10,000 Gil
Miror B. Peon Harold(M): L63 Primeape, L63 Swalot; 10,000 Gil
Miror B. Peon Jana(F): L63 Gligar, L63 Xatu; 10,000 Gil
Miror B. Peon Larry(M): L63 Pinsir, L63 Sudowoodo; 10,000 Gil
Miror B. Peon Nadia(F): L63 Banette, L63 Altaria; 10,000 Gil
Miror B. Peon Pablo(M): L63 Absol, L63 Mawile; 10,000 Gil
Miror B. Peon Rikku(F): L63 Armaldo, L63 Houndoom, L63 Milotic, L63 Starmie, L63 Alakazam, L63 Aggron; 50,000 Gil
The music that plays against a Miror B. Peon in this data that's not part of a knockout challenge is the theme that plays against most of the game's non-crminal trainers. And yes, these new Miror B. Peons are the same Deep Dwellers that Agnol came to town with five years ago, albeit slightly less pale.

Just for the record, getting default-level Pokémon is not advised because of the levels of these Pokémon. If you ended up with default-level Pokémon and saved your progress, the Trainers' Colosseum is open, where you can take challenges against weaker teams (there's a L5, a L15, a L30, and a L50 challenge for use just for training, these challenges close when you leave Trainers' City and give no money, all other Trainers' City challenges are closed until Michael is rescued), allowing you to raise your Pokémon.

Once all nine Miror B. Peons are defeated, Miror B. will appear and challenge you to a battle (his music is the same as in the battle at Gateon Port). He uses six L58 Ludicolo, but it may be tougher to win with unfamiliar Pokémon. Once you win, Miror B. will tell you a place where you can get your worthless Gil swapped for Orre's currency. You will be asked to go to the Phenac City Pokémon Mart, where Miror B.'s reward of 7000 in Orre's currency waits. However, Cloud and Tifa/Yuffie have no means of transportation to get to Phenac! Then, it occurs to you--Cid hasn't yet appeared! Cid is attending a performance of the Pokémon Circus. Talk to Cid and he'll arrange for his airship to transport Cloud and Tifa/Yuffie where they need to go. You can now normally train against the battlable Trainers in Trainers' City. You'll need to train (especially the Eevee- and Teddiursa-leveled Pokémon), since it can be tough further on! Once Cid's available, go to the Pokémon Center. You'll find Yuffie (if Tifa's with you) or Tifa (if Yuffie's with you), who will tell you about someone selling a PC Box at the Battle Hall. Go there and buy the PC Box from the Cooltrainer. The Cooltrainer will accept Gil, and will sell the PC box for 20,000 Gil. Once you have the PC Box, whoever tipped you off about the PC box will deposit their Pokémon into the PC into the new Box 14.

You can't use Michael's Pokémon and items since you can't access them as Cloud and Tifa/Yuffie; the only option on the PCs is to either access the box you bought (box 14, which will end up being usable by Michael), read the quick password (replaces the item option when Michael isn't around), view a certain message when selecting "Purify Chamber", or exit. The message you'll view when selecting Purify Chamber is "This feature has been disabled. Please try again later." (You won't be able to use the Purify Chamber during this piece of data, which means you'll have to purify the old-fashioned way in Agate.) Once you're ready for Cid to fly off, make sure you really are ready to leave Trainers' City, since you won't be returning until the very end of this data. Talk to Cid to bring up the map. You can't cancel your selection here and Trainers' City will not appear on it at all (any other location on lockdown will appear on the map but a message will tell you that you can't go there).

Once you're back on the map, select Phenac City. A cutscene depicting the airship flying over XD002's wreckage will play. Head for the Pokémon Mart there to convert your Gil (if you didn't lose any battles, you should have 310,000 Gil) into Orre's currency at a rate of 10 Gil to 1 of Orre's currency. Your usable total, if all went well, should be 38,000 in Orre's currency.

You have to do something in every single area of the map before you can return to Trainers' City. There are three waves of areas. The first wave is all of the familiar areas from Colosseum plus Citadark Island. The second wave is the HQ Lab, Gateon Port, Poké Spots, and S.S. Libra. The third wave is the Cipher Key Lair.

Just for the record, everyone else has left Trainers' City as well, you'll find someone familiar in almost every city.

Phenac City

Much less friendly than the Colosseum version of the mission. Phenac's portion from Colosseum got moved to Realgam, and Phenac got a new mission in XD: Gale of Darkness.

Cloud and Tifa/Yuffie can challenge the Pre Gym fresh from the start.

However, challenging Pre Gym is impossible right now, since the squad of fake Justys is back! You'll have to beat all six before you're able to challenge the Pre Gym. Here's the teams of the fake Justys, along with their true identities:

Cipher Peon Resix(M): L58 Magcargo, L59 Camerupt, L60 Arcanine
Cipher Peon Greesix(M): L58 Cacturne, L59 Bellossom, L60 Breloom
Cipher Peon Blusix(M): L58 Kingdra, L59 Seaking, L60 Metagross
Cipher Peon Purpsix(M): L58 Muk, L59 Weezing, L60 Tentacruel
Cipher Peon Yellosix(M): L58 Lanturn, L59 Manectric, L60 Magneton
Cipher Peon Browsix(M): L58 Noctowl, L59 Slaking, L60 Girafarig

When Browsix goes down in defeat, there will be a cutscene at the Cipher Key Lair of one light going off. The camera will pan down, and it shows a laser cell with Michael inside!

The Hexagon Brothers will then start chewing each other out, each one claiming it was another's fault that the remote device broke. They'll eventually force themselves out of the Pre Gym, leaving behind KRANE MEMO 30 in the process, which is a description of Cloud's level 4 limit break, Omnislash.

Realgam Tower

Much friendlier than the Colosseum version of the mission. What was at Realgam in the Colosseum version of the mission is moved, Realgam got a vast majority of Colosseum's Phenac portion.

Make your way through the dome complex into the tower itself. No, none of the games are currently active, so don't even try to play Battle CD, Battle Bingo, or Marathon Battle. You'll find Red XIII there. Red XIII'll ask you to enter a knockout challenge. Enter and you'll fight the following trainers:

Rider Ralph(M): L40 Koffing, L40 Grimer
Chaser Yoko(F): L40 Pikachu, L40 Spearow
Roller Boy Stevie(M): L40 Magnemite, L40 Mawile
Street Performer Dixie(F): L40 Sableye, L40 Shuppet, L40 Duskull

When you win, you'll get 11,000 in money and a TM24. Once you leave the Colosseum, however, you'll get jumped by Ferma and Reath! They use the same teams they used in Trainers' City, but this time they'll each choose 3 of their Pokémon and challenge you together! Here's a list of which they will use in the Multi Battle:

Miror B. Peon Reath(F): L58 Pelipper, L56 Marowak, L57 Glalie
Miror B. Peon Ferma(F): L58 Sharpedo, L56 Clefable, L57 Torkoal

If you win, there will be a cutscene at the Cipher Key Lair of one light going off. The camera will pan down, and it shows a laser cell with Michael inside!

Reath will then chew Ferma out for causing their remote device to break and leave the scene. They'll leave behind KRANE MEMO 31, which is a description of Red XIII's level 4 limit break Cosmo Memory.

Pyrite Town

The ONBS Station has what was in both Pyrite Building and Pyrite Cave in Colosseum. Two Shadow Pokémon are different from the Colosseum version.

The streets of the town look empty when Cloud and Tifa/Yuffie arrive for the first time. Talk to Duking, who has Cail staying with him, and he will say that Turks have littered Pyrite! Nett and Secc will walk in, and they'll share information with Cloud and Tifa/Yuffie concerning the Turks that they had sent to Michael's P*DA but didn't make it. The Duel Square trainers are hiding in the jail, and other trainers from outside are now indoors in various buildings, except the ONBS Station, which is currently locked. You'll find Cait Sith on the bridge to Pyrite Colosseum and will lead you into a knockout challenge. These are the trainers you'll fight:

Turk Amateur Theo(M): L45 Magnemite, L45 Magnemite
Cipher Peon Chelle(F)*: L45 Whismur, L45 Whismur
Turk Amateur Nathan(M): L45 Kirlia, L45 Kadabra
Turk Amateur Lindsey(F): L45 Hitmonlee, L45 Hitmonchan, L45 Hitmontop
*--This is a Cipher Peon that grew up in the city of Nibelheim and trained with Turks before joining Team Cipher. With the Turks in Orre, she's returning to training with the Turks.

When you win, you'll get 13,200 in money and a TM13 from the Colosseum, as well as a TM29 from Cait Sith, who will unlock the ONBS Station. You'll have to make your way through the station and fight more Turks. Here are the Turks that you'll fight in the ONBS Station (one pair of Turks challenges you together):

Turk Amateur Amanda(F): L41 Magby, L41 Magmar
Turk Amateurs Marv&Megan(M/F): L42 Smoochum, L42 Sealeo
Turk Amateur Zack(M): L41 Spheal, L41 Jynx
Turk Amateur Penny(F): L41 Elekid, L41 Electabuzz
Turk Amateur Vito(M): L41 Volbeat, L41 Illumise
Turk Amateur Ursula(F): L41 Vulpix, L41 Ninetales
Turk Amateur Benny(M): L41 Electrike, L41 Manectric
The music played against all Turk Amateurs that aren't in knockout challenges is the music played when battling a traditional Cipher Peon.

All of the chests have been restocked. Open them to obtain a total of 20 Ultra Balls and 20 Timer Balls.

When you reach the roof, you'll be jumped by a female Cipher Peon AND a male Team Snagem member! A Multi Battle will ensue!

Cipher Peon Cecelia(F): L41 Golbat, L41 Mightyena, L41 Xatu
Team Snagem Harvey(M): L41 Golbat, L41 Mightyena, L35 Jumpluff

No, you're NOT seeing things, Harvey does indeed have a shadow Jumpluff, and Michael isn't around to Snag it! You can have either Cloud or Tifa/Yuffie throw a Pokéball. They'll use a materia to turn it into a Snag Ball able to Snag the Jumpluff (they also used a materia to see the aura in the first place). If you fail to Snag the Jumpluff, you'll have another chance later in this data; if you fail then, the Jumpluff will go to the Miror B. Peon Challenge in Trainers' City where Michael can Snag it himself. Same goes for most of the other Shadow Pokémon in this data; the exceptions are listed.

Once Cecelia and Harvey are defeated, they'll take their leave after hearing the amateur Turks have fled ONBS. Head back into the now-deserted ONBS and make your way back downstairs. There are only 2 Trainers, both of them higher-level Turks. Here's who you'll find in this sweep of ONBS:

Turk Midlevel Andrew(M): L46 Sableye, L46 Misdreavus, L46 Gengar
Turk Midlevel Melana(F): L46 Altaria, L46 Dragonair, L46 Kingdra
The music when facing a Turk Midlevel that's not part of a knockout challenge is the same as the music played in the third round of a knockout challenge.

Once Melana falls, Andrew and Melana will say that their leader has landed on the ONBS roof. Make your way back there and you'll find the leader of this band of Turks, Reno. Here is Reno's team:

Turk Teammate Reno(M): L49 Relicanth, L50 Mawile, L50 Sableye, L49 Vibrava, L51 Marowak, L45 Quagsire
When facing Reno, Rude, or Elena, the music that plays is the traditional boss theme.

Yep, Reno packs a shadow Quagsire. You're able to snag it later if you can't do it now.

Once Reno has fallen, there will be a cutscene at the Cipher Key Lair of one light going off. The camera will pan down, and it shows a laser cell with Michael inside! Back in the cave, Reno will chew you out (with E10+ ESRB material) for causing his remote device to break. Reno will reboard his helicopter and fly off, but not before leaving behind KRANE MEMO 32, which explains about Cait Sith's mysterious level 2 limit break, Slots.

Outskirt Stand

This mission is almost identical to the Colosseum version.

There isn't much here that's not unusual except you can battle Rider Willie again. Surprisingly, once you beat Willie, there will be a cutscene at the Cipher Key Lair of one light going off. The camera will pan down, and it shows a laser cell with Michael inside! Willie will then comment about something breaking that he didn't know was there (he won't chew you out or leave, though). Looks like someone planted one of those remote devices onto Willie if you broke one when you faced him. Just for the record, here's Willie's team:

Rider Willie(M) (Option 1): L53 Linoone, L53 Girafarig, L53 Dodrio
Rider Willie(M) (Option 2): L53 Linoone, L53 Girafarig, L53 Dodrio, L21 Ivysaur/Charmeleon/Wartortle
If you didn't do the impostor mission in XD, you get option 1. If you did do the impostor mission in XD, you get option 2, with the evolved form of the Pokémon Willie took from the impostors.

Just for the record, Yuffie (if Tifa's following you) or Tifa (if Yuffie's following you) is here and will tell you whether Willie is packing 3 or 4 Pokémon; this tells you what option you have. Whoever appears also determines which item you'll get; if it's Yuffie, you'll get KRANE MEMO 33, which explains about Yuffie's level 4 limit break All Creation and how the name of the break doesn't match the name of the limit break manual, Irreconcilable; if it's Tifa, you'll get KRANE MEMO 34, which explains about Tifa's level 4 limit break Final Heaven.

Agate Village

This mission is almost identical to the Colosseum version. Biggest difference is one Shadow Pokémon is changed.

You can battle anyone in the main part of the village Michael battled before. Aside from that, there's trouble in the cave that leads to the Relic Stone. Outside the cave, talk to Vincent for a TM32 and access to the cave. You'll find two amateur and one midlevel Turk inside the tunnel, and another midlevel Turk at the shrine itself. Here's the teams:

Turk Amateur Vanessa(F): L41 Tangela, L41 Tangela
Turk Amateur Jeremy(M): L41 Snorunt, L41 Glalie
Turk Midlevel Melissa(F): L42 Dugtrio, L42 Nidoking, L42 Nidoqueen

Turk Midlevel Tyrone(M): L43 Kingdra, L43 Vibrava, L43 Wigglytuff

Tyrone lies at the shrine and is packing a shadow Wigglytuff. Snag it and get on with it.

Once you beat Tyrone, there will be a cutscene at the Cipher Key Lair of one light going off. The camera will pan down, and it shows a laser cell with Michael inside! If you fought Rider Willie before Tyrone, Tyrone will comment that it was he who planted a remote device on Willie and that you've broken both of them! If you haven't yet fought Willie, he'll just plainly chew you out, commenting on how you broke his remote device (using E10+ ESRB dialogue at that).

However, one of the Miror B. Peons from Trainers' City wants a rematch and awaits in the tunnel back to Agate. Here is the team:

Miror B. Peon Rikku(F): L66 Exeggutor, L66 Zapdos, L66 Moltres, L66 Articuno, L66 Alakazam, L66 Aggron

Once Rikku is defeated, she'll give you KRANE MEMO 35 before leaving, which details Vincent's level 4 limit break, Chaos.

Mt. Battle

This mission is almost identical to the Colosseum version.

Sorry to say, Mt. Battle has fallen victim to another band of Turks. If you talked to Eagun in Agate and have already cleared out Reno, you'll find out that this band of Turks is led by a teammate of Reno's, but he can't remember if it's Rude or Elena. Outside Mt. Battle lies the normal trainers, including one you can battle again. You'll also find Aeris/Rebecca (remember, Rebecca is the Hex Maniac that Aeris is communicating through), who will give you 15 Sitrus Berries and 15 Lum Berries. The Pokécoupon exchange is closed again. You'll have to get past 20 trainers this time to allow Mt. Battle to reopen. The first 9 are the same that were with Dakim when he attacked Vander five years ago, which means 11 new trainers are here. Here are the teams of the first 10 of them:

Turk Amateur Ernie(M): L40 Linoone, L40 Loudred, L40 Delcatty, L40 Vigoroth, L40 Wigglytuff, L40 Clefable
(You'll be healed in the rest house.)
Bodybuilder Arnie(M): L40 Machoke, L40 Heracross, L40 Poliwrath
Rider Ryan(M): L40 Manectric, L40 Raichu, L40 Electabuzz
Rider Marianne(F): L40 Glalie, L40 Piloswine, L40 Jynx
Bodybuilder Anna Louise(F): L40 Ninetales, L40 Arcanine, L40 Magmar
Team Flora Grunt(M)*: L39 Vileplume, L39 Bellossom, L39 Vileplume, L39 Jumpluff
Team Plasma Grunt(F)*: L41 Ampharos, L41 Lanturn
Turk Amateur Bette(F): L42 Blastoise, L42 Politoed
Turk Midlevel Frankie(M): L44 Sandslash, L45 Dugtrio, L43 Quagsire
Turk Midlevel Wilma(F): L44 Mantine, L45 Tropius, L43 Gligar
*--Any grunt denoted by this is from Mideel originally, trained with the Turks before joining their respective teams, and returned to the Turks when the Turks came to Orre.

Just for the record, the Clefable is a shadow Pokémon.

On platform 20 is the leader of this band of Turks, Rude. Here is Rude's team:

Turk Teammate Rude(M): L51 Kangaskhan, L52 Gengar, L51 Electabuzz, L52 Gligar, L53 Steelix, L45 Slowking

No surprise Rude packs a shadow Pokémon, this one being a Slowking. Snag it like the others.

Once you beat Rude, there will be a cutscene at the Cipher Key Lair of one light going off. The camera will pan down, and it shows a laser cell with Michael inside!

Whenever you turn 6 lights off, there will be an additional cutscene, this time at the Orre Colosseum. Two Chasers are holding Jovi in a standard-bar cell when Sephiroth radios them that a large number of the laser defenses holding Michael have fallen.

Anyway, once the cutscenes finish, Rude will chew you out (with E10+ ESRB material) for breaking his remote device and walk away, but he drops both KRANE MEMO 29 and KRANE MEMO 36. The former wasn't written by Prof. Krane, but by Elena, and it explains all about the "people the ambassador are supposed to escort to the mainland". The latter, which Prof. Krane did write, details Aeris's level 4 limit break, Great Gospel.

Once you get down, the woman at the Pokécoupon booth will give you a TM35 for saving Mt. Battle. If you leave Mt. Battle and reenter, Mt. Battle is reopened.

Snagem Hideout

The path to the remote device is changed, but aside from that, nothing's changed.

Your visit here will begin by Tifa or Yuffie, depending on whoever's following you, discussing what she knows about this place. There aren't any new trainers here, but you can face any of the trainers that were already there. When you get to Gonzap's room, you'll find some Ultra Balls on the desk. Pick them up and Tifa/Yuffie will notice a remote device strewn in with the Ultra Balls. Tifa/Yuffie will break it, there will be a cutscene at the Cipher Key Lair of one light going off. The camera will pan down, and it shows a laser cell with Michael inside! Unless Snagem Hideout was the first place you visited, Cloud will then know that what Tifa/Yuffie just destroyed is one of those remote devices that Reath, Ferma, and the Turks were talking about! Tifa/Yuffie will also find either KRANE MEMO 33 or KRANE MEMO 34, the one you can't get at the Outskirt Stand, inside the now-broken remote device.

Citadark Island

This place is new to XD: Gale of Darkness. This place got the old Realgam Tower mission from Colosseum.

The Turks have forced Team Cipher off the island! Eldes is the one to greet you at Gateon Port, and he begs for your help! He mentioned a group of Turks with a female leader forced his team off of Citadark Island. He'll also explain that the Turks know how to create their own Shadow Pokémon, and that the only Shadow Pokémon made by Team Cipher since the incident involving Miror B. and the second Mewtwo is the Jumpluff belonging to the Team Snagem member known as Harvey, made before the Turks seized the Cipher Key Lair. At this point, Barret will appear and hand you a Master Ball and mention this band of Turks as being a shadow Pokémon hotbed. Once Barret leaves, go back to the map and you'll see a cutscene of Cloud and Tifa/Yuffie talking to Cid about flying to Citadark Island. Cid agrees, and will park the airship where Robo Kyogre should be. You can board the airship to fly to Citadark Island.

Here is the listing of trainers on your way to the last Turk leader:

Turk Amateur Daria(F): L48 Jynx, L43 Girafarig
Turk Amateur Bert(M): L48 Tauros, L43 Volbeat

After you beat Bert, Barret appears again, this time to warn you of a dangerous shadow Pokémon held by the female leader of this band of Turks, and gives you 50 Max Potions. More Trainers appear after that:

Turk Midlevel Erin(F): L49 Miltank, L43 Illumise
Turk Midlevel Aaron(M): L49 Hitmontop, L43 Sandslash

A Multi Battle:
Team Magma Grunt(M)*: L47 Mightyena, L47 Camerupt, L43 Shedinja and Team Aqua Grunt(F)*: L47 Mightyena, L47 Sharpedo, L43 Lanturn

*--Just for the record, the Multi Battle is an occurence of a battle where there are two Shadow Pokémon to snag in the same battle. These two are siblings from Bone Village that trained with the Turks before joining their respective teams, and returned to the Turks when the Turks came to Orre.

Turk Midlevels Paul&Paula(M/F): L48 Hitmontop, L48 Machamp, L48 Hariyama, L48 Heracross, L48 Blaziken, L43 Corsola
A Turk's Shadow Pokémon has one more chance to be snagged before it moves to the Miror B. Peon Challenge.

Miror B. Peon Ashli(F): L66 Linoone, L66 Torkoal, L48 Gengar
Miror B. Peon Harold(M): L66 Primeape, L66 Swalot, L48 Golem
Miror B. Peon Nadia(F): L66 Banette, L66 Altaria, L49 Machamp
Miror B. Peon Pablo{M}: L66 Absol, L66 Mawile, L50 Alakazam
If you miss Snagging these Shadow Pokémon, Cloud and Tifa/Yuffie has missed their only chance to snag it. You can randomly Snag it with Michael in the Miror B. Peon Challenge after the main data ends.

When you enter Greevil's chamber, Elena will greet you, and then make her threats. After that, she will challenge you. Here's her rather powerful team:

Turk Teammate Elena(F): L70 Venusaur, L70 Blaziken, L70 Swampert, L71 Ampharos, L72 Flygon, L55 Exploud

Once Elena falls, there will be a cutscene at the Cipher Key Lair of one light going off. The camera will pan down, and it shows a laser cell with Michael inside!

After the cutscenes involve end, Elena will then chew you out (with E10+ ESRB material) for breaking her remote device, and will even spout off the purposes of why they needed to remain intact: breaking all 16 would free Michael from his cell. Elena will then leave, but not before dropping KRANE MEMO 37, which details Barret's level 4 limit break, Catastrophe.

Cipher Lab

The mission that had been here in Colosseum is moved to Cipher Key Lair in XD: Gale of Darkness. The mission that's here in XD: Gale of Darkness was moved here from The Under, the only Colosseum map location not in XD: Gale of Darkness.

When you step onto the property, Nett will walk up to you and say that Megg has an item for you. If you return to ONBS and talk to Megg, you'll get either a TM43 (if Tifa's the one following you) or a Leaf Stone (if Yuffie's the one following you). Once you have the item, Marcia will mention exactly how many Turk Teammates have fallen up to this point, and Nett and Secc will prepare an update on shadow Pokémon snagged by Cloud and Tifa/Yuffie for transmission to the P*DA once Michael is freed.

All of the trouble in the lab is inside. When you walk up to the front door, Cid will walk up to Cloud and mention of possible trouble--Turk trouble. He'll also mention a weird feeling of weird auras, which could possibly indicate shadow Pokémon. Walk into the right door. You'll find four Miror B. Peons who had been Deep Dwellers five years earlier in the room behind the left door. All of them will explain (in an E10+-rated manner) how their preferred Colosseum was suddenly shut down when everyone from The Under moved to the surface, as well as battle you knockout challenge style, one after the other. Here's their teams:

Miror B. Peon Tawny(F): L55 Nosepass, L55 Sudowoodo
Miror B. Peon Violeta(F): L56 Medicham, L56 Claydol
Miror B. Peon Xavier(M): L57 Gligar, L57 Camerupt
Miror B. Peon Zakk(M): L58 Jynx, L58 Sneasel, L58 Lapras

Zakk will clue you in on the Turks in the lab--they're on the other side of the building.

The psons will give a total of 22,000 in money, and Zakk will give you a TM26 for beating all four of them. You can now enter the front door of the lab. Take the first elevator down and you'll find 4 familiar faces on this floor, waiting to battle you. Here's their updated teams:

Miror B. Peon Charlie(M): L66 Golduck, L66 Tangela, L30 Nidorino
Miror B. Peon Emili(F): L66 Manectric, L66 Glalie, L30 Nidoran♀
Miror B. Peon Jana(F): L66 Gligar, L66 Xatu, L33 Vigoroth
Miror B. Peon Larry(M): L66 Pinsir, L66 Sudowoodo, L33 Ninjask
If you miss Snagging these Shadow Pokémon, Cloud and Tifa/Yuffie has missed their only chance to snag it. You can randomly Snag it with Michael in the Miror B. Peon Challenge after the main data ends.

Once you get by Larry, you'll then face a pair of twin Deep Dwellers together in one of the research rooms. Here's their team:

Deep Dwellers Guy&Ginni(M/F): L65 Venusaur, L65 Meganium, L65 Sceptile, L65 Charizard, L65 Typhlosion, L65 Blaziken

Once the twin Deep Dwellers fall, head for the floor that has the stairs that led to Ein five years earlier. On the way to the stairs, there are two Turk Amateurs and two Turk Midlevels in the room, who will fight you two people (one Amateur, one Midlevel) at a time. Here's each team for each pair:

Turk Amateur Paris(F): L67 Blastoise
Turk Midlevel Ian(M): L68 Feraligatr, L68 Swampert

Turk Amateur Jean-Pierre(M): L67 Ampharos
Turk Midlevel Nicole(F): L68 Raichu, L68 Manectric

Once both pairs have fallen, head into where Wes fought Ein five years earlier and you'll get ambushed by Miror B.'s top male Peons! They'll fight with 3 Pokémon each and fight together, similar to their female counterparts Reath and Ferma. Here's the teams they'll use in the Multi Battle:

Miror B. Peon Folly: L58 Primeape, L56 Exploud, L57 Slowbro
Miror B. Peon Trudly: L58 Machamp, L56 Dusclops, L57 Pidgeot

If you win, there will be a cutscene inside the Cipher Key Lair of one light going off. The camera will pan down, and it shows a laser cell with Michael inside!

Once 9 lights go out, there will be an additional cutscene, this time in Trainers' City. All of the trainers whom you failed to snag Shadow Pokémon from will watch as two Chasers drag Jovi's cell into the Trainers' Colosseum. One of the Chasers gets a radio transmission from Sephiroth saying that all of the level 1 laser defenses have fallen, and it's time to go to level 2.

Trudly will then chew Folly out for causing their remote device to break and leave the scene. They'll leave behind KRANE MEMO 38, which details Cid's level 4 limit break, Highwind.


When 9 of the 16 lights have gone out, the second part of the mission begins. First, head back to ONBS and talk to Nett. Nett will tell you that a few rare Pokémon that Cipher didn't find originally aboard S.S. Libra have resurfaced. Nett tells you that four of the six Pokémon that resurfaced were Eevee, right before Secc runs in and reports some terrible news from Gateon Port--four evolution objects tied to Eevee evolution have been stolen! Talk to Zak at Gateon Port and he'll tell you that the four stones/shards you didn't take were stolen by Turks! He'll first give you KRANE MEMO 28, which details Team Cipher members working with the Turks as insiders and reporting findings to the higher-ups. The insiders are none other than the Hexagon Brothers! At this point, Zak will mark down 6 locations that he suspects the Hexagon Brothers may be on your map. The locations are Gateon Port, HQ Lab, Rock Poké Spot, Oasis Poké Spot, Cave Poké Spot, and S.S. Libra. All of them except Gateon Port had previously been on lockdown, you can now access them. The only locations that remain locked down now are Cipher Key Lair, Orre Colosseum, and Trainers' City. All of the freshly-opened locations have new missions not available in the Colosseum version of the mission, and any Shadow Pokémon in any of these locations goes to the Miror B. Peon Challenge if Cloud and Tifa/Yuffie fail to Snag it.

Gateon Port

One of the locations Zak marks down as a suspected Hexagon Brother location is Gateon Port. You're at Gateon Port when it's marked, and it turn out Zak's suspicion was right. There is some good news and some bad news. The good news: The Robo Kyogre has finally been repaired and is ready to sail. The bad news: Turks have come trying to hijack it! Even worse news: These same Turks are using Pokémon stolen from Battle Bingo! Here are the teams you'll face:

Turk Amateur Unorojo(M): L40 Poliwag, L40 Squirtle, L40 Remoraid, L40 Mudkip, L40 Totodile
Turk Amateur Tweerood(F): L40 Charmander, L40 Torchic, L40 Cyndaquil, L40 Dragonair
Turk Amateur Trerosso(M): L40 Bulbasaur, L40 Treecko, L40 Roselia, L40 Chikorita

Once you've beaten all four of them, Robo Kyogre sets sail without a pilot! Either something went haywire during repairs, or someone sabotaged it. Anyway, Resix will appear once again! He's got an even tougher team and one of the six shadow Pokémon that had resurfaced from the Libra! What he has depends on whether you took the Fire Stone from Zak.

Cipher Peon Resix(M): L66 Magcargo, L66 Camerupt, L67 Ninetales, L67 Torkoal, L68 Arcanine, L43 Flareon/L43 Cacturne
If you took the Fire Stone from Zak, Resix's new shadow will be Cacturne. Otherwise, it will be Flareon.

Once Resix is defeated, there will be a cutscene inside the Cipher Key Lair of one light going off. The camera will pan down, and it shows a laser cell with Michael inside!

Resix will then chew you out (with E10+-rated dialogue) about how you caused his remote device to break, then leave. Marcia will then run onto the scene with the results of the Robo Kyogre sabotage, telling you that Robo Kyogre wrecked off the shores of Citadark Island and that there was a hostage aboard.

HQ Lab

This place appears deserted, considering that Sephiroth had everyone here kidnapped along with Michael. Lily, Jovi, Prof. Krane, Buster, Joshua, even Dr. Kaminko is gone. Even Spy Naps isn't here. However, the place isn't deserted, since four Turks have moved in! You'll have to completely scour the HQ Lab to find them. These Turks have also stolen Pokémon from Battle Bingo. Here's who you'll face:

Turk Amateur Eengroen(M): L40 Nidorino, L40 Seviper, L40 Grimer, L40 Gulpin, L40 Ekans
Turk Amateur Dueverde(F): L40 Sunkern, L40 Roselia, L40 Treecko, L40 Tangela
Turk Amateur Tresverde(M): L40 Phanpy, L40 Onix, L40 Sandshrew, L40 Golem

Once you've beaten all three, you'll hear an alarm from the direction of the Purify Chamber! Head there and you'll find Greesix! He's got an even tougher team and one of the six shadow Pokémon that had resurfaced from the Libra! Unlike the other brothers, though, his new shadow Pokémon will not vary.

Cipher Peon Greesix(M): L66 Cacturne, L66 Bellossom, L67 Breloom, L67 Tangela, L68 Vileplume, L43 Weezing

Once Greesix is defeated, there will be a cutscene inside the Cipher Key Lair of one light going off. The camera will pan down, and it shows a laser cell with Michael inside!

Greesix will then chew you out (with E10+-rated dialogue) about how you caused his remote device to break, then leave.

Rock Poké Spot

The mission here is simple. Clear one Turk, then the brother, and make sure to break the remote device. What the latter trainer has as a shadow Pokémon depends on whether you took the Water Stone from Zak. The Here's the teams:

Turk Amateur Unoblu(M): L40 Lotad, L40 Seedot, L40 Cacnea, L40 Cubone, L40 Remoraid
Cipher Peon Blusix(M): L66 Kingdra, L66 Seaking, L67 Metagross, L67 Golduck, L68 Ludicolo, L43 Vaporeon/L43 Cacturne
If you took the Water Stone from Zak, Blusix's new shadow will be Cacturne. Otherwise, it will be Vaporeon.

Once Blusix is defeated, there will be a cutscene inside the Cipher Key Lair of one light going off. The camera will pan down, and it shows a laser cell with Michael inside!

Once 12 lights go out, there will be an additional cutscene in the Cipher Key Lair. Sephiroth will make an announcement on the intercom that half of the level 2 defense system keeping Michael in his cell have failed, and that security on the other prisoners should be increased.

Blusix will then chew you out (with E10+-rated dialogue) about how you caused his remote device to break, then leave.

Oasis Poké Spot

The mission here is simple. Clear one Turk, then the brother, and make sure to break the remote device. What the latter trainer has as a shadow Pokémon depends on whether you took the Sun Shard from Zak. The Here's the teams:

Turk Amateur Dospúrpura(F): L40 Sandshrew, L40 Magnemite, L40 Phanpy, L40 Electabuzz
Cipher Peon Purpsix(M): L66 Muk, L66 Weezing, L67 Tentacruel, L67 Swalot, L68 Vileplume, L43 Espeon/L43 Cacturne
If you took the Sun Shard from Zak, Purpsix's new shadow will be Cacturne. Otherwise, it will be Espeon.

Once Purpsix is defeated, there will be a cutscene inside the Cipher Key Lair of one light going off. The camera will pan down, and it shows a laser cell with Michael inside!

Purpsix will then chew you out (with E10+-rated dialogue) about how you caused his remote device to break, then leave.

Cave Poké Spot

The mission here is simple. Clear one Turk, then the brother, and make sure to break the remote device. What the latter trainer has as a shadow Pokémon depends on whether you took the Thunderstone from Zak. The Here's the teams:

Turk Amateur Driegeel(M): L40 Farfetch'd, L40 Spearow, L40 Pidgey, L40 Doduo
Cipher Peon Yellosix(M): L66 Lanturn, L66 Manectric, L68 Magneton, L67 Plusle, L67 Minun, L43 Jolteon/L43 Cacturne
If you took the Thundestone from Zak, Yellosix's new shadow will be Cacturne. Otherwise, it will be Jolteon.

Once Yellosix is defeated, there will be a cutscene inside the Cipher Key Lair of one light going off. The camera will pan down, and it shows a laser cell with Michael inside!

Yellosix will then chew you out (with E10+-rated dialogue) about how you caused his remote device to break, then leave.

S.S. Libra

The Turks have set up their shop here as well. You'll have to make your way through all of the Libra's puzzles and fight three Turks along the way. Here are the teams you'll face:

Turk Amateur Unbrun(F): L40 Charmander, L40 Torchic, L40 Growlithe, L40 Pidgey, L40 Taillow
Turk Amateur Zweibraun(M): L40 Mankey, L40 Machop, L40 Makuhita, L40 Spearow
Turk Amateur Trebrun(F): L40 Snorunt, L40 Spheal, L40 Diglett, L40 Phanpy

When you make it up to where you first met Bonsly, you'll find Browsix! He's got an even tougher team and one of the six shadow Pokémon that had resurfaced from the Libra! What he has depends on whether you took the Moon Shard from Zak.

Cipher Peon Browsix(M): L66 Noctowl, L66 Slaking, L67 Girafarig, L67 Fearow, L68 Furret, L43 Umbreon/L43 Cacturne
If you took the Moon Shard from Zak, Browsix's new shadow will be Cacturne. Otherwise, it will be Umbreon.

Once Blusix is defeated, there will be a cutscene inside the Cipher Key Lair of one light going off. The camera will pan down, and it shows a laser cell with Michael inside!

Once 15 lights go out, there will be an additional cutscene in the Cipher Key Lair. Sephiroth will make an announcement on the intercom that the entire level 2 defense system keeping Michael in his cell has failed, and that all security should be focused on the level 3 defense system. In a panic to reach the level 3 defense system, all other cells' laser bars drop, freeing the people that had been kidnapped from the HQ Lab in the process.

Yellosix will then chew you out (with E10+-rated dialogue) about how you caused his remote device to break, then leave.


When 15 of the 16 lights have gone out, it's time for the final phase of "Operation Rescue Michael". First, return to Pyrite and talk to Nett for KRANE MEMO 39. This one details Sephiroth's weapon, the Masamune, and how he used it to kill Aeris. Next, return to the HQ Lab to find that everyone's managed to return safely (all except for Jovi, who wasn't confined at Cipher Key Lair; Chobin, you'll find out what happened to him later; and Spy Naps, who's still AWOL). Once that's all said and done, the Cipher Key Lair is now off lockdown, leaving only Orre Colosseum and Trainers' City on lockdown.

Cipher Key Lair

Once 15 lights have gone off, you can once again go here. When you walk toward the front gate, Sephiroth runs past Cloud and Tifa/Yuffie at blazing speed, not even looking back. It looks like Sephiroth's left the building. However, there are many Turks inside the building, in every room inside. You have to defeat every single one of them in order to find the last remote device. Here's a listing of the teams, all of them Turks and a few others you've faced before:

Turk Amateur Theo(M): L60 Magneton, L60 Magneton, L60 Electrode
Turk Amateur Nathan(M): L60 Gardevoir, L60 Alakazam, L60 Slowking
Turk Amateur Lindsey(F): L59 Hitmonlee, L59 Hitmonchan, L59 Hitmontop, L59 Blaziken
Turk Amateur Amanda(F): L61 Magmar, L61 Arcanine
Turk Amateurs Marv&Megan(M/F): L62 Jynx, L62 Walrein
Turk Amateur Zack(M): L61 Walrein, L61 Jynx
Turk Amateur Penny(F): L61 Raichu, L61 Electabuzz
Turk Amateur Vito(M): L60 Volbeat, L60 Illumise, L60 Heracross
Turk Amateur Ursula(F): L61 Houndoom, L61 Ninetales
Turk Amateur Benny(M): L60 Plusle, L60 Minun, L60 Manectric
Team Snagem Harvey(M): L60 Crobat, L60 Mightyena, L35 Jumpluff/L60 Tropius
Turk Amateur Vanessa(F): L61 Tangela, L61 Ludicolo
Turk Amateur Jeremy(M): L61 Walrein, L61 Glalie
Turk Amateur Ernie(M): L57 Linoone, L57 Exploud, L57 Delcatty, L57 Slaking, L57 Wigglytuff, L40 Clefable/L57 Clefable
Turk Amateur Bette(F): L61 Blastoise, L61 Politoed
Turk Amateur Daria(F): L61 Jynx, L43 Girafarig/L61 Togetic
Turk Amateur Bert(M): L61 Tauros, L43 Volbeat/L61 Dustox
Team Magma Grunt(M): L59 Mightyena, L59 Camerupt, L59 Houndoom, L43 Shedinja/L59 Ninetales
Team Aqua Grunt(F): L59 Mightyena, L59 Sharpedo, L59 Magcargo, L43 Lanturn/L59 Starmie
Turk Midlevel Andrew(M): L62 Sableye, L62 Misdreavus, L62 Gengar
Turk Midlevel Melana(F): L62 Altaria, L62 Dragonite, L62 Kingdra
Turk Midlevel Melissa(F): L62 Dugtrio, L62 Nidoking, L62 Nidoqueen
Turk Midlevel Tyrone(M): L62 Kingdra, L62 Vibrava, L43 Wigglytuff/L62 Exploud
Turk Midlevel Frankie(M): L62 Sandslash, L63 Dugtrio, L61 Quagsire
Turk Midlevel Wilma(F): L62 Mantine, L63 Tropius, L61 Gligar
Turk Midlevel Erin(F): L63 Miltank, L43 Illumise/L63 Beautifly
Turk Midlevel Aaron(M): L63 Hitmontop, L43 Sandslash/L63 Hitmonlee
Turk Midlevels Paul&Paula(M/F): L59 Hitmontop, L59 Machamp, L59 Hariyama, L59 Heracross, L59 Blaziken, L43 Corsola/L59 Hitmonchan

The red Pokémon are their Shadow Pokémon if you didn't get it the first time around, while the green Pokémon are their replacements if you did snag the Shadow Pokémon the first time around.

Once all of the above trainers have been defeated, go to where you faced Gorigan in the main game. There, along with the laser cell with Michael inside, you'll find none other than the AWOL person from the HQ Lab, Spy Naps! Here is his team this time around:

Spy Naps(M): L65 Murkrow, L65 Rhydon, L65 Slaking, L65 Metagross, L65 Machamp, L13 Lotad
This is the only Shadow Pokémon you must Snag in the Cipher Key Lair. All the others at the Cipher Key Lair can be caught randomly in the Miror B. Peon Challenge after the main data ends.

You can beat the Lotad, but you can't progress unless you Snag it. If you beat it, you can recover and fight Spy Naps again, and repeat until you've Snagged Lotad.

Once you've beaten Spy Naps and snagged the Lotad (if you missed a Shadow Pokémon, that Pokémon will become part of the Miror B. Peon Challenge after the main data ends and can keep fighting until Michael Snags it), you'll see another cutscene. The last light goes out and the laser bars around Michael drop. But, just as Michael is about to walk out, one of the lights comes back on and the lasers rise again!

Spy Naps will chew you out for breaking his remote device, but before he can finish, he gets a call from Elena saying that she's repaired her remote device and restored some of the level 1 defense system. Spy Naps runs off. Walk back outside to see a cutscene of all the characters that helped Cloud and Tifa/Yuffie discussing on how they managed to help drive the Turks out of the Cipher Key Lair, and how it's finally time to return to Trainers' City to finish the job. Everyone except Cloud and Tifa/Yuffie (whoever's following you) will board Cid's airship. Walk back onto the map and you can finally return to Trainers' City via Cid's airship, as it has finally escaped lockdown. (Only Orre Colosseum remains on lockdown.) Fly to Trainers' City the same way you flew to Citadark Isle, from the dock at Gateon Port.

Return to Trainers' City

At this point, Trainers' City looks like a ghost town. Every building except the Pokémon Center, Trainers' Hotel, and Trainers' Colosseum is shuttered up. The Pokémon Center works like usual, except there are some people from the outside currently inside. More of the people that are usually outside are inside the Trainers' Hotel, including a few in the changing room.

The Trainers' Colosseum, however, is no refuge--there's Cipher Peons that won't want to battle walking through the lobby! The cage with Jovi is inside is next to the reception counter! However, when you try to talk to her, two Turks grab the cage and walk off! One of the Turks mentions that "the original venue turned out to be the right one". Anyway, enter the knockout challenge that will pit you against Reno, Rude, and Elena once again. Here are the updated teams:

Spy Naps(M): L74 Murkrow, L74 Rhydon, L74 Slaking, L74 Metagross, L74 Machamp, L74 Ludicolo
Turk Teammate Reno(M): L74 Relicanth, L75 Mawile, L75 Sableye, L74 Flygon, L76 Marowak, L45 Quagsire/L76 Mantine
Turk Teammate Rude(M): L74 Kangaskhan, L75 Gengar, L74 Electabuzz, L75 Gligar, L76 Steelix, L45 Slowking/L76 Tentacruel
Turk Teammate Elena(F): L75 Venusaur, L75 Blaziken, L75 Swampert, L76 Ampharos, L77 Flygon, L55 Exploud/L77 Dragonite
If you don't Snag every Shadow Pokémon here, the Pokémon you missed will go to the Miror B. Peon Challenge, where Michael can Snag it.

After you beat Elena again, there will be a cutscene at the Shadow Pokémon Lab of the last light of Michael's laser cell going off, the laser bars drop, and Michael walks out of the cell. When you leave the Colosseum, you'll get 140,000 in money and a TM20.

There's a long cutscene of Cloud talking to Tifa/Yuffie on just how good a job they did in helping to oust the Turks from Orre. At the end of the cutscene, Michael rides onto the scene aboard Robo Kyogre, which had crashed into the Citadark coast when it set sail without a pilot, and talks about Sephiroth and his overlevelled Deoxys. It's now time to take him down once and for all. Head for the Pokémon Center, and have Cloud withdraw 3 of the Pokémon inside box 14 snagged (or deposited by Yuffie (if Tifa's the one following you) or Tifa (if Yuffie's the one following you)) during this data, and have Tifa/Yuffie do the same. Since Michael comments on how his scooter isn't built for 3, Cid offers Michael a ride on the airship, and how there's plenty of room on it.

The airship will land on platform 100 at Mt. Battle. There, Sephiroth and his overlevelled Deoxys lie in wait. Michael offers Sephiroth the challenge: he and his 6 Pokémon, Cloud and his 6 Pokémon, and Tifa/Yuffie and her 6 Pokémon, all against Sephiroth and his overlevelled Deoxys, two-on-two battle. Cloud mentions that, although this arrangement is slightly illegal, it will even up the playing field against an overlevelled Deoxys which is even more illegal. Tifa/Yuffie will go first. If all 6 of her Pokémon faint, Cloud tags in and resumes the fight. If all 6 of his Pokémon faint, Michael tags in to finish the fight. If all 6 of his Pokémon faint, they'll white out and return to the Trainers' City Pokémon Center. Just for the record, here is Sephiroth's one Pokémon again:

Midgar Darkness Sephiroth(M): L176 Deoxys (clearly overlevelled; no, this is NOT a typo)
The music that plays during this battle is the music that plays during the final boss battle in Final Fantasy VII. The victory music that plays is the same as that of a typical Final Fantasy victory.

Note that a good strategy involves a Follow Me/Shadow Half or Follow Me/Super Fang combo. Deoxys, being L176, will be highly susceptible to Shadow Half or Super Fang.

If you do manage to faint Deoxys, be it with Tifa/Yuffie, Cloud, or Michael, Sephiroth will gasp in horror: his unbeatable overlevelled Deoxys was beaten in an 18-against-1 gangup!

At this point, everyone's celebrating--except it suddenly stops when they realize that they still haven't rescued Jovi! At this point, Cloud and Tifa/Yuffie run back down the mountain. In the lobby, Cloud and Tifa/Yuffie will tell Michael that their Pokémon and items, except for their KRANE MEMOs and the MIDGARPEDIA, are in the PC, and that Michael should use them as he pleases. They'll also give Michael all but 20,000 of the money in their inventory (the 20,000 they kept will be converted back to 200,000 Gil for use back home) as well as the KRANE MEMOs and the MIDGARPEDIA. Tifa/Yuffie will then leave with Cid, but Cloud decides to stay with Michael to see everything through.

If you take the MIDGARPEDIA to Trainers' City's History Center, you'll now have access to a 43-volume tale of the events of Final Fantasy VII, including profiles of every character, every location, every major enemy, every event, and even many of the minor foes.

Rescuing Jovi at the Orre Colosseum

Cloud will follow Michael for the rest of this data. First off, head back to the HQ Lab, and more specifically, Kaminko's house. Here, you'll find Chobin has returned, and Chobin will reveal himself as the hostage aboard Robo Kyogre when it crashed into Citadark Island after the sabotage, and will also tell you that he also fixed the Robo Kyogre to pick up Michael once he was able to escape from the Cipher Key Lair. Once that's said and done, head for the Orre Colosseum. You can now go there again since its lockdown has ended. When you get into the Colosseeum, Nett will send you an e-mail that details a knockout challenge that's offering Jovi as a prize! Enter the knockout challenge with Chobin as the last boss. Before the challenge begins, Vincent will walk up to Cloud with a Turk newsletter that Elena dropped at Trainers' Colosseum--with the news that two amateurs were promoted to midlevel, and have teamed up with their original midlevel partners in the Deep Colosseum! Anyway, this is the team you'll face (a piece of cake compared to the overlevelled Deoxys, and all Pokémon are at Open Level):

Turk Midlevels Paris&Ian(F/M): Blastoise, Feraligatr, Swampert, Poliwrath, Ludicolo, Ampharos
Turk Midlevels Jean-Pierre&Nicole(M/F): Ampharos, Raichu, Manectric, Plusle, Minun, Electabuzz
Miror B. Peon Rikku(F): Victreebel, Raichu, Rapidash, Dewgong, Alakazam, Aggron
Chobin & Robo Groudon(M/ ): Scizor, Mr. Mime, Dragonite, Marowak, Kangaskhan, Ninjask

When you beat Paris & Ian, and again when you beat Jean-Pierre & Nicole, you'll simply get chewed out. When you beat Rikku, you'll get congratulated for winning on her home turf. Finally, when you beat Chobin, he'll give in and let Jovi go.

When you leave the Colosseum, you'll win an astonishing 155,000 in cash (310,000 with the Amulet Coin, something that Cloud and Tifa/Yuffie didn't have), but nothing else of monetary value. Jovi will then be let out of her cage and converse with Cloud. Cloud will then walk away.

The data's not officially over yet, though. Return to Trainers' City one last time and talk to Cloud, Tifa, Barret, Aeris/Rebecca (the latter is the Hex Maniac the former is communicating through), Red XIII, Vincent, Yuffie, Cid, and Cait Sith. Each one of them will give one of the following: TM39, TM08, TM34, TM50, TM42, TM40, TM04, TM03, and TM09. Also, look closely at Cloud's conversation; the last three characters will come in handy later on, as that's part of a password for another piece of DS-transmitted data. Now that the Turks are finally out of here, the Final Fantasy VII characters will fly off in Cid's airship and special credits will roll.

And that concludes this epic piece of DS-transmitted data. Any remaining Shadow Pokémon can be randomly Snagged in the Miror B. Peon Challenge.

If you forgot the three characters of the password part, simply transmit just Summon Materia: Knights of Round's password to the Tajiri server; when you communicate with XD: Gale of Darkness with the above mission complete, the three characters will appear on the screen.


Also, there are some differences in the XD: Gale of Darkness version of this piece of data. Here are the teams from the 60th battle to the end in XD: Gale of Darkness (the first 59 teams are the same):

Cipher Head Greevil(M): L65 Manectric, L65 Swellow, L65 Starmie, L65 Granbull, L65 Altaria, L65 Aerodactyl
Team Snagem Winston(M): L60 Skarmory, L60 Mankey
Chaser Cindy(F): L60 Skarmory, L60 Heracross
Team Snagem Steve(M): L60 Skarmory, L60 Makuhita
Chaser Jessica(F): L60 Skarmory, L60 Machop, L60 Hitmonlee
Team Snagem John(M): L60 Skarmory, L60 Heracross, L60 Hitmontop
Chaser Jay(F): L60 Skarmory, L60 Medicham, L60 Blaziken
Team Snagem Cameron(M): L60 Skarmory, L60 Primape, L60 Machamp, L60 Hitmonchan
Chaser Jacki(F): L60 Skarmory, L60 Heracross, L60 Heracross, L60 Hitmontop
Chaser Anna(F): L60 Skarmory, L60 Hariyama, L60 Blaziken, L60 Medicham
Snagem Head Gonzap (M): L70 Electrode, L70 Shiftry, L70 Vileplume, L70 Whiscash, L70 Skarmory, L70 Crobat
Chaser Walter(M): L65 Jynx, L65 Delibird, L65 Walrein
Chaser Meg(F): L65 Crobat, L65 Qwilfish, L65 Swalot
Chaser Jerry(M): L65 Fearow, L65 Ledian, L65 Tropius
Chaser Karen(F): L65 Venomoth, L65 Ariados, L65 Dustox
Chaser Miguel(M): L65 Rhydon, L65 Sudowoodo, L65 Relicanth
Chaser Isabel(F): L65 Gengar, L65 Misdreavus, L65 Shedinja
Chaser Timothy(M): L65 Dragonite, L65 Kingdra, L65 Altaria
Chaser Shelby(F): L65 Umbreon, L65 Sneasel, L65 Absol
Chaser Cyndy(F): L65 Magneton, L65 Skarmory, L65 Mawile
Turk Teammate Reno(M): L75 Relicanth, L75 Mawile, L75 Sableye, L75 Flygon, L75 Marowak, L75 Dewgong
Team Magma Grunt(M): L65 Charizard, L65 Typhlosion, L65 Blaziken
Team Aqua Grunt(M): L65 Blastoise, L65 Feraligatr, L65 Swampert
Team Flora Grunt(M): L65 Venusaur, L65 Meganium, L65 Sceptile
Team Plasma Grunt(F): L65 Raichu, L65 Ampharos, L65 Manectric
Team Rocket Grunt(M): L65 Arbok, L65 Crobat, L65 Swalot
Cipher Peon Tony(M): L65 Magneton, L65 Scizor, L65 Metagross
Team Snagem Nob(M): L65 Machamp, L65 Heracross, L65 Hariyama
Chaser Dalton(M): L65 Raticate, L65 Furret, L65 Linoone
Chaser Bernie(M): L65 Kangaskhan, L65 Aipom, L65 Delcatty
Turk Teammate Rude(M): L75 Kangaskhan, L75 Gengar, L75 Electabuzz, L75 Gligar, L75 Steelix, L75 Ninetales
Team Magma Grunt(M): L70 Camerupt
Team Magma Grunt(F): L70 Houndoom
Team Aqua Grunt(M): L70 Sharpedo
Team Aqua Grunt(F): L70 Mantine
Team Flora Grunt(M): L70 Cacturne
Team Flora Grunt(F): L70 Jumpluff
Team Plasma Grunt(M): L70 Manectric
Team Plasma Grunt(F): L70 Ampharos
Miror B. Peon Rikku(F): L65 Victreebel, L65 Raichu, L65 Rapidash, L65 Dewgong, L65 Alakazam, L65 Aggron
Turk Teammate Elena(F): L75 Venusaur, L75 Blaziken, L75 Swampert, L75 Ampharos, L75 Flygon, L75 Clefable

Reno, Rude, and Elena no longer have shadow Pokémon in this mission in XD: Gale of Darkness. Also, Greevil will appear outside the History Center during the appearance of his group (group 6).


Finally, these are the last four team missions involving hiding out in maps with shadow Pokémon. Unlike the Phenac missions, you must have snagged Miror B.'s Mewtwo (as well as the one from the Snagem Phenac mission) in order to do these. Like the XD: Gale of Darkness version of the Phenac missions, the XD: Gale of Darkness version of these missions have Shadow Pokémon that have Shadow Crush as their only shadow move. All four of these missions can be done only once.

The mission of the Yellow block of Chocobo cards from FF7 Promo Set 2 differs slightly in XD: Gale of Darkness. In the XD: Gale of Darkness version of that mission, Team Plasma still hides all over Pyrite Town, but four of them have changed locations, and five of them have different shadow Pokémon. Here's the listing for the Plasma Pyrite mission in XD: Gale of Darkness:

Team Plasma Grunt(M): Hides in Duking's office; L45 Manectric, L46 Raichu, L33 Linoone
Team Plasma Grunt(F): Hides in the jail; L45 Manectric, L46 Magneton, L33 Gastly
Team Plasma Grunt(M): Hides in plain sight in Duel Square; L45 Manectric, L46 Electrode, L33 Magikarp
Team Plasma Grunt(F): Hides in the Shop; L45 Manectric, L46 Electabuzz, L33 Tentacool
Team Plasma Grunt(M): Hides in the Pyrite Colosseum lobby; L45 Manectric, L46 Ampharos, L43 Girafarig
Team Plasma Grunt(F): Hides atop ONBS Station; L45 Manectric, L46 Lanturn, L43 Masquerain
Team Plasma Grunt(M): Hides inside a room in ONBS Station; L45 Manectric, L46 Plusle, L43 Relicanth
Team Plasma Grunt(F): Hides in ONBS Station Lobby; L45 Manectric, L46 Minun, L45 Porygon2
Team Plasma Grunt(M): Ambushes you upon exiting Pyrite Colosseum; L45 Manectric, L46 Zapdos, L70 Kyogre
Team Plasma Grunt(F): Ambushes you upon attempting to exit Pyrite; L45 Manectric, L46 Raikou, L70 Groudon

The Magma Under mission from Missed Opportunities has had a major overhaul compared to its Colosseum version. First off, the mission is moved to the HQ Lab in XD: Gale of Darkness since The Under is the only Colosseum map location not to return for XD: Gale of Darkness. Secondly, you have to have obtained both the Tasty Snack and the Spicy Snack from Trainers' City's Pokémon Lab to complete this mission. Finally, seven of the shadow Pokémon are different in XD: Gale of Darkness. Here's the listing for the Magma HQ Lab mission in XD: Gale of Darkness:

Team Magma Grunt(M): Ambushes you upon entry into map; L45 Camerupt, L46 Claydol, L33 Spinda
Team Magma Grunt(F): Hides in Michael's room; L45 Camerupt, L46 Ninetales, L33 Wingull
Team Magma Grunt(M): Hides in Jovi's room; L45 Camerupt, L46 Shedinja, L33 Pikachu
Team Magma Grunt(F): Hides in Lily's room; L45 Camerupt, L46 Torkoal, L33 Slowpoke
Team Magma Grunt(M): Hides in Prof. Krane's room; L45 Camerupt, L46 Magcargo, L33 Minun
Team Magma Grunt(F): Ambushes you upon entry into building; L45 Camerupt, L46 Vibrava, L43 Barboach
Team Magma Grunt(M): Hides in room with the Purify Chamber; L45 Camerupt, L46 Altaria, L43 Lanturn
Team Magma Grunt(F): Ambushes you upon attempting to leave the map; L45 Camerupt, L46 Houndoom, L43 Torkoal
Team Magma Grunt(M): Hides on the roof of Kaminko's house, bribe him down with Tasty Snacks; L45 Camerupt, L46 Mightyena, L43 Seadra
Team Magma Grunt(F): Hides on the roof of Kaminko's house, bribe her down with Spicy Snacks; L45 Camerupt, L46 Moltres, L70 Rayquaza

The Aqua Outskirt Stand mission from Colosseum is also slightly changed in XD: Gale of Darkness. The only changes here, though, are six shadow Pokémon. Here's the listing for the Aqua Outskirt Stand mission in XD: Gale of Darkness:

Team Aqua Grunt(M): Arrive from map once; L45 Sharpedo, L46 Blastoise, L33 Larvitar
Team Aqua Grunt(F): Arrive from map twice; L45 Sharpedo, L46 Feraligatr, L33 Golbat
Team Aqua Grunt(M): Exit shop once; L45 Sharpedo, L46 Swampert, L33 Castform
Team Aqua Grunt(F): Exit shop twice; L45 Sharpedo, L46 Golduck, L38 Kadabra
Team Aqua Grunt(M): Arrive from map three times; L45 Sharpedo, L46 Azumarill, L38 Azumarill
Team Aqua Grunt(F): Arrive from map four times; L45 Sharpedo, L46 Ludicolo, L38 Kingler
Team Aqua Grunt(M): Exit shop three times; L45 Sharpedo, L46 Dragonair, L43 Beautifly
Team Aqua Grunt(F): Exit shop four times; L45 Sharpedo, L46 Pupitar, L43 Dustox
Team Aqua Grunt(M): Arrive from map five times; L45 Sharpedo, L46 Metang, L13 Hoppip
Team Aqua Grunt(F): Exit shop five times; L45 Sharpedo, L46 Suicune, L43 Donphan

Another overhauled team mission is the Flora Shadow Lab mission from Colosseum. In XD: Gale of Darkness, this mission is moved to S.S. Libra. There are three checkpoints where a grunt will ambush you and every shadow Pokémon is different. Three grunts ambush at each checkpoint. Here's the listing for the Flora Libra mission in XD: Gale of Darkness:

Team Flora Grunt(M): First ambush, first checkpoint; L45 Cacturne, L46 Vileplume, L33 Jigglypuff
Team Flora Grunt(F): Second ambush, first checkpoint; L45 Cacturne, L46 Bellossom, L33 Clefairy
Team Flora Grunt(M): Third ambush, first checkpoint; L45 Cacturne, L46 Victreebel, L33 Girafarig
Team Flora Grunt(F): First ambush, second checkpoint; L45 Cacturne, L46 Tangela, L38 Cacnea
Team Flora Grunt(M): Second ambush, second checkpoint; L45 Cacturne, L46 Ariados, L38 Wobbuffet
Team Flora Grunt(F): Third ambush, second checkpoint; L45 Cacturne, L46 Qwilfish, L38 Aron
Team Flora Grunt(M): First ambush, third checkpoint; L45 Cacturne, L46 Shuckle, L43 Volbeat
Team Flora Grunt(F): Second ambush, third checkpoint; L45 Cacturne, L46 Masquerain, L43 Illumise
Team Flora Grunt(M): Third ambush, third checkpoint; L45 Cacturne, L46 Tropius, L50 Ditto
Team Flora Grunt(F): On the deck; L45 Cacturne, L46 Salamence, L43 Kecleon
 
Last edited:
This piece of data will require two transmissions of the passwords on Shadow Crystal, Reclaim Crystal, and all 9 odd-numbered Shadow Cubes (i.e. 01, 05, 13, etc.). First, transmit the passwords to the Tajiri server, and make sure you connect with Pokémon XD: Gale of Darkness via Wi-Fi. Trainers' City with an open History Center is a requirement for this data. (Having the Megapedia and Midgarpedia already on the shelves is not required. You can get those two and the encyclopedia set obtained in this piece of data in any order.) You'll recieve an e-mail from Harrison saying that he wants to talk to you, but he asks you not to go by the History Center, since he's currently at the Realgam Tower. Head there and compete in what appears to be the lamest knockout challenge in Orre's history. Here are the teams:

Cooltrainer Bernie(M): L5 Taillow, L5 Zigzagoon
Fun Old Man Gregory(M): L5 Pidgey, L5 Ratatta
Cooltrainer Emily(F): L5 Hoothoot, L5 Sentret
Leader Aeris(F): L5 Chansey, L5 Cleffa, L5 Igglybuff

Once you've won, you'll recieve 86 units of Orre's currency but nothing else. Harrison will walk up to you and tell you that there's an encyclopedia set that was supposed to have come to Orre but, for some reason, never arrived at the History Center. He'll ask you have the "blue blur's first game on the system you're playing", and request that you send the passwords that you sent earlier to the server that matches that game. Prepare the same passwords that you had just transmitted to the Tajiri server, but transmit them to the Naka server this time. Once transmitted, Harrison will give the quick password, which does the work of the 10 you sent earlier, and will then ask that you insert the disc of the game he mentioned. The game Harrison mentioned is Sonic Adventure 2 Battle. Once you have Sonic Adventure 2 Battle in your Gamecube, Harrison's face will move from the TV screen to the top screen of the DS, and he'll ask that you clear 60 objectives in Sonic Adventure 2 Battle, much like Sonic Adventure DX: Director's Cut's mission mode. 60 numbers will appear on the bottom screen. Touch one to go to the matching objective. (The objective data is streamed from the DS to the Gamecube to highlight the data needed. Once an objective is completed, the progress is saved onto the Trainers' City file on the Memory Card.)

Anyway, you have to clear all 60 of Harrison's objectives to obtain the matching encyclopedia set. Only the first five are available when you start. When you clear an objective, the first grayed-out objective will become available, and the clear status of the objective you just completed is saved to the Trainers' City file. You can re-access a completed objective, but you can't unlock additional objectives or prizes for completing the objective a subsequent time. Here's a list of things you'll need to do in Sonic Adventure 2 Battle:

Objective 1:
Description: "You've been mistaken for 'the faker'! Make it to the goal ring!"
Stage: Radical Highway 1P
Character: Sonic
Time Limit: None
Goal: Simply put, the mission is to clear Radical Highway Mission 5 as Sonic. Once you do that, you've cleared the objective.
Special Notes: None.

Objective 2:
Description: "Survive for one minute against the GUN Troops!"
Stage: Cosmic Wall 2P
Character: Metal Sonic
Time Limit: 1 minute
Goal: There are 10 GUN Troops gunning for Metal Sonic. You can survive by collecting rings and ducking their fire, but a real easy way to win this one is to simply invoke Black Shield and keep it activated. If Metal Sonic is still alive after one minute, the objective is cleared. Alternately, you can win by destroying all the GUN Troops.
Special Notes: Black Shield replaces the Spin Dash. Metal Sonic has no upgrades.

Objective 3:
Description: "Protect Omochao and head for the Goal Ring!"
Stage: City Escape 1P
Character: Amy
Time Limit: None
Goal: The mission played here is Mission 1 except that the Chao containers are replaced by ordinary wooden GUN-symbol crates. Board down the first part as usual. Once at the bottom, grab Omochao before GUN Troops arrive. Omochao will become an icon next to the Rings. If Amy is hit, Omochao will scatter with the rings. If GUN Troops destroy Omochao, you lose a life. Make it to the end of the stage to complete the objective.
Special Notes: Amy has no upgrades, but can spin-dash. Additionally, Amy is too slow to outrun the GUN truck on foot, so she'll be boarding down that stretch of the stage.

Objective 4:
Description: "Chao on steroids! Make it to the limo before they do!"
Stage: Route 101 1P
Character: red face paint
Time Limit: Normal
Goal: The mission played here is Mission 1. red face paint must outrun seven Chao that have been enhanced by steroids. These Chao can move as fast as red face paint's car. You must make it to the President's limo before any of the Chao do, and without running over any of the Chao. You fail, and thus lose a life, if you either don't reach the limo in time or you run over a Chao.
Special Notes: None.

Objective 5:
Description: "Find three keys before the treasure hunter does!"
Stage: Egg Quarters 1P
Character: Chaos Zero
Time Limit: None
Goal: There are five keys hidden throughout the stage, of which you are playing Mission 1. You have to find three of them before red face paint does, or else you lose a life. red face paint starts in the Egg Snake Chamber, so you don't immediately clash. You clear the objective if you find three keys before red face paint finds three. The Chao containers here are replaced by wooden Eggman-symbol crates.
Special Notes: Chaos Zero has a digging upgrade.

Objective 6:
Description: "Find five fake Goal Rings aboard the ARK, then cross the real one!"
Stage: Lost Colony 1P
Character: Tails
Time Limit: None
Goal: There are five hidden Goal Rings in the stage. All five are fake. These five fake Goal Rings are hidden where you normally wouldn't go during a typical Mission 1 of Lost Colony, which is what you're playing. The normal checkpoints are removed, each of the fake Goal Rings is a checkpoint used in this objective. Once you've found all five fake Goal Rings, cross the real Goal Ring. If you did find all five fake Goal Rings, you clear the objective. The real Goal Ring will read "Back" if there are still fake Goal Rings out there.
Special Notes: None.

Objective 7:
Description: "Stop Metal Sonic from seizing the Goal Ring in the grind course!"
Stage: Grind Race 2P
Character: Shadow
Time Limit: None
Goal: As Shadow, it's your goal to beat Metal Sonic to the Goal Ring. Clearing the objective is as simple as that. However, Metal Sonic is a bit aggressive, so prepare to retry a few times.
Special Notes: Metal Sonic has no spin-dash and no upgrades.

Objective 8:
Description: "Collect all 10 Eggman balloons within the time limit!"
Stage: Sand Ocean 2P
Character: Dark Chao Walker
Time Limit: 1 Minute
Goal: 10 balloons with Eggman's face on them will appear. You have to burst them all within one minute to clear the objective, or else you lose a life. The method you use is up to you.
Special Notes: Dark Chao Walker has the Hover upgrade.

Objective 9:
Description: "Switched around! Can you clear the core with the counterparts?"
Stage: Cannon's Core 1P
Character: Eggman, Tails, Knuckles, red face paint, Shadow
Time Limit: None
Goal: Clear Mission 1 of Cannon's Core. However, you'll have to use each character's opposite-story counterpart! That means you'll be playing Tails's portion as Eggman and vice versa, red face paint's portion as Knuckles and vice versa, and Sonic's portion as Shadow. Once you reach the Goal Ring, the objective is clear.
Special Notes: red face paint has the breathing upgrade. Shadow has the bouncing upgrade.

Objective 10:
Description: "Bamboozled! Can you clear the core with the Battle characters?"
Stage: Cannon's Core 1P
Character: Chao Walker, Dark Chao Walker, Chaos Zero, Tikal, Amy
Time Limit: None
Goal: Clear Mission 1 of Cannon's Core. However, you'll have to use each character's Battle Mode contemporary! That means you'll be playing Tails's portion as Chao Walker, Eggman's portion as Dark Chao Walker, red face paint's portion as Chaos Zero, Knuckles's portion as Tikal, and Sonic's portion as Amy. Once you reach the Goal Ring, the objective is clear. The three Chao containers are replaced by three steel GUN-symbol crates.
Special Notes: Chao Walker has all of Tails's upgrades except Mystic Melody. Dark Chao Walker has all of Eggman's upgrades except Protection Armor and Mystic Melody. Chaos Zero has all of red face paint's upgrades except Mystic Melody and Treasure Scope. Tikal has all of Knuckles's upgrades except Sunglasses and Mystic Melody. Amy has all of Sonic's upgrades except Magic Hands and Mystic Melody.

Objective 11:
Description: "Main card, Knuckles vs. the canine! Side card, Chao Walker vs. Egg Golem!"
Stage: R-1/A Flying Dog Boss Stage, Egg Golem Boss Stage (Eggman Version)
Character: Knuckles, Chao Walker
Time Limit: None
Goal: As Knuckles, beat R-1/A Flying Dog the same way red face paint would. Once R-1/A Flying Dog is a scrap heap, have Chao Walker defeat the Egg Golem like Eggman did. Careful--if you lose a life, you'll have to start over from R-1/A Flying Dog! Once Egg Golem is defeated, you've cleared the objective.
Special Notes: Chao Walker has the Hover and Steel Container-destroying upgrades.

Objective 12:
Description: "Four hunters, seven Emeralds, one quest."
Stage: Mad Space 1P
Character: Knuckles, red face paint, Tikal, Chaos Zero
Time Limit: None
Goal: All 7 Chaos Emeralds have been hidden in Mad Space. Only teamwork can find all seven. You start as Knuckles. Any character can find the Emeralds, but no character can find more than 2. To rotate characters, either find an Emerald and you'll rotate to the next character in line (i.e. Knuckles to red face paint, red face paint to Tikal, Tikal to Chaos Zero, Chaos Zero to Knuckles), or bring up one of three switch options in the action window. These options are "Switch to Knuckles", "Switch to red face paint", "Switch to Tikal", and "Switch to Chaos Zero". (Each character has all of the options except the one to switch to that character. Example: Knuckles can't access "Switch to Knuckles".) You can't switch to a character if they've found two Emeralds already; in that case, if you find an Emerald and the next character in line can't go out, the rotation continues until there's an able hunter (i.e. if Tikal's already found two and it's red face paint's turn and red face paint finds an Emerald, Chaos Zero is the next to participate). Anyway, once all seven Emeralds are found, the objective is cleared. Any Emeralds found are kept if a life is lost. All three Chao containers are replaced by steel GUN-symbol containers.
Special Notes: Tikal mirrors Knuckles's upgrades. Chaos Zero mirrors red face paint's upgrades.

Objective 13:
Description: "Boarding contest! Beat the steroid-induced Chao in snowboarding!"
Stage: Downtown Race 2P
Character: Sonic
Time Limit: None
Goal: The Chao on steroids are back, and this time they're participating in a snowboard race! As Sonic, you have to beat all 7 Chao to the Goal Ring. The Chao move as fast as Sonic does on a snowboard. You lose a life if either a Chao makes it to the Goal Ring before Sonic does or if Sonic kills one of the Chao. You clear the objective if Sonic makes it to the goal ring first.
Special Notes: None.

Objective 14:
Description: "Collect all 10 Omochao disguised as Pikachu!"
Stage: Death Chamber 1P
Character: Tikal
Time Limit: None
Goal: It's up to Tikal to find 10 Omochao that have on Pikachu suits. All 10 of them are hidden, either inside a chest, underground, or inside a steel container. Tikal is playing in the mission 1 version of the battleground. Once you find all 10 of the fake Pikachu, the objective is cleared. Any Omochao found are kept if a life is lost. All three Chao containers are replaced by steel Eggman-symbol containers.
Special Notes: Tikal has the digging and steel container-opening upgrades.

Objective 15:
Description: "Three Chao lost! Find them all back-to-back!"
Stage: Radical Highway 1P, Weapons Bed 1P, Death Chamber 1P
Character: Sonic, Tails, red face paint
Time Limit: 20 Minutes
Goal: To clear this objective, you have to complete 3 Mission 3s back-to-back within the time limit. First, you have to go through Radical Highway with Sonic. Once you find that stage's Lost Chao, you'll move on to Weapons Bed with Tails. Find that stage's Lost Chao, then you'll move on to Death Chamber with red face paint. You clear the objective when you find this Lost Chao. However, if you lose a life, you'll start with the full 20 Minutes at the start of Radical Highway with Sonic.
Special Notes: red face paint has the underwater-breathing upgrade.

Objective 16:
Description: "The island's about to blow! Can Amy make it off?"
Stage: Green Forest 1P, White Jungle 1P
Character: Amy
Time Limit: 8 Minutes (Green Forest), 10 Minutes (White Jungle)
Goal: Amy will be dropped into Green Forest. It's your goal to make sure she clears the Mission 1s of both Green Forest and White Jungle. The goal ring at Green Forest is a checkpoint that will start you off with 10 minutes in White Jungle when crossed. Once both stages are cleared, the objective is also cleared. All three Chao containers in each stage are replaced by wooden GUN-symbol containers.
Special Notes: Amy has the Light Dash upgrade and can get Ancient Light in the Green Forest half of the objective. If Amy gets Ancient Light in Green Forest, she'll keep it for White Jungle.

Objective 17:
Description: "It's a metal showdown in the harbor of metal!"
Stage: Metal Harbor 1P
Character: Metal Sonic
Time Limit: 2 Minutes 15 Seconds
Goal: All you have to do to clear this objective is to clear Mission 4 of Metal Harbor as Metal Sonic. It's not that easy, though, since this mission has a 2 minute time limit. 15 seconds are added on for Metal Sonic to get a certain upgrade needed to complete the level. All three Chao containers are replaced by wooden GUN-symbol containers.
Special Notes: Black Shield replaces the Spin Dash. Metal Sonic can get the Light Dash upgrade in this level--and must do so to complete it.

Objective 18:
Description: "Bank 500 Rings in 10 minutes!"
Stage: Route 280
Character: Tails
Time Limit: 10 Minutes
Goal: The 100 Ring requirement for Mission 2 is bumped off from this objective in favor of a 10-minute time limit. During this time, you drive through Route 280 as Tails, collecting ring after ring until either you collect 500 and complete the objective or time runs out and you lose a life.
Special Notes: The 10-minute countdown clock replaces the checkpoint clock.

Objective 19:
Description: "Defend the Bonsly plush from the Chao Walker squad!"
Stage: Lost Colony 2P
Character: Knuckles
Time Limit: 3 Minutes
Goal: Knuckles is holding the Bonsly plush when the stage begins. All Knuckles has to do is protect the Bonsly plush from being destroyed by Chao Walker and Dark Chao Walker. If Knuckles can do that, the objective is cleared. Alternately, you can clear the objective by wrecking both Chao Walker and Dark Chao Walker without the Bonsly plush being destroyed.
Special Notes: The Bonsly plush can take 5 hits from a Power Laser-quality attack before it's destroyed. Both Chao Walker and Dark Chao Walker have the hover upgrade.

Objective 20:
Description: "The ultimate life form isn't afraid to hit a girl..."
Stage: Biolizard Boss Stage
Character: Amy
Time Limit: None
Goal: Simply put, you have to defeat the Biolizard using Amy to complete this objective. Not exactly the easiest task in the world, since her speed isn't up to par with Shadow. However, Amy does start the fight with a Shield power-up so that she can survive at least one hit.
Special Notes: Amy doesn't have any upgrades, but can spin-dash.

Objective 21:
Description: "Break out of prison!"
Stage: Dry Lagoon 1P
Character: Knuckles
Time Limit: None
Goal: Knuckles will be inside the Oasis Prison's cell when the stage begins. Knuckles must make it to the Goal ring, located at the Back ring location during Missions 2 and 3, going through the Mission 5 environment, except with more GUN Troops breathing down his neck! Once Knuckles reaches the Goal ring, the objective is cleared.
Special Notes: None.

Objective 22:
Description: "It's a game of keep-away! Keep the steroids away from the steroid-hungry Chao!"
Stage: Weapons Bed 2P
Character: Sonic
Time Limit: 3 Minutes
Goal: Sonic, Shadow, Knuckles, and red face paint are being mobbed by seven steroid-hungry Chao! Sonic starts holding the steroids. You have to make sure none of the Chao touch the steroids, or else you lose a life. You also lose a life if you kill one of the Chao. If 3 minutes pass and the Chao haven't touched the steroids, you complete the objective. Just for the record, Shadow, Knuckles, and red face paint are controlled by the computer and are your allies in this quest of keeping the steroids away from the Chao.
Special Notes: None.

Objective 23:
Description: "Find the one Pikachu sign posted in the space grind park!"
Stage: Final Rush 1P
Character: Shadow
Time Limit: None
Goal: There is a sign with Pikachu's picture on it somewhere in Final Rush mission 3, except there's no Lost Chao. It's Shadow's job to find it and walk up to it. It's hidden randomly, but not in inaccessible locations. If Shadow finds it, the objective is complete.
Special Notes: None.

Objective 24:
Description: "What in the world are hula dancers doing on Prison Island?"
Stage: Prison Lane 1P
Character: Chao Walker
Time Limit: None
Goal: Another sign-finding mission, except this time, you must find Floreia and five other hula dancers hidden randomly around Prison Lane mission 3, again minus the Lost Chao, and walk up to their signs. Again, the signs are not in inaccessible locations. If the Chao Walker finds all six signs, the objective is complete. All found signs carry over between lives. All three Chao containers are replaced by wooden GUN-symbol containers.
Special Notes: Chao Walker has no upgrades.

Objective 25:
Description: "Find the ladies of the gyms, except the one from Glendale!"
Stage: Crazy Gadget 1P
Character: Metal Sonic
Time Limit: None
Goal: There are signs of the following people hidden around a Lost Chao-free Crazy Gadget Mission 3: Misty, Erika, Janine, Sabrina, Aeris (Kanto), Whitney, Jasmine, Clair, Roxanne, Flannery, Winona, Tate & Liza, Cissy, and Luana. Tate & Liza are on separate signs, they were only mentioned together to not get the wrong impression. Anyway, as Metal Sonic, you have to walk up to all of the signs EXCEPT the Aeris (Kanto) one. If you walk up to all of the signs except Aeris (Kanto), the objective is complete. If you really want to know what will happen if you walk up to the sign of Aeris (Kanto), you'll lose a life and must start the mission over from scratch. If you lose a life by any cause other than walking up to the Aeris (Kanto) sign, all found signs carry over between lives. In addition, all three Chao containers are replaced by steel GUN-symbol containers.
Special Notes: Metal Sonic has the light dash, bounce, and steel container-opening upgrades. Black Shield replaces Spin Dash.

Objective 26:
Description: "Find the gentlemen of the gyms! Vastfield optional."
Stage: Meteor Herd 1P
Character: Chaos Zero
Time Limit: None
Goal: There are signs of the following people hidden around a Lost Chao-free Meteor Herd Mission 3: Brock, Lt. Surge, Koga, Blaine, Giovanni, Falkner, Bugsy, Morty, Chuck, Pryce, Brawly, Wattson, Norman, Wallace, Jason, Juan, Danny, and Rudy. As Chaos Zero, you have to walk up to all of the signs EXCEPT the Jason one. If you walk up to all of the signs except Jason, the objective is complete. Unlike Objective 25, where walking up to Aeris (Kanto) claimed a life if you walked up to it, walking up to Jason is not harmful but still not required, and will give you a Lightning Shield power-up if you walk up to it. All found signs except Jason's carry over between lives. All three Chao containers are replaced by steel GUN-symbol containers.
Special Notes: Chaos Zero has the digging and steel container-opening upgrades.

Objective 27:
Description: "Can you survive the last 10 seconds of your life?"
Stage: Iron Gate 2P
Character: Sonic
Time Limit: 10 Seconds
Goal: GUN Troops are gunning for Sonic from the word go. Sonic doesn't start with any power-ups and has no rings. Use the Homing Attack to keep moving and destroying some of the GUN Troops. If you survive the 10 seconds, the mission is cleared. Though very unlikely, the mission can also be cleared if you destroy all of the GUN Troops.
Special Notes: None.

Objective 28:
Description: "You've been framed! Can you escape the compound in disguise?"
Stage: Security Hall 1P
Character: Tikal (disguised as Cream)
Time Limit: 1 Minute 15 Seconds
Goal: The headline is blaming Tikal for a robbery at a government compound. Problem is, it was really red face paint in a disguise pretending to be Tikal! With a Cream disguise on, Tikal must make it out of the Security Hall alive. The disguise weighs Tikal down slightly, slowing her down. Once you make it to the Goal ring, which is where the switch for the Red Block is, you've cleared the objective. This is a Lost Chao-free Mission 3 objective. All three Chao containers are replaced by wooden GUN-symbol crates.
Special Notes: Tikal has the digging upgrade. Additionally, at the 00:37:30 point, Tikal will unleash a complaint about how heavy the costume is.

Objective 29:
Description: "It's a demolition derby! Take out all 15 cars in a limited time!"
Stage: Beginner Kart Course
Character: Tails
Time Limit: 3 Minutes
Goal: You're driving Tails's Story Mode vehicle on the Kart Mode track. There are 15 vehicles typically seen on Route 101 or Route 280 on the track. As Tails, you must take out all 15 within 3 minutes to clear the objective.
Special Notes: None.

Objective 30:
Description: "Find the picture of Michael hidden underwater!"
Stage: Aquatic Mine 1P
Character: red face paint
Time Limit: None
Goal: red face paint must embark to find a picture of Michael, the main character of Pokémon XD: Gale of Darkness, hidden randomly underwater. Don't worry about air, red face paint already has an Air Necklace at the ready. Once you find Michael, the objective is cleared. This is a Lost Chao-free Mission 3 objective.
Special Notes: red face paint has the digging and underwater-breathing upgrades.

Objective 31:
Description: "Beat the Chao on steroids to two Master Emerald shards!"
Stage: Death Chamber 1P
Character: Tikal
Time Limit: None
Goal: Again, you're facing seven Chao that have been sucking up steroids. They'll move as fast as Tikal and can dig at that same speed. There are five Master Emerald shards in this mission, but Tikal only needs to find two to clear the objective. If the steroid-induced Chao find four Master Emerald shards before Tikal finds two, you lose a life. You also lose a life if one of the steroid-induced Chao loses a life to your blow. The good news is that the steroid-induced Chao cannot dive, so if there's a shard underwater, only Tikal can grab it. This is a Mission 1 objective. All three Chao containers are replaced by steel Eggman-symbol crates.
Special Notes: Tikal has the digging, underwater breathing, and steel container-opening upgrades.

Objective 32:
Description: "Find all seven Frontier Brains in the area of ARK before ARK crashes!"
Stage: Lost Colony 1P, Eternal Engine 1P, Cosmic Wall 1P, Mad Space 1P, Meteor Herd 1P, Crazy Gadget 1P, Final Chase 1P
Character: Tails, Dark Chao Walker, Chao Walker, Knuckles, Chaos Zero, Amy, Sonic
Time Limit: 27 Minutes 45 Seconds
Goal: There are seven signs with a Frontier Brain's picture all over ARK. You must find them in order. Each sign appears randomly in its respective stage (which is a Lost Chao-free Mission 3) and must be found by that respective character. Here's the lineup:
  • Anabel, Battle Tower, Lost Colony, Tails
  • Tucker, Battle Dome, Eternal Engine, Dark Chao Walker
  • Noland, Battle Factory, Cosmic Wall, Chao Walker
  • Lucy, Battle Pike, Mad Space, Knuckles
  • Spenser, Battle Palace, Meteor Herd, Chaos Zero
  • Greta, Battle Arena, Crazy Gadget, Amy
  • Brandon, Battle Pyramid, Final Chase, Sonic
You have as much time as Gerald Robotnik said Earth had left during his threat in the Final Story, rounded to the closer value, to find all seven signs. Each sign is a checkpoint. If a character loses a life after finding a Frontier Brain, the next life will begin with the same character with the same time that the one that went before had remaining. Once you find Brandon's sign, you clear the objective. All three Chao containers in each stage except Lost Colony, Mad Space, and Final Chase are replaced by three steel GUN-symbol crates. If time runs out, you lose a life and will start again from Lost Colony as Tails with 27:45:00 remaining on the clock.
Special Notes: Dark Chao Walker and Chao Walker both have the steel container-breaking and hover upgrades. Chaos Zero has the digging and steel container-breaking upgrades. Amy has the bounce, steel-container breaking, and light dashing upgrades.

Objective 33:
Description: "Fake Goal Rings all over the canyon! Can you find them all?"
Stage: Wild Canyon 1P
Character: red face paint
Time Limit: None
Goal: Where a time limit would be shown is a number. That's the number of fake Goal Rings that remain in Wild Canyon, of which you're going through a Lost Chao-free Mission 3. There are 128 fake Goal Rings in all, and you have to cross every single one to complete the objective. No fewer than 20 but no more than 32 of the fake Goal Rings are in hidden chambers that require digging into the chamber or warping through a Mystic Melody portal to reach. Any fake Goal Rings found carry over between lives.
Special Notes: None.

Objective 34:
Description: "The government has trapped you inside the prison! Breach level 4 and find the famed Teleporter!"
Stage: Iron Gate 1P
Character: Tails
Time Limit: None
Goal: You must make your way through Iron Gate Mission 5 until you breach level 4. Somewhere between the first level 4 security door and the first level 5 security door is a sign with Abra's picture on it. Walk up to it to clear the objective. If you manage to pass it and breach level 5, when you reach the Goal Ring, it will read Back and return you to the start.
Special Notes: None.

Objective 35:
Description: "Escort Pikachu to the Death Chamber!"
Stage: Pyramid Cave 1P
Character: Shadow
Time Limit: None
Goal: Pikachu will follow Shadow during the entire mission and will always keep up. All Shadow has to do is make it through Pyramid Cave Mission 1 to clear the objective.
Special Notes: Shadow can grab the Bounce Bracelet upgrade in this level--and must do so in order to complete it.

Objective 36:
Description: "Hey, Pumpkin Hill's not THAT scary..."
Stage: Sky Rail 1P
Character: Amy
Time Limit: 10 Minutes 30 Seconds
Goal: To clear the objective, Amy must make it through Sky Rail...three times. The first two times, Amy must make it to the Goal Ring in Mission 1, which will read Back and start the next lap. The third lap is done in Mission 5, and once Amy reaches the Goal Ring during this lap, the objective is clear. In addition to the normal checkpoints, time will carry over between laps should you lose a life between the start of a lap and the first checkpoint of that lap. An interesting twist to this objective is that the sky will change for each lap. On the first lap, the sky and lighting will be Sky Rail's normal sky and lighting, but will become Pumpkin Hill's sky and lighting for lap two, and Sand Ocean's sky and lighting for lap three.
Special Notes: Amy has the light dash and steel container-opening upgrades, and can also spin-dash.

Objective 37:
Description: "...or is it?"
Stage: Pumpkin Hill 1P
Character: Chaos Zero
Time Limit: 10 Minutes 30 Seconds
Goal: To clear this objective, Chaos Zero must find the Goal Ring hidden randomly somewhere on Pumpkin Hill....three times. The first two times, it will read Back and will start you on the next search. The first two times are Lost Chao-free versions of Mission 3, while the third search is Mission 5 with the Emerald shards removed, and once you clear the Goal Ring here, the objective is clear. Time will carry over between searches should you lose a life during a search. An interesting twist to this objective is that the sky will change for each lap. On the first lap, the sky and lighting will be that of Sky Rail, but will become the normal Pumpkin Hill sky and lighting for lap two, and Sand Ocean's sky and lighting for lap three. All three Chao containers are replaced by wooden GUN-symbol crates.
Special Notes: Chaos Zero has the digging upgrade.

Objective 38:
Description: "Someone most definitely took a wrong turn on their way to Vegas..."
Stage: Sand Ocean 1P
Character: Tails
Time Limit: None
Goal: You're playing Mission 2 of Sand Ocean as Tails...except all the Rings have been removed and Tails doesn't have a life bar. Tails starts with 100 Rings, and whenever Tails crosses a checkpoint, the ring supply is replenished to 100. Tails loses 20 Rings when hit. During this mission, other than losing only 20 Rings when hit, Tails's ring behavior is similar to that of Sonic, Shadow, Amy, Metal Sonic, Knuckles, red face paint, Tikal, or Chaos Zero. If Tails has no Rings when he's hit, he loses a life. Tails's goal is to reach the Goal Ring with at least 50 Rings. If Tails makes it to the Goal Ring with at least 50 Rings, the objective is completed. If Tails has less than 50 Rings when the Goal Ring is reached, Tails must return to the start of the stage...with no Rings to his name. All Ring and First-Aid power-up boxes have been replaced with other power-ups, such as shields, extra lives, and speed boosts.
Special Notes: None.

Objective 39:
Description: "Where did I take that wrong turn?"
Stage: Hidden Base 1P
Character: Dark Chao Walker
Time Limit: None
Goal: You're playing Mission 2 of Hidden Base as Dark Chao Walker...except all the Rings have been removed and Dark Chao Walker doesn't have a life bar. Dark Chao Walker starts with 100 Rings, and whenever Dark Chao Walker crosses a checkpoint, the ring supply is replenished to 100. Dark Chao Walker loses 20 Rings when hit. During this mission, other than losing only 20 Rings when hit, Dark Chao Walker's ring behavior is similar to that of Sonic, Shadow, Amy, Metal Sonic, Knuckles, red face paint, Tikal, or Chaos Zero. Dark Chao Walker's goal is to reach the Goal Ring with at least 50 Rings. If Dark Chao Walker makes it to the Goal Ring with at least 50 Rings, the objective is completed. If Dark Chao Walker has less than 50 Rings when the Goal Ring is reached, Dark Chao Walker must return to the start of the stage...with no Rings to his name. All Ring and First-Aid power-up boxes have been replaced with other power-ups, such as shields, extra lives, and speed boosts, and all Chao containers are replaced by steel Eggman-symbol crates.
Special Notes: Dark Chao Walker has all upgrades except Mystic Melody and Protection Armor.

Objective 40:
Description: "Don't let the steroid-induced Chao make it to the pyramid's Goal Ring!"
Stage: Pyramid Race 2P
Character: Knuckles
Time Limit: None
Goal: All of the shootable obstacles in the stage are removed. The steroid-induced Chao move as fast as Knuckles does, and will move in the opposite lane as Knuckles...until they reach a roadblock of indestructible crates, when they'll get into Knuckles's lane. Knuckles must make it to the Goal Ring before any of the steroid-induced Chao do. If Knuckles delivers a blow to a steroid-induced Chao, he loses a life, but nothing happens if Knuckles hits one of the spiked obstacles in the last part of the course.
Special Notes: None

Objective 41:
Description: "Frame Tails!"
Stage: Mission Street 1P
Character: Eggman (disguised as Tails and using Tails's alternate 2P machine)
Time Limit: None
Goal: You must get rid of every destructible obstacle as you make your way through Mission Street Mission 1 (with the enemies removed) in an attempt to frame Tails. Destructible obstacles include cars, barricades, destructible pieces of roadway, even destroyable crates! You must destroy everything or you'll lose a life upon crossing the Goal Ring.
Special Notes: Eggman will complain about how cramped the machine is every minute on the minute. Eggman's voice in the complaining is different than his voice in the main game.

Objective 42:
Description: "Chaos Emerald on the loose! It's on the bridge, but radar's not working!"
Stage: Mission Street 2P
Character: Knuckles
Time Limit: None
Goal: One Chaos Emerald is hidden somewhere in the stage. It's in either a power-up monitor or a balloon. You'll have to find it blind, though, because the Chaos Emerald radar isn't working. Once you find the Emerald, you'll clear the objective.
Special Notes: None

Objective 43:
Description: "Tails's experiment's gone awry! Protect Amy from Tails!"
Stage: Eternal Engine 2P
Character: Sonic (using Eggman's alternate 2P vehicle)
Time Limit: 1 Minute
Goal: Sonic has managed to steal one of Eggman's contraptions. Tails's most recent experiment in trying to give the Cyclone the ability to dig, however, has backfired, causing Tails to become insane for 5 minutes, in which time he broke into the chamber where Amy stood and started attacking. Sonic will arrive on the scene with 1 minute left to go before the insanity effect wears off, but Amy is just one hit from death! Your goal is to make sure Amy's still alive when the insanity effect wears off, while not harming Tails in the process. Sonic and Amy share a ring meter, so whatever rings Sonic has, Amy also has. In addition, Amy is controlled by a CPU, which means she can collect rings to add to your count as well as duck Tails's attacks. Once the minute is up, Tails will regain his sanity and the objective is clear.
Special Notes: Sonic has hijacked a machine that has only the Protection Armor upgrade, and he'll mention that it's a barebones model with 30 seconds left. Amy can spin-dash and has the Light Dash and bouncing upgrades.

Objective 44:
Description: "It's a brawl for the ages! Beat everyone else to the goal!"
Stage: Deck Race 2P
Character: Chao Walker
Time Limit: None
Goal: Your goal is to get the Chao Walker to the Goal Ring first. It's not as easy as it sounds, since you'll start in the left lane along with Tails, while Eggman and Dark Chao Walker start in the right lane. Anyway, if Chao Walker makes it there first, the objective is clear.
Special Notes: Chao Walker has the hovering upgrade.

Objective 45:
Description: "I WON'T let ANYONE put a fake Goal Ring on top of my Hidden Base!"
Stage: Hidden Base 2P
Character: red face paint
Time Limit: None
Goal: There are four characters on top of Hidden Base. You're playing red face paint. Also up there are Tikal, Amy, and Dark Chao Walker. Anyway, the fake Goal Ring is in the air above the pit. To clear the objective, red face paint is the one that must grab it. The best way is to get to the highest possible launch point and glide over. Amy is practically no competition, since her Homing Attack can't go that far, but you do have to beware: Dark Chao Walker can hover to the fake Goal Ring, and Tikal can glide that far! If either of them touch the fake Goal Ring first, you lose a life.
Special Notes: Dark Chao Walker is the only character in the mission with an upgrade, the hover upgrade. Additionally, this is one of only 2 descriptions that someone says the line, in this case Eggman on the opening screen on the Gamecube. Eggman's voice for this description is different from his voice in the main game.

Objective 46:
Description: "It's the Dark Story vs. themselves!"
Stage: Eggman Boss Stage 1, Shadow Boss Stage 1, red face paint Boss Stage, Eggman Boss Stage 2, Shadow Boss Stage 2
Character: Eggman, Shadow, red face paint (all with alternate 2P costumes)
Time Limit: None
Goal: In this very weird cross, you're playing each of the Hero Story battles against Dark Story characters...using the Dark Story characters! Simply put, it's Eggman vs. Eggman, Shadow vs. Shadow, red face paint vs. red face paint, Eggman vs. Eggman, and Shadow vs. Shadow, in that order. You have to clear each one in sequence to complete the objective. There are two checkpoints, one before Eggman vs. Eggman 2, and one before Shadow vs. Shadow 2. If you're not up to Eggman vs. Eggman 2, if you lose a life, you'll go all the way back to Eggman vs. Eggman 1. If you're in Eggman vs. Eggman 2 or Shadow vs. Shadow 2, you'll only have to restart the fight if you lose a life.
Special Notes: None.

Objective 47:
Description: "It's the Hero Story vs. themselves!"
Stage: Tails Boss Stage 1, Sonic Boss Stage 1, Knuckles Boss Stage, Tails Boss Stage 2, Sonic Boss Stage 2
Chracter: Tails, Sonic, Knuckles (all with alternate 2P costumes)
Time Limit: None
Goal: In this very weird cross, you're playing each of the Dark Story battles against Hero Story characters...using the Hero Story characters! Simply put, it's Tails vs. Tails, Sonic vs. Sonic, Knuckles vs. Knuckles, Tails vs. Tails, and Sonic vs. Sonic, in that order. You have to clear each one in sequence to complete the objective. There are two checkpoints, one before Tails vs. Tails 2, and one before Sonic vs. Sonic 2. If you're not up to Tails vs. Tails 2, if you lose a life, you'll go all the way back to Tails vs. Tails 1. If you're in Tails vs. Tails 2 or Sonic vs. Sonic 2, you'll only have to restart the fight if you lose a life.
Special Notes: None.

Objective 48:
Description: "Can red face paint contend with the King of Ghosts?"
Stage: King Boom Boo Boss Stage, Egg Golem Boss Stage (Sonic Version)
Character: red face paint, Shadow
Time Limit: 5 Minutes (Each Stage)
Goal: To clear this objective, you have to have red face paint beat King Boom Boo, then have Shadow take on Egg Golem and win. Sounds easy, right? Well, no. Not only are you facing the bosses, but you also have to beat the clock! Not only that, but if you lose a life against Egg Golem, you'll have to face King Boom Boo all over again!
Special Notes: Shadow has the bounce upgrade.

Objective 49:
Description: "He* must contend with steroid-induced Chao."
The asterisk is a placeholder for a picture of the Chao known as Chacron.
Stage: Diamond Chao Race Course
Character: Chacron (a special Chao)
Time Limit: None
Goal: In this mission, you must participate in a Chao Race using the legendary Chao known as Chacron. Chacron is the favorite to win Challenge Races 2 and 10. This objective is Chacron's greatest challenge, since all seven of his opponents have been using steroids to enhance themselves. Their stats are the same as Chacron's. Control Chacron like you would any other Chao. To clear the objective, Chacron must win the race. You don't have to worry about bumping off the steroid-induced Chao since Chacron can't attack his opponents. If Chacron loses, you'll start the race over, and you won't even lose any lives. If Chacron wins, the objective is cleared.
Special Notes: Upon clearing this objective, you'll also win a special Chao for your Chao Garden. That special Chao is none other than Chacron himself, and he comes with maximum stats and S-ranks in all stats but is immortal and unable to breed. When you enter a Challenge Race, you cannot enter Chacron in Challenge Races 2 and 10. Chacron is considered a neutral Chao, which means you can use him in all of the Chao Races except for Challenge Races 2 and 10.

Objective 50:
Description: "Find the phoenix hidden in the city's battleground!"
Stage: F-6t Bigfoot Boss Stage
Character: Metal Sonic
Time Limit: 20 Seconds
Goal: One of the crates in the stage holds a phoenix, one of the animals that can boost a Chao's stats. To clear the objective, simply grab it while also defending yourself from Bigfoot. If you defeat Bigfoot in the time limit, you'll lose a life, grabbing the phoenix is the only way to clear the objective.
Special Notes: Black Shield replaces Spin Dash. Metal Sonic has no upgrades.

Objective 51:
Description: "Two Hotshots? Big deal."
Stage: B-3x Hotshot Boss Stage
Character: Amy
Time Limit: None
Goal: To clear this objective, you'll have to defeat not one but TWO B-3x Hotshots as Amy with the same life. Both Hotshots will be on the field at once. Hotshot #1 will use the normal boss life meter, while Hotshot #2 will use a life meter normally reserved for Tails, Eggman, Chao Walker, and Dark Chao Walker. Once you wreck one Hotshot, that wreckage will not leave the field. Once both Hotshots are destroyed, the objective is cleared.
Special Notes: Amy has no upgrades but can spin-dash. Both B-3x Hotshots' dialogue is altered to reference battling Amy more accurately.

Objective 52:
Description: "The return of the demolition! Take out 20 cars in a limited time!"
Stage: Expert Kart Course
Character: red face paint
Time Limit: 4 Minutes
Goal: You're driving red face paint's Story Mode vehicle on the Kart Mode track. There are 20 vehicles typically seen on Route 101 or Route 280 on the track. As red face paint, you must take out all 20 within 4 minutes to clear the objective.
Special Notes: None.

Objective 53:
Description: "Oh, great, I've got to face TWO of those things?!"
Stage: Tails Boss Stage 2
Character: Tails
Time Limit: None
Goal: To clear this objective, you'll have to defeat both Chao Walker AND Dark Chao Walker as Tails with the same life. Both opponents will be on the field at once. Dark Chao Walker will use the normal boss life meter, while Chao Walker's life meter will show as a percentage in the bottom right of the screen. Once you wreck either foe, that wreckage will not leave the field. Once both Dark Chao Walker and Chao Walker are finished off, the objective is cleared.
Special Notes: Chao Walker has all the upgrades of the AI Tails from Eggman's second fight against Tails, while Dark Chao Walker has all the upgrades of the AI Eggman from Tails's second fight against Eggman.

Objective 54:
Description: "Trust me, Shadow Lugia just WON'T fit in the Security Hall..."
Stage: Security Hall 1P
Character: Knuckles
Time Limit: 2 Minutes 30 Seconds
Goal: You're playing through Mission 4 of Security Hall using Knuckles. There are Chaos Emeralds here, but you don't need to find any of them to clear this objective. All you have to do to clear the objective is to search for a large sign depicting XD001 somewhere in the stage. Once you walk up to it, the objective is cleared. Alternately, you can complete Mission 4 normally to clear the objective without having to find XD001.
Special Notes: None.

Objective 55:
Description: "It's a night race against the streak of the night and the metal blur!"
Stage: City Escape 1P
Character: Sonic
Time Limit: None
Goal: To clear this objective, a Mission 1 objective, you have to cross the Goal Ring before either Shadow or Metal Sonic does so. Not an easy task. If either Shadow or Metal Sonic cross the goal ring first, you lose a life. Additionally, you're running the race at night (with the same sky and lighting as the F-6t Bigfoot boss fight), so it may be harder to see the GUN robots you're used to seeing during the day. Anyway, you clear the objective upon crossing the Goal Ring first.
Special Notes: Metal Sonic has no upgrades, and Black Shield replaces his Spin Dash.

Objective 56:
Description: It's a day race across the bridge against blue and pink blurs!"
Stage: Radical Highway 1P
Character: Shadow
Time Limit: None
Goal: To clear this objective, a Mission 1 objective, you have to cross the Goal Ring before either Sonic or Amy does so. A bit easier than Objective 55 since Amy's not as fast. If either Sonic or Amy cross the goal ring first, you lose a life. Additionally, you're running the race during the day (with the same sky and lighting as Metal Harbor), so it may be harder to see the GUN robots you're used to seeing at night. Anyway, you clear the objective upon crossing the Goal Ring.
Special Notes: Amy can spin-dash and has the Light Dash upgrade.

Objective 57:
Description: "OK, who turned on the lights in the colony?"
Stage: Lost Colony 1P
Character: Eggman
Time Limit: None
Goal: Eggman has to simply clear Lost Colony Mission 5 to clear the objective. Problem is, Lost Colony is supposed to be dark, yet it's lit as bright as Eternal Engine should be, so it's a bit tougher to navigate.
Special Notes: None

Objective 58:
Description: "Defeat the steroid-induced Chao once and for all!"
Stage: Hidden Base 2P
Character: An E-1000 series robot
Time Limit: 7 Minutes
Goal: Eggman has placed you in control of an E-1000 series robot. Control it as if it was Gamma from Sonic Adventure DX: Director's cut. Anyway, it's the final fight against the Chao who overdosed on steroids. The first one will appear at the start, and one more will appear every time a minute goes by on the clock. Each steroid-induced Chao takes three hits to kill, you can also defeat it by forcing it off the edge. The robot you're controlling has a life meter, once it's depleted, you lose a life. The number of hits each Chao has left is below that Chao's picture, all seven Chao have their pictures at the top right of the screen. If you clear all the Chao on the screen but there's still Chao yet to enter, the stage will be empty so that you can gather rings before the next Chao arrives. Once you've beaten all seven steroid-induced Chao, you clear the objective.
Special Notes: In addition to the regular unlocking conditions, this objective won't be unlocked until you've completed all of the following objectives: 4, 13, 22, 31, 40, and 49. The E-1000 series robot you're controlling has a hovering upgrade. Additionally, this is one of only 2 descriptions that someone says the line, in this case Eggman on the opening screen on the Gamecube. Eggman's voice for this description is different from his voice in the main game.

Objective 59:
Description: "Hey, who killed the colony's lights?!"
Stage: Eternal Engine 1P
Character: Tails
Time Limit: None
Goal: Tails has to simply clear Eternal Engine Mission 5 to clear the objective. Problem is, Eternal Engine is supposed to be bright, yet it's as dark as Lost Colony should be, so it's a bit tougher to navigate.
Special Notes: None

Objective 60:
Description: "Atmosphere entry in three minutes!"
Stage: Finalhazard Boss Stage
Character: Super Sonic and Super Shadow
Time Limit: 3 Minutes
Goal: For a final objective, this sure looks familiar...Anyway, you'll begin the batte with 2 minutes already having elapsed (the clock begins at 02:00:00), which gives you three minutes before the Space Colony ARK clears the atmosphere. That is also your time limit for this objective (it starts at 03:00:00 in the top right when it reads 02:00:00 in the top left). You must beat Finalhazard before the clock hits zero or you lose a life, regardless of how many rings the character you're using has remaining.
Special Notes: You must clear all 59 of the other objectives to unlock this one.


Anyway, once you clear all 60 objectives, you'll be prompted to switch discs again. When Harrison prompts you to insert "the source disc", insert your Pokémon XD: Gale of Darkness disc. Once that's done, Harrison's face will move from the DS to the television screen and he'll know that you've obtained the encyclopedia, called the BLURPEDIA, and will ask you to take it to the History Center. Take the 36-volume Blurpedia, which contains information about characters, enemies, and items from every Sonic game, to the History Center to complete the task and make those volumes readable.

Just for the record, if you must take a break during the task, you can transmit the quick password to the Tajiri server, retake the lame knockout challenge where the average Pokémon level is 5, and you'll talk to Harrison again. Then transmit the quick password to the Naka server to resume the task from where you left off. You can even re-access the objectives after clearing the mission in this fashion, in this case just touch an up arrow pointing to Harrison to return to Pokémon XD: Gale of Darkness.
 
Last edited:
If you transmit the passwords on all three Poké Spots and all Miror B. Trainer cards except Miror B. and Miror B. II to the Tajiri server, you'll unlock a new game for Realgam Tower in XD: Gale of Darkness.

This game is called the Custom Battle. In it, when you walk up to the reception counter, you'll be asked to transmit passwords of 6 Pokémon with a matching owner from any set that has passwords, either on the cards or discoverable through the "evil boxtopper" trick (JLM3 Aeris's Togepi's crashing the e-Reader with the card whose password you're seeking scanned into the e-Reader), to the Tajiri server. It can be any 6, just as long as the ownername and owner picture of the cards is the same and that the passwords of all 6 are different. The Custom Battle mode works by giving these Pokémon to the matching owner and you'll battle the trainer that has the Pokémon. Each Pokémon has its own preset stats and movesets, but the Pokémon can still work together to form a strong team. For example:

If you transmitted Erika's Vileplume, Erika's Ludicolo, Erika's Camerupt, Erika's Sceptile, Erika's Gardevoir, and Erika's Dragonite to the Tajiri server and stream the data into XD: Gale of Darkness, you'll then fight a team that looks like this:

Leader Erika(F): L50 Vileplume, L50 Ludicolo, L50 Camerupt, L50 Sceptile, L50 Gardevoir, L50 Dragonite

The transmission works with many ownernames, be it gym leaders, Elite Four members, other trainers, evil team leaders, Cipher/Snagem Admins from either era, Frontier Brains, Sonic series characters, Mega Man series characters, or Final Fantasy VII characters. However, there are some things to consider:

1. You won't get a legal team by mixing OI Drake cards with HE4 Drake cards. Look for the face.
2. You won't get a legal team by mixing Kanto Aeris cards with FF7 Aeris cards. Look for the face.
3. You won't get a legal team by mixing Liza cards with Tate & Liza cards. Look for the face(s).
4. You WILL get a legal team if you mix Evice cards with Cipher cards from Cipher/Snagem Threat or Cipher/Snagem Crisis. However, you won't get a legal team if you mix Evice cards with Cipher cards from this set since the Cipher cards from this set have Greevil registered as their team leader.
5. You WILL get a legal team if you mix Gonzap cards with Snagem cards from Cipher/Snagem Threat, Cipher/Snagem Crisis, or this set.
6. You WILL get a legal team if you mix Greevil cards with Cipher cards from this set. However, you won't get a legal team if you mix Greevil cards with Cipher cards from Cipher/Snagem Threat or Cipher/Snagem Crisis since the Cipher cards from those sets have Evice registered as their team leader.
7. Chao, Chocobo, non-owned Pokémon, and any fourth-generation Pokémon won't work.
8. Crystal Pokémon and Pokémon-ex will yield the normal Pokémon. Shining Pokémon and Pokémon-* will yield the alternate-color Pokémon but the same stats and movesets as the normal one.
9. JLM3 Aeris's Togepi and Togetic will not screw up the DS.

If you win this battle, you'll get a certain number of Pokécoupon points. Exactly how many depends on the Pokémon you fought in the battle, since each Pokémon has a set Pokécoupon point value ranging from 10 (Magikarp and Feebas) to 1000 (Mewtwo, Lugia, Kyogre, etc.).

Once a battle is in place, you can refight that battle as often as you want until you decide to change the battle with another transmission.
 
Last edited:
If you transmit the passwords on all 10 even-numbered Shadow Cubes (i.e 00 Retro, 04, 16, etc.) to the Tajiri server, you can download a special game to the DS. If you download the game via the passwords, other players can download the game from your DS and join in.

You remember the "Glendale Bingo" game from Missed Opportunities? You know, the lame game that only supported two players? Well, this piece of data is a much better bingo game than Glendale Bingo was. Unlike Glendale Bingo, Realgam Bingo (as this piece of data is called) has two modes of play and can support up to 50 players in the same game. Unlike all other downloadable minigames to date, which only used the Nintendo Wi-Fi Connection to download the data from the server, this minigame can actually be played on the Nintendo Wi-Fi Connection, so you can play bingo against people from around the world.

Anyway, when the game starts, you're playing on the top screen as Michael, walking around one of the Realgam Tower domes. The Control Pad moves Michael, the B button increases Michael's speed, and the A button talks to a person. There are three people to talk to. One of them will give you your quick password, which will allow you to download the game from the Tajiri server with just one password. The other two are receptionists.

The receptionist on the left is your guide to the "75-Ball Game". Once you decide to enter, you'll be asked to wait while others join the game. When you have as many players as you want in your game (up to 50 total), any player in the game can press Start to begin the game. The game will begin automatically if there are 50 players. In the 75-Ball Game, the columns go like this: B is 1-15, I is 16-30, N is 31-45, G is 46-60, and O is 61-75.

The receptionist on the right is your guide to the "150-Ball Game". Once you decide to enter, you'll be asked to wait while others join the game. When you have as many players as you want in your game (up to 50 total), any player in the game can press Start to begin the game. The game will begin automatically if there are 50 players. In the 150-Ball Game, the columns go like this: B is 1-30, I is 31-60, N is 61-90, G is 91-120, and O is 121-150.

Each player has their own card, displayed on the bottom screen, with a free space that is covered automatically. Every 15 seconds, a new ball will be called and shown on the top screen (ex. I-22 or G-49 in a 75-ball game, N-68 or O-135 in a 150-ball game). A player then touches the same number, if it's on their card, with the stylus to cover it. Once a player covers five in a row, either horizontially, vertically, or diagonally, that player is a winner of the game. If a winner of a game has a Pokémon Ruby, Sapphire, FireRed, LeafGreen, or Emerald game pak in the GBA slot on the DS, that person will get 10,000 in money on the game pak for the win. All players in a finished game can then elect to either join another game of the same category or return to the lobby. During a game, the top screen also shows a list of already-drawn balls which you can scroll through by using the Control Pad.

Here's an example card from a 150-Ball Game:

-B---I---N---G---O-
023 055 090 114 142
006 033 063 106 127
014 042 FRE 110 139
009 049 088 093 122
018 036 072 105 148

Here's an example of clearing the board horizontially:

-B---I---N---G---O-
XXX XXX XXX XXX XXX
006 033 063 106 127
014 042 FRE 110 139
009 049 088 093 122
018 036 072 105 148

In this case, the drawn numbers were B-23, I-55, N-90, G-114, and O-142, not necessarily in that order.

Here's an example of clearing the board vertically:

-B---I---N---G---O-
023 XXX 090 114 142
006 XXX 063 106 127
014 XXX FRE 110 139
009 XXX 088 093 122
018 XXX 072 105 148

In this case, the drawn numbers were I-55, I-33, I-42, I-49, and I-36, not necessarily in that order.

Finally, here's an example of clearing the board diagonally:

-B---I---N---G---O-
023 055 090 114 XXX
006 033 063 XXX 127
014 042 XXX 110 139
009 XXX 088 093 122
XXX 036 072 105 148

In this case, the drawn numbers were O-142, G-106, I-49, and B-18, not necessarily in that order, and used the free space to make the bingo.
 
Transmit the passwords on the Ardos, Eldes, Gonzap, Gorigan, Miror B., Lovrina, and Snattle Trainer cards to the Tajiri server. Make sure Miror B.'s fourth shadow Pokémon that he didn't steal from someone else (the second Mewtwo) is snagged. Once the data is streamed to XD: Gale of Darkness, watch any TV and you'll hear about a "Battle CD Scavenger Hunt" in Trainers' City. There are 16 Battle CDs to be found in this way. Here's how to find them:

CD d1: Talk to Harrison in the History Center. You'll be presented with a one-question quiz. The question is: "CLEFAIRY can learn which move?" The choices are Sky Uppercut, Meteor Mash, and Crunch. You'll get the CD if you choose Meteor Mash.

CD d2: Talk to Duplica in the Poké Snack Shop. You'll be presented with a one-question quiz. The question is: "SMEARGLE cannot use SKETCH to learn which of these moves?" The choices are Shadow Crush, Memento, and Transform. You'll get the CD if you choose Shadow Crush.

CD d3: Talk to the Ultra Trainer Challenge Exposer in the Pokémon Center. There is a one in 10 shot he'll present you with a one-question quiz rather than one of his insult lines. Once you get the one-question quiz, you're ready. The question is: "Five years ago, which of the following POKéMON reduced the number of POKéCOUPON points you could get outside the story?" The choices are Charizard, Feraligatr, and Groudon. You'll get the CD if you choose Groudon.

CD d4: Talk to Floriea in the Dance Hall. You'll be presented with a one-question quiz. The question is: "Which of these POKéMON is neither WATER- nor GRASS-type?" The choices are Tangela, Nidorino, and Golduck. You'll get the CD if you choose Nidorino.

CD d5: Talk to Trixie at the Pokémon Circus. You'll be presented with a one-question quiz. The question is: "Which of these POKéMON pairs cannot both learn HELPING HAND?" The choices are Seviper/Zangoose, Latios/Latias, and Plusle/Minun. You'll get the CD if you choose Seviper/Zangoose.

CD d6: Buy it at the TM Shop for 15,000 of Orre's currency.

CD d7: Once you have CD d2, buy it at the Poké Snack Shop for 15,000 of Orre's currency.

CD d8: Once you have CD d6, Spy Naps will appear at the TM Shop. Talk to him and you'll be presented with a one-question quiz. The question is: "Which type pairing is the only one to be immune to each other?" The choices are Electric/Ground, Psychic/Dark, and Normal/Ghost. You'll get the CD if you choose Normal/Ghost.

CD d9: Talk to Ritchie at the Trainers' Hotel. You'll be presented with a one-question quiz. The question is: "Which of the following is not a nickname I've given to one of my POKéMON?" The choices are Cruise, Hero, or Happy. You'll get the CD if you choose Hero.

CD d0: Talk to Gary at the Trainers' Hotel. You'll be presented with a one-question quiz. The question is: "What is my catchphrase?" The choices are "Get lost!", "Blast it all!", and "Smell ya later!". You'll get the CD if you choose "Smell ya later!".

CD dA: Talk to Shingo at the Pokémon Dojo. You'll be presented with a one-question quiz. The question is: "Which of the following ENIGMA ISLANDs cannot have a laptop?" The choices are Chao Paradise, Aeris's Grave, and Hotel Luana. You'll get the CD if you choose Chao Paradise.

CD dB: Talk to Prof. Birch at the Pokémon Lab. You'll be presented with a one-question quiz. The question is: "Which BERRY increases a random stat?" The choices are Ganlon, Bluk, and Starf. You'll get the CD if you choose Starf.

CD dC: Talk to Sonrisa at the Greenhouse. You'll be presented with a one-question quiz. The question is: "Which TRAINER doesn't specialize in GRASS-types?" The choices are Milane, Wallace, and Jason. You'll get the CD if you choose Wallace.

CD dD: Go to Trainers' Colosseum. Enter and win the Hoenn Challenge to get this CD.

CD dE: Once you have CD dB, Nett will send you an e-mail. The e-mail will ask you to stand between where the TM Shop stands today and where the TM Shop was five years earlier. Stand in a three-step radius of the exact center of the direct line between the TM Shop and the History Center, and you'll pick up CD dE.

CD dF: Once you have CD dE, go into the Battle Hall. Once inside, you'll recieve an e-mail from Secc. The instructions say to stand precisely where the elevator would be in the Pre Gym. Once you're in that position, you'll hear a clatter from outside. Walk outside and you'll find Cissy and Danny right outside, arguing over "the virtual disc". Talk to both of them separately and you'll get a one-question quiz from each of them. Cissy's question is "Which move allows movement on water?" The choices here are Surf, Waterfall, or Dive; the correct answer is Surf. Danny's question is "Which move allows movement of boulders?" The choices here are Rock Smash, Fly, or Strength; the correct answer is Strength. Once you got both of them right, Danny will hand you CD dF before he and Cissy walk in opposite directions, Danny toward the west exit and Cissy toward the east, until Cissy realizes that there's no longer an exit to the east, then turn toward the west, keeping her distance from Danny.

Once you have all 16 of these Battle CDs, you can use them at Realgam Tower to access new challenges. Unless noted otherwise, each Pokémon does not have an item. The rewards are given every time you clear the disc. Here's each CD's challenge:

CD d1:
Challenge Name: "The Normal Showdown"
Description: "Can a ragtag group of NORMALs take on two FIGHTINGs?"
Sim Trainer Type: Bodybuilder(M)
Sim Trainer Name: Uno
Battle Type: Double
Turns: Infinite
Your Pokémon: L50 Clefable, L50 Blissey, L50 Wigglytuff, L50 Exploud, L50 Zangoose, L50 Porygon2
Opponent Pokémon: L65 Hitmontop, L65 Breloom
Reward: TMe1

CD d2:
Challenge Name: "Flame On!"
Description: "Can these two FIRE-types take MANTINE?"
Sim Trainer Type: Surfer
Sim Trainer Name: Dos
Battle Type: Single
Turns: 2
Your Pokémon: L50 Charizard, L50 Blaziken
Opponent Pokémon: L50 Mantine
Reward: TMe2

CD d3:
Challenge Name: "Pour It!"
Description: "Can you overcome a 4x weakness?"
Sim Trainer Type: Worker
Sim Trainer Name: Tres
Battle Type: Double
Turns: Infinite
Your Pokémon: L50 Gyarados, L50 Mantine, L50 Pelipper
Opponent Pokémon: L65 Magneton
Reward: TMe3

CD d4:
Challenge Name: "Legendary Greenhouse"
Description: "It's up to CELEBI to survive!"
Sim Trainer Type: Supertrainer(F)
Sim Trainer Name: Cuatro
Battle Type: Single
Turns: 2
Your Pokémon: L100 Celebi
Opponent Pokémon: L50 Magcargo, L50 Camerupt, L50 Shedinja
Reward: TMe4

CD d5:
Challenge Name: "Outpower"
Description: "The right combination of non-ELECTRIC moves will outdo the DIGLETT army."
Sim Trainer Type: Beauty
Sim Trainer Name: Cinco
Battle Type: Double
Turns: 10
Your Pokémon: L60 Raichu, L60 Electabuzz, L60 Ampharos, L60 Lanturn, L60 Plusle, L60 Minun
Opponent Pokémon: L50 Diglett, L50 Diglett, L50 Diglett, L50 Diglett, L50 Diglett, L50 Diglett
Reward: TMe5

CD d6:
Challenge Name: "Deep Freeze"
Description: "Can four SNORUNT do what one can't?"
Sim Trainer Type: Cooltrainer(F)
Sim Trainer Name: Seis
Battle Type: Single
Turns: Infinite
Your Pokémon: L50 Snorunt, L50 Snorunt, L50 Snorunt, L50 Snorunt
Opponent Pokémon: L50 Breloom
Reward: TMe6

CD d7:
Challenge Name: "Spheres of Overcoming"
Description: "LUNATONE and SOLROCK aren't your everyday PSYCHIC-types..."
Sim Trainer Type: Casual Guy
Sim Trainer Name: Siete
Battle Type: Double
Turns: 1
Your Pokémon: L50 Medicham, L50 Medicham
Opponent Pokémon: L50 Lunatone, L50 Solrock
Reward: TMe7

CD d8:
Challenge Name: "Defense Pass"
Description: "A special BERRY holds the key."
Sim Trainer Type: Newscaster
Sim Trainer Name: Ocho
Battle Type: Single
Turns: Infinite
Your Pokémon: L50 Gulpin (hold: Magma Berry), L50 Grimer (hold: Aqua Berry)
Opponent Pokémon: L70 Steelix
Reward: TMe8

CD d9:
Challenge Name: "Seismic Fling!"
Description: "FLYING has advantage over GROUND...or does it?"
Sim Trainer Type: Curmudgeon
Sim Trainer Name: Nueve
Battle Type: Double
Turns: 3
Your Pokémon: L50 Sandshrew, L50 Diglett, L50 Wooper (hold: Drakeh Berry), L50 Swinub
Opponent Pokémon: L65 Charizard, L65 Aerodactyl
Reward: TMe9

CD d0:
Challenge Name: "Short-Circuit Time!"
Description: "Put an end to the ELECTRIC threat!"
Sim Trainer Type: [PK][MN] Trainer(F)--Electra
Sim Trainer Name: Cero
Battle Type: Double
Turns: 1
Your Pokémon: L50 Aerodactyl, L50 Gligar
Opponent Pokémon: L50 Pikachu, L50 Elekid, L50 Flaaffy, L50 Electrike
Reward: TMe0

CD dA:
Challenge Name: "Don't Waste the Psy!"
Description: "Don't waste your energy on PSYCHIC."
Sim Trainer Type: Rich Boy
Sim Trainer Name: Diez
Battle Type: Single
Turns: Infinite
Your Pokémon: L70 Alakazam
Opponent Pokémon: L50 Sneasel, L50 Sharpedo, L50 Murkrow
Reward: TMeA

CD dB:
Challenge Name: "Squirmers"
Description: "HERACROSS isn't your normal BUG..."
Sim Trainer Type: Lady
Sim Trainer Name: Once
Battle Type: Single
Turns: 3
Your Pokémon: L50 Heracross
Opponent Pokémon: L50 Xatu, L50 Sudowoodo
Reward: TMeB

CD dC:
Challenge Name: "Create-a-Tomb"
Description: "What's a RELICANTH to do against GROUND and GRASS?"
Sim Trainer Type: Matron
Sim Trainer Name: Doce
Battle Type: Double
Turns: 2
Your Pokémon: L94 Relicanth
Opponent Pokémon: L61 Piloswine, L61 Camerupt, L61 Jumpluff, L61 Tropius
Reward: TMeC

CD dD:
Challenge Name: "No Licking!"
Description: "Don't bother LICKing the ZANGOOSE..."
Sim Trainer Type: Chaser(F)--Yellow Shirt
Sim Trainer Name: Trece
Battle Type: Single
Turns: Infinite
Your Pokémon: L60 Gengar
Opponent Pokémon: L50 Zangoose, L50 Zangoose
Reward: TMeD

CD dE:
Challenge Name: "The Heat Dragons Club"
Description: "Turn up the ICE before they turn up the FIRE."
Sim Trainer Type: Hunter(M)
Sim Trainer Name: Catorce
Battle Type: Single
Turns: 3
Your Pokémon: L55 Dragonite
Opponent Pokémon: L50 Salamence, L50 Altaria, L50 Flygon
Reward: TMeE

CD dF:
Challenge Name: "Evice vs. Greevil"
Description: "How are you going to handle your illegal swap?"
Sim Trainer Type: Cipher Boss
Sim Trainer Name: Greevil
Battle Type: Double
Turns: Infinite
Your Pokémon: L65 Slaking, L65 Slowking, L65 Scizor, L65 Machamp, L65 Salamence, L65 Tyranitar, L65 Aggron
Opponent Pokémon: L65 Manectric, L65 Swellow, L65 Starmie, L65 Granbull, L65 Altaria, L65 Aerodactyl
Reward: TMeF
Here is where you can experience what many evil minds do in competitive battles: illegal swaps. The turn after Slaking goes down, you'll skip a turn to illegally swap Slaking for Aggron in your lineup. However, if this swap is invoked, you'll get no reward and the disc won't be counted as cleared even if you win.

When you clear all 16 of these Battle CDs, you'll then be allowed to buy the special TMs at a special shop in the Realgam Tower, near the Colosseum. This shop will sell all the TMs that could be bought in Pallet Town or Littleroot Town provided you have already gotten that TM at least once.
 
Last edited:
This piece of data will detail several minigames downloadable directly to the DS. All you have to do is transmit the password on just one card to the Tajiri server.

Transmit the passwords on the Ardos, Eldes, Gonzap, Gorigan, Miror B., Lovrina, and Snattle Trainer cards to the Tajiri server.

Transmitting Ardos II will transmit the game "Ardos Memory" to the DS. This game is played on the bottom screen, with Ardos showing his face (in 3D), dialogue, and a clock on the top screen. 24 cards will be dealt in a 4x6 grid on the bottom screen. Touch a card to turn it over. When you turn over two cards, if they match, those two cards vanish from the board; if they don't match, both cards are turned facedown. Once you find all 12 pairs, you win. The pairs are: Alakazam, Charizard, Gengar, Electabuzz, Kingdra, Sceptile, Shadow Aura, Verich (Greevil's public identity), Ardos, Eldes, Michael, and Master Ball. Once you've found all 12 pairs, Ardos will congratulate you on finding all 12 pairs. If you have a Pokémon Ruby, Sapphire, or Emerald game pak in the GBA slot on the DS, if you clear the game in 2 minutes or less, you'll be rewarded with an ARDOS STATUE for your Secret Base.

Transmitting Eldes II will transmit the game "Shadowball" to the DS. This game is basically a sprite-based 3D vertical Pong clone played on both screens. (It's sprite-based since the game needs to look the exact same on both screens.) You're playing as Michael on the bottom screen, facing Eldes on the top screen. The game is played using a slider on the bottom screen that you use the stylus to move. (The slider is polygon-based, the only such object in the game.) Move the slider, you move Michael's paddle from left to right. Anyway, the goal is to bounce a Gengar's Shadow Ball attack back and forth, trying to get it past the other player. When the ball goes past a player, that player's opponent scores a point. First to 10 points wins. If you have a Pokémon Ruby, Sapphire, or Emerald game pak in the GBA slot on the DS, if you win by 4 points or more (that is, you hold Eldes to no more than 6 goals), you'll be rewarded with an ELDES STATUE for your Secret Base.

Transmitting Gonzap II will transmit the game "Shoplifter" to the DS. This game is basically a 3D shoplifting simulation played on the top screen. The goal is to grab as much as you can and leave the store within 10 minutes, without paying for what you got. You're playing as a generic Team Snagem member. The Control Pad moves your character through the store. The A button will allow you to grab any item in front of you and put it into your stash. The B button will allow you to dump a whole row of items into your stash, but not all of the items will make it, as some will land on the floor. The X button picks up items off of the floor. The L button will allow you to duck toward lower shelves, while the R button will allow you to rise toward higher shelves. The bottom screen will show the size of your stash in grams. Anyway, if you're still in the store within 10 minutes, the guards will catch you and you lose. If you get out of the store before the 10 minutes is up, you win. If you have a Pokémon Ruby, Sapphire, or Emerald game pak in the GBA slot on the DS, Gonzap will then count your loot and deduct the value of any item left on the floor. If you managed to shoplift enough merchandise so that it's worth at least 1,000,000 in Orre's currency without being deducted below that amount, you'll be rewarded with a GONZAP STATUE for your Secret Base.

Transmitting Gorigan II will transmit the game "Pyramid Maze" to the DS. The game is simple. Make your way through a pyramid, grabbing treasure along the way, until you get out before time is up. The game is played on both screens, the time limit is 30 minutes. The top screen has the movement as shown from a top-down view, while you play the puzzles on the bottom screen. In the movement portion of the game, the Control Pad moves your character across the 3D-rendered field, the A button will activate a puzzle if one's in front of you, the B button will lift a treasure you walk across, and the X button will light one of your flares, which will brighten your surroundings for a limited time. Careful--you only have a limited supply of flares; you start the quest with three flares and can win more by completing puzzles. The bottom screen will display time left, flares remaining, and treasure chests picked up in the movement portion. In the puzzle portion, there are one of three puzzles to do. The first puzzle is called Lock-Flop. Here, you use the stylus to flip the position of the locks until the right combination is entered. You'll get one flare for clearing this puzzle. The second puzzle is called Key Match. Here, you'll have to find the right key for the center lock to clear the puzzle. Drag a key to the lock using the stylus. There are two other locks, unlock these to recieve two bonus flares apiece. Once this puzzle is clear, you'll get one flare. The last puzzle is called Magic Word. You'll be given a word written in a mix of Braille and Unown. You have to figure out what it is by writing the word with the stylus. Write it right and you'll clear the puzzle and get one bonus flare. During a puzzle, the top screen will show time left, flares remaining, and treasure chests picked up. If you don't make it to the exit before time runs out, the door will close, trap you inside, and you lose. If you have a Pokémon Ruby, Sapphire, or Emerald game pak in the GBA slot on the DS, Gorigan will then count your treasure value and add 50,000 per remaining flare. If you managed to amass a score of at least 1,500,000 in Orre's currency without being deducted below that amount, you'll be rewarded with a GORIGAN STATUE for your Secret Base.

Transmitting Miror B. II will transmit the game "Miror B.'s Dance Craze" to the DS. This game is played on the bottom screen with 3D graphics, although not with the stylus. You'll be watching the screen for button icons that read A, B, X, or Y, then pressing the matching buttons as they appear. Miror B. will dance to your button presses; one wrong move and Miror B. will misstep. Three missteps and you lose. You're playing the game to Miror B.'s Colosseum theme. Once the song is over, if you haven't misstepped three times, you win. If you have a Pokémon Ruby, Sapphire, or Emerald game pak in the GBA slot on the DS, if you make 1 misstep or fewer, you'll be rewarded with a MIROR B. STATUE for your Secret Base.

Transmitting Lovrina II will transmit the game "Lovrina Says" to the DS. This game is played on the top screen with 3D graphics. Lovrina will stand in front of a platform with one long bar at the top and four boxes below it. The goal is to replicate the button patterns displayed in the boxes--as long as the bar reads "Lovrina Says". The buttons that can be displayed are A, B, X, Y, L, or R. If the bar reads "Lovrina Says", press them in order within 10 seconds. If the bar does not read "Lovrina Says", press nothing for 10 seconds. If you press anything when the bar does not read "Lovrina Says", or if the bar reads "Lovrina Says" and you press buttons out of pattern, you lose. Once you've successfully completed 10 patterns, you win. If you have a Pokémon Ruby, Sapphire, or Emerald game pak in the GBA slot on the DS, if you win, you'll be rewarded with a LOVRINA STATUE for your Secret Base.

Transmitting Snattle II will transmit the game "Snattle Golf" to the DS. This game is a 3D golf game played on the top screen, and you're playing as Michael. In this game, you have to sink a ball on a miniature golf hole in fewer strokes than Snattle. If you beat Snattle, you move on. If Snattle beats you, you lose. If you and Snattle tie, another hole is played until there's a victor. The controls for this game are similar to Mario Golf on the Nintendo 64. If you win, you'll be rewarded with a SNATTLE STATUE for your Secret Base.

Transmitting the passwords on both Miror B. Energy cards along with one of the above games will add some options to each game, provided you've already won the statue on the game pak you've got (or if you've got a game pak other than a Pokémon Ruby, Sapphire, or Emerald game pak in the GBA slot on the DS).

For Ardos Memory, you can choose between Easy, Medium, or Hard for the difficulty, Medium is default. Easy will only turn the first card flipped of a non-matching pair back over. Hard will shuffle the cards after a non-matching pair is flipped. For the time limits, you can choose 2 minutes, 5 minutes, 10 minutes, or infinite; infinite is default.
For Shadowball, you can choose between Easy, Medium, or Hard for the difficulty, Medium is default. This will affect Eldes's AI movements. For goal limits, you can choose 1, 3, 5, 10, 15, or 20; 10 is default.
For Shoplifter, you can choose between Easy, Medium, or Hard for the difficulty; Medium is the default. The items are worth more on Easy, and less on Hard. For time limits, you can choose 5 minutes, 10 minutes, 30 minutes, or infinite; 10 minutes is default.
For Pyramid Maze, you can choose between 1, 3, or 5 for your starting flares; 3 is the default. For time limits, you can choose 10 minutes, 30 minutes, or infinite; 30 minutes is default.
For Miror B.'s Dance Craze, you can choose between 1, 2, or 3 go-rounds of the song; 1 is default. You can also choose 1, 3, 5, or infinite missteps for a game over; 3 is default. Finally, you can choose a number of Ludicolo that Miror B. will dance aside, either 0, 2, 4, or 6; 0 is default.
For Lovrina Says, you can choose between 5, 10, 20, or infinite patterns needed to win; 10 is the default. You can choose 1, 3, or 5 strikes for a game over; 1 is default. (In a 3 or 5 strike game, you get a strike if you misdo a pattern.)
For Snattle Golf, you can choose between Easy, Medium, or Hard, Medium is default. This affects Snattle's AI movements. You can also choose between 1, 3, 5, or 7 holes, 1 is default; this will determine the number of holes a player must win to win the game.

And yes, there is a GREEVIL STATUE. First, you will have to have won all the other possible statues from the minigames. You'll then have to clear one ultra challenge with the game pak with all the other statues in the GBA slot on the DS to win Greevil's keepsake. If you already have the GREEVIL STATUE and you clear the ultra challenge again, you'll win a DIAMONDSHELL every subsequent time. The challenges are:

Ardos Memory: Win a game on Hard in 24 flips to win the statue.
Shadowball: When facing Eldes on Hard, get 10 goals ahead (i.e. 10-0, 15-5, 20-10) of Eldes at some point in the game. You must then proceed to win the game. If your highest recorded lead in the game was of 10 goals or more, you'll get the statue.
Shoplifter: Rack up a bill worth 3,000,000 in Orre's currency on Hard and Gonzap will give you the statue.
Pyramid Maze: Clear the game with 1 starting flare in 10 minutes. The statue will be part of the treasure.
Miror B.'s Dance Craze: Clear a 3-go-round game without misstepping to win the statue. The Ludicolo are cosmetic, number doesn't matter.
Lovrina Says: Play an infinite game with 1 strike and clear 50 consecutive patterns to win the statue.
Snattle Golf: Win a 7-hole game on Hard without losing a single hole to Snattle.
 
Last edited:
Transmit the passwords on all of the Pokémon-ex and Pokémon-* from this set to the Tajiri server with Emerald in the GBA slot. This will download a new Battle Stadium fighting mode, Battle Stadium Ultra. You must already have expanded Battle Frontier with all three extra facilities (Battle Resort, Battle Stadium, and Battle Island), as well as having completed the Battle Frontier Takeover mission. This piece of data has the distinction of being the only piece of data where the Cipher Admins of both Colosseum and XD: Gale of Darkness appear in the same piece of data together.

To activate Battle Stadium Ultra, first you'll have to watch a broadcast on TV. Here it is:

TV Broadcast:
(normal Pokémon News intro)
"Here's a piece of news from the BATTLE FRONTIER. BATTLE STADIUM has opened up a new endurance battle! High-powered BERRIES, tough Pokémon, and 93 tough trainers await all who dare to challenge!"
(normal Pokémon News closing)

Anyway, once you get to Battle Stadium, you'll now find that there's a second entry booth. The booth on the left is for the normal-difficulty 56-battle challenge. The booth on the right is for the Battle Stadium Ultra 93-battle challenge.

In the Battle Stadium Ultra 93-battle challenge, you'll be facing trainers who have raised their Pokémon well. They're fully evolved, stats maxed out, amazing movesets, and powerful hold items. These powerful hold items include berries introduced through the Berry Promo Set and other sets, and the trainers have strategized how exactly to use them to their fullest extent! You should arm some of these high-power berries yourself to try to gain an edge on the competition. Unlike the Ultra Trainer Challenge, the berries in this challenge are NOT watered down, which increases the difficulty even further.

Anyway, you bring 6 Pokémon. You choose between either Level 50 or Open Level. You should know how they work by now. In addition, the high-power berries first introduced through the e-Reader are limited to 3 per team. The Battle Frontier restrictions on certain legendary Pokémon do not apply for this challenge, so you can finally let those legendary Pokémon shine at the Battle Frontier. Before you can enter, they'll do a security check to make sure you're not bringing an illegal swap into the challenge. You'll clear security since there's no way you can bring an illegal swap. All of the opponents also went through the security check, so you won't be seeing any illegal swaps in this battle.

Anyway, you'll face every one of the trainers in the same order. The first 10 trainers are Kanto trainers using the same teams as they do in the Ultra Trainer Challenge (Giovanni uses his Colosseum team). Then Team Magma makes an appearance for battles 11-14. The fourth one (battle 14) is Maxie, who brings his Ultra Trainer Challenge team sans the illegal swap. Here's the other three Team Magma teams:

Magma Admin Tabitha(F): (Battle 11)
L?? Arcanine♀: Fire Blast, Crunch, Extremespeed, Dig
(Type: Fire) (AB: Flash Fire) (Item: Barret Berry)
L?? Mightyena♂: Shadow Ball, Iron Tail, Poison Fang, Body Slam
(Type: Dark) (AB: Intimidate) (Item: Chuck Berry)
L?? Camerupt♀: Overheat, Earthquake, Rock Slide, Hidden Power
(Type: Fire/Ground) (AB: Magma Armor) (Item: White Herb)
L?? Charizard♂: Heat Wave, Earthquake, Iron Tail, Dragon Dance
(Type: Fire/Flying) (AB: Blaze) (Item: King’s Rock)
L?? Crobat♀: Air Cutter, Sludge Bomb, Shadow Ball, Sunny Day
(Type: Poison/Flying) (AB: Inner Focus) (Item: Scope Lens)
L?? Dugtrio♂: Earthquake, Rock Slide, Aerial Ace, Fissure
(Type: Ground) (AB: Arena Trap) (Item: Drakeh Berry)

Magma Admin Courtney(F): (Battle 12)
L?? Ninetales♂: Overheat, Faint Attack, Hypnosis, Sunny Day
(Type: Fire) (AB: Flash Fire) (Item: White Herb)
L?? Mightyena♀: Crunch, Giga Drain, Hyper Beam, Taunt
(Type: Dark) (AB: Intimidate) (Item: Cloud Berry)
L?? Camerupt♂: Flamethrower, Earthquake, Double-Edge, Amnesia
(Type: Fire/Ground) (AB: Magma Armor) (Item: Luka Berry)
L?? Blaziken♀: Blaze Kick, Thunderpunch, Endure, Reversal
(Type: Fire/Fighting) (AB: Blaze) (Item: Salac Berry)
L?? Crobat♂: Bite, Confuse Ray, Toxic, Mean Look
(Type: Poison/Flying) (AB: Inner Focus) (Item: King’s Rock)
L?? Quagsire♀: Surf, Earthquake, Ice Beam, Rock Slide
(Type: Water/Ground) (AB: Water Absorb) (Item: Vincentberry)

Magma Admin Harland(M): (Battle 13)
L?? Camerupt♀: Eruption, Earthquake, Rock Slide, Explosion
(Type: Fire/Ground) (AB: Magma Armor) (Item: Whitney Berry)
L?? Mightyena♀: Shadow Ball, Protect, Sand-Attack, Sunny Day
(Type: Dark) (AB: Intimidate) (Item: Brightpowder)
L?? Blaziken♂: Fire Blast, Earthquake, Rock Slide, Sky Uppercut
(Type: Fire/Fighting) (AB: Blaze) (Item: Scope Lens)
L?? Armaldo♂: Rock Slide, Iron Tail, Brick Break, Earthquake
(Type: Rock/Bug) (AB: Battle Armor) (Item: Barret Berry)
L?? Magmar♀: Flamethrower, Psychic, Thunderpunch, Sunny Day
(Type: Fire) (AB: Flame Body) (Item: Luke Berry)
L?? Arcanine♂: Overheat, Extremespeed, Crunch, Sunny Day
(Type: Fire) (AB: Flash Fire) (Item: White Herb)

Battles 15-22 are the Johto gym leaders, again using the same teams as they do in the Ultra Trainer Challenge. After that, it's time to meet the first bunch of Ciphers for 6 battles (23-28). Miror B., Dakim, Venus, Ein, Nascour, and Evice will appear in order, bringing their teams from the Colosseum version of the Ultra Trainer Challenge sans illegal swaps.

Battles 29-37 are against Hoenn trainers (with Juan but not Wallace), again with the same teams as in the Ultra Trainer Challenge. After that, it's Team Aqua's turn in the spotlight for battles 38-41. The fourth one (battle 41) is Archie, who brings his Ultra Trainer Challenge team sans the illegal swap. Here's the other three Team Aqua teams:

Aqua Admin Matt(M): (Battle 38)
L?? Cloyster♀: Surf, Explosion, Ice Beam, Rain Dance
(Type: Water/Ice) (AB: Shell Armor) (Item: Diamondshell)
L?? Mightyena♂: Iron Tail, Shadow Ball, Taunt, Torment
(Type: Dark) (AB: Intimidate) (Item: Wallaceberry)
L?? Sharpedo♀: Hydro Pump, Crunch, Earthquake, Protect
(Type: Water/Dark) (AB: Rough Skin) (Item: Brightpowder)
L?? Blastoise♂: Surf, Earthquake, Blizzard, Mirror Coat
(Type: Water) (AB: Torrent) (Item: Whitneyberry)
L?? Crobat♀: Aerial Ace, Sludge Bomb, Protect, Rain Dance
(Type: Poison/Flying) (AB: Inner Focus) (Item: Lax Incense)
L?? Salamence♂: Dragon Claw, Hydro Pump, Double-Edge, Aerial Ace
(Type: Dragon/Flying) (AB: Intimidate) (Item: Barret Berry)

Aqua Admin Shelly(F): (Battle 39)
L?? Starmie: Surf, Thunderbolt, Psychic, Blizzard
(Type: Water/Psychic) (AB: Natural Cure) (Item: Scope Lens)
L?? Mightyena♀: Crunch, Hidden Power, Poison Fang, Rain Dance
(Type: Dark) (AB: Intimidate) (Item: Vincentberry)
L?? Sharpedo♂: Surf, Ice Beam, Crunch, Double-Edge
(Type: Water/Dark) (AB: Rough Skin) (Item: Karen Berry)
L?? Feraligatr♀: Hydro Pump, Brick Break, Body Slam, Earthquake
(Type: Water) (AB: Torrent) (Item: Norman Berry)
L?? Crobat♂: Fly, Mean Look, Toxic, Confuse Ray
(Type: Poison/Flying) (AB: Inner Focus) (Item: King’s Rock)
L?? Altaria♀: Dragon Claw, Aerial Ace, Earthquake, Dragon Dance
(Type: Dragon/Flying) (AB: Natural Cure) (Item: Brightpowder)

Aqua Admin Isabel(F): (Battle 40)
L?? Sharpedo♂: Surf, Blizzard, Crunch, Earthquake
(Type: Water/Dark) (AB: Rough Skin) (Item: Jason Berry)
L?? Ludicolo♂: Surf, Giga Drain, Blizzard, Leech Seed
(Type: Water/Grass) (AB: Rain Dish) (Item: Leftovers)
L50 Dragonair♀ (L50 Only): Surf, Blizzard, Thunder, Dragonbreath
(Type: Dragon) (AB: Shed Skin) (Item: Aeris Berry)
L?? Dragonite♀ (OpL Only): Surf, Blizzard, Thunder, Dragon Claw
(Type: Dragon/Flying) (AB: Inner Focus) (Item: Scope Lens)
L?? Dewgong♀: Surf, Sheer Cold, Ice Beam, Rain Dance
(Type: Water/Ice) (AB: Thick Fat) (Item: Vincentberry)
L?? Jynx♀: Ice Beam, Water Pulse, Psychic, Rain Dance
(Type: Ice/Psychic) (AB: Oblivious) (Item: Mystic Water)
L?? Quagsire♂: Surf, Earthquake, Ice Beam, Rain Dance
(Type: Water/Ground) (AB: Water Absorb) (Item: Quick Claw)
Isabel has 7 Pokémon listed. However, Dragonair only appears in level 50 competiton and Dragonite only appears in Open Level competition, so she doesn't bring an illegal swap.

Battles 42-46 are against the Orange Crew (again, they bring the same teams as they do in the Ultra Trainer Challenge), with the rest of the Colosseum crew in battles 47-49. Gonzap, Agnol, and Fein bring their teams from the Colosseum version of the Ultra Trainer Challenge sans the illegal swaps.

Battles 50-55 are against six members of the Elite Four (again, they bring the same teams as they do in the Ultra Trainer Challenge); Lorelei, Bruno, Agatha, Will, Karen, and Lance. Battles 56-59 are against Team Flora. The fourth one (battle 59) is Farlie, who brings his Ultra Trainer Challenge team sans the illegal swap. Here's the other three Team Aqua teams:

Flora Admin Brad(M): (Battle 56)
L?? Victreebel♀: Solarbeam, Sludge Bomb, Double-Edge, Synthesis
(Type: Grass/Poison) (AB: Chlorophyll) (Item: Karen Berry)
L?? Mightyena♂: Shadow Ball, Iron Tail, Sand-Attack, Sunny Day
(Type: Dark) (AB: Intimidate) (Item: Lax Incense)
L?? Cacturne♀: Solarbeam, Faint Attack, Thunderpunch, Spikes
(Type: Grass/Dark) (AB: Sand Veil) (Item: Vincentberry)
L?? Meganium♂: Solarbeam, Reflect, Light Screen, Synthesis
(Type: Grass) (AB: Overgrow) (Item: Norman Berry)
L?? Crobat♀: Aerial Ace, Sludge Bomb, Confuse Ray, Sunny Day
(Type: Poison/Flying) (AB: Inner Focus) (Item: Brightpowder)
L?? Shiftry♂: Solarbeam, Faint Attack, Explosion, Sunny Day
(Type: Grass/Dark) (AB: Early Bird) (Item: Focus Band)

Flora Admin Seth(M): (Battle 57)
L?? Vileplume♂: Razor Leaf, Sludge Bomb, Stun Spore, Aromatherapy
(Type: Grass/Poison) (AB: Chlorophyll) (Item: Cissy Berry)
L?? Mightyena♀: Crunch, Poison Fang, Roar, Rain Dance
(Type: Dark) (AB: Intimidate) (Item: Quick Claw)
L?? Cacturne♂: Needle Arm, Faint Attack, Leech Seed, Cotton Spore
(Type: Grass/Dark) (AB: Sand Veil) (Item: Lance Berry)
L?? Sceptile♀: Leaf Blade, Dragon Claw, Crunch, Thunderpunch
(Type: Grass) (AB: Overgrow) (Item: Vincentberry)
L?? Crobat♂: Air Cutter, Confuse Ray, Toxic, Rain Dance
(Type: Poison/Flying) (AB: Inner Focus) (Item: King’s Rock)
L?? Ludicolo♀: Surf, Giga Drain, Ice Beam, Rain Dance
(Type: Water/Grass) (AB: Rain Dish) (Item: Leftovers)

Flora Admin Xenia(F): (Battle 58)
L?? Cacturne♀: Needle Arm, Faint Attack, Body Slam, Dynamicpunch
(Type: Grass/Dark) (AB: Sand Veil) (Item: Vector Berry)
L?? Gardevoir♂: Psychic, Thunderbolt, Ice Punch, Magical Leaf
(Type: Psychic) (AB: Synchronize) (Item: Vincentberry)
L?? Vileplume♀: Petal Dance, Sludge Bomb, Double-Edge, Swords Dance
(Type: Grass/Poison) (AB: Chlorophyll) (Item: Lum Berry)
L?? Skarmory♂: Steel Wing, Toxic, Whirlwind, Spikes
(Type: Steel/Flying) (AB: Keen Eye) (Item: Lax Incense)
L?? Tangela♂: Giga Drain, Toxic, Sleep Powder, Reflect
(Type: Grass) (AB: Chlorophyll) (Item: Brightpowder)
L?? Cradily♀: Giga Drain, Ingrain, Mirror Coat, Recover
(Type: Rock/Grass) (AB: Suction Cups) (Item: Whitneyberry)

Battles 60-65 are against four more members of the Elite Four and two Champions (again, they bring the same teams as they do in the Ultra Trainer Challenge); Sidney, Phoebe, Glacia, Drake, Wallace, and Steven. Battles 66-72 are against the second batch of Cipher Admins plus Chobin. Lovrina, Snattle, Gorigan, Chobin, Ardos, Eldes, and Greevil all bring the following teams:

Cipher Admin Lovrina(F): (Battle 69)
L?? Roselia♀: Magical Leaf, Spikes, Toxic, Attract
(Type: Grass/Poison) (AB: Poison Point) (Item: Quick Claw)
L?? Milotic♂: Surf, Mirror Coat, Wrap, Attract
(Type: Water) (AB: Marvel Scale) (Item: Janineberry)
L?? Gorebyss♀: Surf, Psychic, Clamp, Attract
(Type: Water) (AB: Swift Swim) (Item: Flaneryberry)
L?? Blissey♀: Seismic Toss, Softboiled, Thunder Wave, Attract
(Type: Normal) (AB: Natural Cure) (Item: Leftovers)
L?? Misdreavus♂: Shadow Ball, Mean Look, Confuse Ray, Attract
(Type: Ghost) (AB: Levitate) (Item: King’s Rock)
L?? Meganium♂: Razor Leaf, Reflect, Leech Seed, Attract
(Type: Grass) (AB: Overgrow) (Item: Pryce Berry)

Cipher Admin Snattle(M): (Battle 70)
L?? Electrode: Explosion, Thunderbolt, Thunder Wave, Protect
(Type: Electric) (AB: Soundproof) (Item: Plasma Berry)
L?? Gengar♂: Explosion, Shadow Ball, Sludge Bomb, Psychic
(Type: Ghost/Poison) (AB: Levitate) (Item: Chuck Berry)
L?? Muk♀: Explosion, Shadow Punch, Protect, Imprison
(Type: Poison) (AB: Sticky Hold) (Item: Quick Claw)
L?? Glalie♀: Explosion, Ice Beam, Water Pulse, Protect
(Type: Ice) (AB: Inner Focus) (Item: Tucker Berry)
L?? Scizor♂: Silver Wind, Steel Wing, Aerial Ace, Protect
(Type: Bug/Steel) (AB: Swarm) (Item: Scope Lens)
L?? Castform♂: Rain Dance, Thunder, Weather Ball, Protect
(Type: Normal) (AB: Forecast) (Item: Leftovers)

Cipher Admin Gorigan(M): (Battle 71)
L?? Granbull♀: Earthquake, Double-Edge, Shadow Ball, Protect
(Type: Normal) (AB: Intimidate) (Item: Karen Berry)
L?? Tauros♂: Earthquake, Endure, Reversal, Protect
(Type: Normal) (AB: Intimidate) (Item: Salac Berry)
L?? Hitmontop♂: Earthquake, Mach Punch, Counter, Protect
(Type: Fighting) (AB: Intimidate) (Item: Focus Band)
L?? Ursaring♀: Earthquake, Façade, Brick Break, Protect
(Type: Normal) (AB: Guts) (Item: Barret Berry)
L?? Aggron♀: Earthquake, Iron Tail, Rock Slide, Protect
(Type: Steel/Rock) (AB: Sturdy) (Item: Charmy Berry)
L?? Dugtrio♂: Earthquake, Rock Slide, Toxic, Protect
(Type: Ground) (AB: Arena Trap) (Item: King’s Rock)

Chobin & Robo Groudon(M/ ): (Battle 72)
L?? Scizor♀: Silver Wind, Steel Wing, Aerial Ace, Swords Dance
(Type: Bug/Steel) (AB: Swarm) (Item: Scope Lens)
L?? Mr. Mime♂: Psychic, Double Team, Reflect, Baton Pass
(Type: Psychic) (AB: Soundproof) (Item: Focus Band)
L?? Dragonite♂: Dragon Claw, Aerial Ace, Earthquake, Dragon Dance
(Type: Dragon/Flying) (AB: Inner Focus) (Item: Barret Berry)
L?? Sunflora♀: Razor Leaf, Endeavor, Light Screen, Helping Hand
(Type: Grass) (AB: Chlorophyll) (Item: Lance Berry)
L?? Gyarados♀: Hydro Pump, Thunderbolt, Flamethrower, Earthquake
(Type: Water/Flying) (AB: Intimidate) (Item: Juan Berry)
L?? Jumpluff♂: Giga Drain, Cotton Spore, Stun Spore, Helping Hand
(Type: Grass/Flying) (AB: Chlorophyll) (Item: King’s Rock)
The space to the right of the slash is intentional. It's supposed to show that Robo Groudon doesn't have a gender.

Cipher Admin Ardos(M): (Battle 74)
L?? Alakazam♀: Psychic, Thunderpunch, Ice Punch, Fire Punch
(Type: Psychic) (AB: Synchronize) (Item: Vincentberry)
L?? Kingdra♂: Hydro Pump, Ice Beam, Dragonbreath, Body Slam
(Type: Water/Dragon) (AB: Swift Swim) (Item: Barret Berry)
L?? Gengar♂: Shadow Ball, Giga Drain, Thunderbolt, Psychic
(Type: Ghost/Poison) (AB: Levitate) (Item: Focus Band)
L?? Aerodactyl♀: Rock Slide, Aerial Ace, Double-Edge, Iron Tail
(Type: Rock/Flying) (AB: Rock Head) (Item: King’s Rock)
L?? Tauros♂: Body Slam, Earthquake, Iron Tail, Hidden Power
(Type: Normal) (AB: Intimidate) (Item: Leftovers)
L?? Starmie: Surf, Thunderbolt, Psychic, Ice Beam
(Type: Water/Psychic) (AB: Natural Cure) (Item: Lance Berry)

Cipher Admin Eldes(M): (Battle 75)
L?? Gengar♀: Psychic, Thunderbolt, Ice Punch, Giga Drain
(Type: Ghost/Poison) (AB: Levitate) (Item: Vincentberry)
L?? Metagross: Psychic, Meteor Mash, Shadow Ball, Earthquake
(Type: Steel/Psychic) (AB: Clear Body) (Item: Scope Lens)
L?? Snorlax♂: Body Slam, Earthquake, Shadow Ball, Curse
(Type: Normal) (AB: Immunity) (Item: Leftovers)
L?? Tauros♂: Return, Earthquake, Iron Tail
(Type: Normal) (AB: Intimidate) (Item: Choice Band)
L?? Ninjask♀: Silver Wind, Double Team, Substitute, Baton Pass
(Type: Bug/Flying) (AB: Speed Boost) (Item: Vector Berry)
L?? Flygon♂: Dragon Claw, Crunch, Flamethrower, Earthquake
(Type: Ground/Dragon) (AB: Levitate) (Item: Barret Berry)

Cipher Boss Greevil(M): (Battle 76)
L?? Manectric♀: Thunderbolt, Crunch, Thunder Wave, Protect
(Type: Electric) (AB: Lightningrod) (Item: Brightpowder)
L?? Swellow♂: Façade, Aerial Ace, Steel Wing
(Type: Normal/Flying) (AB: Guts) (Item: Choice Band)
L?? Starmie: Hydro Pump, Psychic, Thunderbolt, Ice Beam
(Type: Water/Psychic) (AB: Illumiate) (Item: Trixie Berry)
L?? Granbull♂: Smellingsalt, Brick Break, Shadow Ball, Earthquake
(Type: Normal) (AB: Intimidate) (Item: Barret Berry)
L?? Altaria♀: Dragon Claw, Ice Beam, Flamethrower, Aerial Ace
(Type: Dragon/Flying) (AB: Natural Cure) (Item: Vector Berry)
L?? Aerodactyl♂: Rock Slide, Bite, Earthquake, Toxic
(Type: Rock/Flying) (AB: Pressure) (Item: King’s Rock)

Battles 73-78 are against Liza, Sonrisa, Trixie, Electra, Milane, and Luka, in that order (again, they bring the same teams as they do in the Ultra Trainer Challenge). After that, battles 79-82 are against the Team Plasma crew. The fourth one (battle 82) is Plasmae, who brings her Ultra Trainer Challenge team sans the illegal swap. Here's the other three Team Plasma teams:

Plasma Admin David(M): (Battle 79)
L?? Magneton: Thunderbolt, Tri Attack, Thunder Wave, Reflect
(Type: Electric/Steel) (AB: Magnetic Pull) (Item: Cloud Berry)
L?? Mightyena♂: Shadow Ball, Iron Tail, Sand-Attack, Torment
(Type: Dark) (AB: Intimidate) (Item: Lax Incense)
L?? Manectric♀: Thunderbolt, Crunch, Return, Thunder Wave
(Type: Electric) (AB: Lightningrod) (Item: King’s Rock)
L?? Ampharos♂: Thunderbolt, Fire Punch, Thunder Wave, Light Screen
(Type: Electric) (AB: Static) (Item: Tails Berry)
L?? Crobat♀: Bite, Mean Look, Toxic, Confuse Ray
(Type: Poison/Flying) (AB: Inner Focus) (Item: Brightpowder)
L?? Raichu♂: Volt Tackle, Seismic Toss, Iron Tail, Thunder Wave
(Type: Electric) (AB: Static) (Item: Karen Berry)

Plasma Admin Rhonda(F): (Battle 80)
L?? Electrode: Thunder, Mirror Coat, Explosion, Thunder Wave
(Type: Electric) (AB: Soundproof) (Item: Vector Berry)
L?? Mightyena♀: Body Slam, Shadow Ball, Torment, Rain Dance
(Type: Dark) (AB: Intimidate) (Item: Quick Claw)
L?? Manectric♂: Thunder, Iron Tail, Crunch, Rain Dance
(Type: Electric) (AB: Static) (Item: Luana Berry)
L?? Lanturn♀: Thunder, Hydro Pump, Ice Beam, Confuse Ray
(Type: Water/Electric) (AB: Volt Absorb) (Item: Tails Berry)
L?? Crobat♂: Toxic, Confuse Ray, Mean Look, Rain Dance
(Type: Poison/Flying) (AB: Inner Focus) (Item: King’s Rock)
L?? Electabuzz♀: Thunder, Ice Punch, Psychic, Cross Chop
(Type: Electric) (AB: Static) (Item: Scope Lens)

Plasma Admin Jack(M): (Battle 81)
L?? Manectric♂: Thunderbolt, Iron Tail, Thunder Wave, Protect
(Type: Electric) (AB: Static) (Item: Cid Berry)
L?? Exploud♂: Smellingsalt, Shadow Ball, Earthquake, Protect
(Type: Normal) (AB: Soundproof) (Item: Scope Lens)
L?? Electrode: Shock Wave, Explosion, Mirror Coat, Protect
(Type: Electric) (AB: Static) (Item: Barret Berry)
L?? Xatu♀: Psychic, Faint Attack, Giga Drain, Confuse Ray
(Type: Psychic/Flying) (AB: Synchronize) (Item: King’s Rock)
L?? Electabuzz♂: Thunderbolt, Psychic, Fire Punch, Ice Punch
(Type: Electric) (AB: Static) (Item: Vincentberry)
L?? Raichu♀: Volt Tackle, Thunder Wave, Endure, Reversal
(Type: Electric) (AB: Static) (Item: Salac Berry)

Battles 83-87 are against Shingo, Eusine, Floreia, Ritchie, and Harrison, in that order. Then Team Rocket comes to town for battles 88-92, but without their leader (who fought earlier). The fourth one out of five (battle 91) is Tyson, who brings his Colosseum Ultra Trainer Challenge team sans the illegal swap. Here's the other four Team Rocket teams:

Rocket Admins Jessie&James(F/M): (Battle 88)
L?? Arbok♀: Sludge Bomb, Wrap, Earthquake, Glare
(Type: Poison) (AB: Shed Skin) (Item: King’s Rock)
L?? Weezing♂: Sludge Bomb, Fire Blast, Shadow Ball, Explosion
(Type: Poison) (AB: Levitate) (Item: Barret Berry)
L?? Wobbuffet♀: Counter, Mirror Coat, Encore, Destiny Bond
(Type: Psychic) (AB: Shadow Tag) (Item: Whitneyberry)
L?? Victreebel♂: Sludge Bomb, Wrap, Magical Leaf, Protect
(Type: Grass/Poison) (AB: Chlorophyll) (Item: Quick Claw)
L?? Dustox♀: Sludge Bomb, Silver Wind, Toxic, Protect
(Type: Bug/Poison) (AB: Shield Dust) (Item: Aeris Berry)
L?? Cacturne♂: Needle Arm, Faint Attack, Spikes, Leech Seed
(Type: Grass/Dark) (AB: Sand Veil) (Item: Brightpowder)

Rocket Admins Butch&Cassidy(M/F): (Battle 89)
L?? Raticate♀: Hyper Beam, Shadow Ball, Roar, Taunt
(Type: Normal) (AB: Guts) (Item: Charmy Berry)
L?? Primeape♂: Cross Chop, Rock Slide, Thunderbolt, Overheat
(Type: Fighting) (AB: Vital Spirit) (Item: Vector Berry)
L?? Houndoom♀: Overheat, Solarbeam, Crunch, Hidden Power
(Type: Dark/Fire) (AB: Flash Fire) (Item: White Herb)
L?? Hitmontop♂: Brick Break, Rock Slide, Rapid Spin, Counter
(Type: Fighting) (AB: Intimidate) (Item: Focus Band)
L?? Mightyena♂: Shadow Ball, Roar, Sunny Day, Torment
(Type: Dark) (AB: Intimidate) (Item: Quick Claw)
L?? Armaldo♀: Rock Slide, Earthquake, Aerial Ace, Hyper Beam
(Type: Rock/Bug) (AB: Battle Armor) (Item: Barret Berry)

Rocket Admins Annie&Oakley(F/F): (Battle 90)
L?? Ariados♂: Spider Web, Toxic, Double Team, Protect
(Type: Bug/Poison) (AB: Insomnia) (Item: Focus Band)
L?? Espeon♀: Psychic, Bite, Helping Hand, Calm Mind
(Type: Psychic) (AB: Synchronize) (Item: King’s Rock)
L?? Azumarill♂: Surf, Ice Beam, Wish, Light Screen
(Type: Water) (AB: Thick Fat) (Item: Flaneryberry)
L?? Sunflora♀: Razor Leaf, Endeavor, Helping Hand, Reflect
(Type: Grass) (AB: Chlorophyll) (Item: Janine Berry)
L?? Camerupt♂: Flamethrower, Earthquake, Rock Slide, Sunny Day
(Type: Fire/Ground) (AB: Magma Armor) (Item: Pryce Berry)
L?? Altaria♀: Dragon Claw, Ice Beam, Flamethrower, Rain Dance
(Type: Dragon/Flying) (AB: Natural Cure) (Item: Scope Lens)

Rocket Renegade I.M.M.(M): (Battle 92)
L?? Sneasel♂: Ice Beam, Faint Attack, Surf, Brick Break
(Type: Dark/Ice) (AB: Inner Focus) (Item: Juan Berry)
L?? Scizor♀: Silver Wind, Steel Wing, Endure, Reversal
(Type: Bug/Steel) (AB: Swarm) (Item: Salac Berry)
L?? Milotic♂: Surf, Confuse Ray, Recover, Mirror Coat
(Type: Water) (AB: Marvel Scale) (Item: Whitney Berry)
L?? Shiftry♀: Solarbeam, Hidden Power, Extrasensory, Sunny Day
(Type: Grass/Dark) (AB: Chlorophyll) (Item: Lance Berry)
L?? Blaziken♀: Overheat, Sky Uppercut, Earthquake, Thunderpunch
(Type: Fire/Fighting) (AB: Blaze) (Item: White Herb)
L?? Tyranitar♂: Crunch, Rock Slide, Earthquake, Dragon Dance
(Type: Rock/Dark) (AB: Sand Stream) (Item: Scope Lens)

The last battle, battle 93, is against Gary. He'll bring the same team he brought to the Ultra Trainer Challenge. If you beat him, you'll get 2500 Battle Points for clearing such a tough challenge. You'll also recieve the Diamond Shield, either a Crystal-colored or a Diamond-colored Trainer card (Crystal if you haven't hooked up to a Colosseum or XD: Gale of Darkness file with the Ultra Trainer Challenge completed, Diamond if you have; you can also get Diamond by getting Crystal through the Battle Stadium Ultra challenge and then hooking up to a Colosseum or XD: Gale of Darkness with the Ultra Trainer Challenge cleared), and a Diamondshell from Scott upon talking to him, as well as a 50% discount on TMs at the illegal Prize Exchange on Battle Island. In addition, that same vendor will put Diamondshells on sale for 120 Battle Points a pop. Since the Diamondshell is not a TM, the discount does not apply to that item.

Just for the record, here are the other teams for reference:

Battles 1-10
Battles 15-22, 29-30
Battles 31-36, 64, 37, 42-43
Battles 44-46, 50-54, 60-61
Battles 62-63, 55, 65, 73-78
Battles 83-87, 93, 4 Teams Not In Challenge
Battles 14, 41, 59, 82, 91, 23-24, 3 Teams Not In Challenge
Battles 25-28, 47-49, 3 Teams Not In Challenge
 
Last edited:
Transmit the passwords on the six secret cards to the Tajiri server, followed by the confirmation password "C4F-4M0-Vxx", where xx denotes a two-letter version identifier; RU for Ruby, SA for Sapphire, FR for FireRed, LG for LeafGreen, EM for Emerald, or XD for XD: Gale of Darkness. These passwords are exclusive to this set's version of the six cards. Transmitting these passwords will unlock a new battling mode.

The place you'll head to to partake in this new mode will vary depending on game. Here's a description of where you should go:

Ruby/Sapphire: From the Cave of Origin in Sootopolis City, walk to the nearest pair of buildings. The left building of the pair now has a door. Behind this door is the new battling mode.
Emerald: Basically the same as Ruby/Sapphire, except this time, it's the right building of the pair that has the new door that leads to the new battling mode.
FireRed/LeafGreen: In Celadon City, find the hotel. The building between it and the building that has two Team Rocket Grunts talking about the Game Corner now has a door. Behind it is the new battling mode.
XD: Gale of Darkness: A new receptionist in the Realgam Tower will lead you to the new battling mode. (This mode is inactive if you have the FF7 mission involving the L176 Deoxys active.)

Anyway, the new mode is called Jackpot Battle. The music that plays inside the building is the music from the Celadon Game Corner (the actual Game Corner, not the Prize Exchange) in FireRed/LeafGreen. One of the people in the lobby will describe it as the ultimate Pokémon cash game, and that's exactly what it is. There are four receptionists (three in XD: Gale of Darkness). One will lead you to single battles, the second will lead you to double battles, the third will lead you to the betting booth, and the fourth (the one not in XD: Gale of Darkness) will lead you to the bank. If you choose to enter a battle or go to the betting booth, unless you're turned down for not having enough Pokémon, you'll be prompted to choose one of five difficulties, each with its own entry fee: Lame (100), Easy (400), Normal (1000), Hard (2500), and Ultra (5000). The higher the entry fee, the higher the difficulty. You only pay an entry fee if you're going to participate in the tournament; if you're going to the betting booth, which there's no entry fee to enter, the tournament you choose will be the one you're going to wager on (whether it's single or double is random).

If you're participating in a tournament, once you've chosen a battle and a difficulty, you'll be prompted to choose 3 or 4 Pokémon of any level to take into the challenge (3 in single, 4 in double). Once you've done so, the receptionist will collect your entry fee and lead you into the battle.

The Jackpot Battle tournament is contested with eight players. Each player's entry fee is multiplied by 10 and added together to make the initial pot (such as 80,000 on Normal). The pot will be displayed on a machine that displays numbers similar to the Battle Island Battle Point display, except there's six seven-section displays on the pot display here (eight in XD: Gale of Darkness). In any game except XD: Gale of Darkness, below the pot is a black stripe, which if the pot grows above 999,999 in cash, will read "BREAK THE BANK" in read. (The odds of a pot growing to the level where you break the bank is very low in the lower difficulties but practically guaranteed in the higher difficulties.) If "BREAK THE BANK" appears, any money above 999,999 will be automatically deposited into the bank for the winner to claim. Once the initial pot is set, wagers from the betting booth will be called in, multiplied by 5, and put into the pot. The wagers are random, so don't be surprised if the pot after the first wagers in Normal is 98,500 when it was 123,000 at the same time in a prior challenge.

At this point, you will stage your first battle of the tournament. You'll be facing 3 or 4 Pokémon at random based on the trainer's theme. If you beat the trainer, you'll move on; if you lose, you'll be stripped of half of your remaining money and directed to the betting booth to watch the rest of the tournament. You can run from a battle in this mode; if you do so, you'll be directed to the betting booth to watch the rest of the tournament but lose no money. After each round, the pot will be increased by half of each loser's remaining money, unless a loser ran from the battle (in which case no money will be added for that person). At this point, unless the final round just ended, wagers for the next round will be collected and multipled by 5 before being added to the pot, and the next round will begin. After three rounds, the tournament ends and the winner takes home the entire jackpot. If you win and if the jackpot is more than you can carry, any excess money will be deposited into the bank.

If you choose to go to the betting booth, or get directed there after losing or running from a battle, you can place a wager in increments equal to the entry fee of this tournament on one of the participants. You can choose not to wager and just watch a random battle, but you won't win anything if you don't wager. If the participant you chose wins the battle, you'll win 3 to 1 odds on your wager. If you can't carry enough after winning a wager, any excess will be deposited into the bank.

Finally, if you choose to go into the bank, you can withdraw any of your money being kept here because you didn't have room to store it. Keep in mind that you can only withdraw as much as you can carry.

The opponents' levels will depend on the difficulty you entered. The Lame-level challenge, the easiest, pits you against level 10 opponents. The Easy-level challenge puts you against level 30 opponents. The Normal-level challenge puts you against level 50 opponents. The Hard-level challenge puts you against level 70 opponents. Finally, the Ultra-level challenge, the hardest, puts you against level 100 opponents.

There are also some other rewards each time you win a tournament on each difficulty. Here they are:

Lame: A random TM buyable for up to 1999
Easy: A random TM buyable for 2000-3999
Normal: A random TM buyable for 4000-9999
Hard: A random TM buyable for 10000-49999 (most are transmittable)
Ultra: A random transmittable TM buyable for 50000 or more
Sell value is half of the buy value. The TMs are grouped by buy value.

Also, for the record, you may find trainers you know. Your Open Level apprentices will show up here in Emerald. Gym leaders, Elite Four members, leaders of evil teams, Orange Crew members, and certain other trainers can also show up here. If you have a Sonic or FF7 character's Enigma Island or Marathon Battle as the current one, you can also see a character of their respective game/series here as well. These characters can show up anywhere in the Jackpot Battle area except the bank. Usually, the weaker trainers will participate in the Lame or Easy levels while the stronger ones will take part in a Hard or Ultra level challenge. This isn't always the case, though; for example, don't freak out if you see HE4 Drake in a Lame level challenge or Kanto Aeris trying her hand at an Ultra level challenge.
 
Last edited:
For the record in this piece of data, Eruption is a move XD002 gets upon purification.

ULTRA TRAINER CHALLENGE CHANGES BETWEEN COLOSSEUM AND XD

While the Mt. Battle Ultra Trainer challenge found here is accessible in both Pokémon Colosseum and Pokémon XD: Gale of Darkness, XD: Gale of Darkness’s version of the ultra-tough challenge has several differences to it. In fact, here’s a list of all the changes for XD’s version in the order they happen:

  • All battles are now always 2-on-2. After speaking to the Trainer, you go to the same screen that appears before you battle a Trainer in Orre Colosseum, where you each choose 4 of your Pokémon to battle.
  • Chobin now makes an appearance during the challenge in his Robo Groudon. You fight him after Drake (OI) and before Lorelei.
  • Wallace is now fought during the Elite Four arc of the challenge and goes by his “Champion” tile. He uses the same team that he used in Colosseum.
  • Steven now goes by his “[PK][MN] TRAINER” title when fought.
  • You still fight Miror B. in XD’s Ultra Trainer Challenge, but he goes by his “Wanderer” title and uses a very different team from his Colosseum team.
  • Tyson no longer uses an illegal swap in XD’s Ultra Trainer Challenge.
  • You still fight Giovanni in XD’s Ultra Trainer Challenge, but he goes by his “Rocket Leader” title and is fought much later in the challenge then when he did in Colosseum. He also uses a completely different team.
  • You still fight Gonzap in XD’s Ultra Trainer Challenge, but he uses a very different team from his Colosseum team.
  • Instead of fighting the Colosseum Cipher Admins and boss (Miror B. Dakim, Venus, Ein, Nascour, and Evice), you fight the XD Cipher Admins and boss (Lovrina, Snattle, Gorigan, Ardos, Eldes, and Greevil).
  • You don’t fight Agnol or Fein at all in XD’s Ultra Trainer Challenge.

To make the Battle list changes more understandable, here’s a list of all the Trainers you fight in XD’s Ultra Trainer Challenge. The Trainers with new Pokémon or are new altogether are noted with a “***” next to the name.

Battle 1: Leader Brock (M)
Battle 2: Leader Misty (F)
Battle 3: Leader Lt. Surge (M)
Battle 4: Leader Erika (F)
Battle 5: Leader Koga (M)
Battle 6: Leader Sabrina (F)
Battle 7: Leader Aeris (F)
Battle 8: Leader Blaine (M)
Battle 9: Leader Janine (F)
Battle 10: Leader Falkner (M)
Battle 11: Leader Bugsy (M)
Battle 12: Leader Whitney (F)
Battle 13: Leader Morty (M)
Battle 14: Leader Chuck (M)
Battle 15: Leader Jasmine (F)
Battle 16: Leader Pryce (M)
Battle 17: Leader Clair (F)
Battle 18: Leader Roxanne (F)
Battle 19: Leader Brawly (M)
Battle 20: Leader Wattson (M)
Battle 21: Leader Flannery (F)
Battle 22: Leader Norman (M)
Battle 23: Leader Winona (F)
Battle 24: Leader Jason (M)
Battle 25: Leaders Tate&Liza (M/F)
Battle 26: Leader Juan (M)
Battle 27: Orange Crew Cissy (F)
Battle 28: Orange Crew Danny (M)
Battle 29: Orange Crew Rudy (M)
Battle 30: Orange Crew Luana (F)
Battle 31: OI Elite Drake (M)
Battle 32: Robo Groudon Chobin (M)***
Battle 33: Elite Four Lorelei (F)
Battle 34: Elite Four Bruno (M)
Battle 35: Elite Four Agatha (F)
Battle 36: Elite Four Will (M)
Battle 37: Elite Four Karen (F)
Battle 38: Elite Four Sidney (M)
Battle 39: Elite Four Phoebe (F)
Battle 40: Elite Four Glacia (F)
Battle 41: Elite Four Drake (M)
Battle 42: Champion Wallace (M)
Battle 43: Champion Lance (M)
Battle 44: [PK][MN] Trainer Steven (M)
Battle 45: Charizard Tamer Liza (F)
Battle 46: Greenhouse Gal Sonrisa (F)
Battle 47: Performer Trixie (F)
Battle 48: [PK][MN] Trainer Electra (F)
Battle 49: [PK][MN] Trainer Milane (F)
Battle 50: Seafarer Luka (F)
Battle 51: Dojo Master Shingo (M)
Battle 52: Mysteryman Eusine (M)
Battle 53: Hula Dancer Floreia (F)
Battle 54: [PK][MN] Trainer Ritchie (M)
Battle 55: [PK][MN] Trainer Harrison (M)
Battle 56: [PK][MN] Trainer Gary (M)
Battle 57: Dome Ace Tucker (M)
Battle 58: Pike Queen Lucy (F)
Battle 59: Arena Tycoon Greta (F)
Battle 60: Factory Head Noland (M)
Battle 61: Palace Maven Spenser (M)
Battle 62: Pyramid King Brandon (M)
Battle 63: Salon Maiden Anabel (F)
Battle 64: Magma Leader Maxie (M)
Battle 65: Aqua Leader Archie (M)
Battle 66: Flora Leader Farlie (M)
Battle 67: Plasma Leader Plasmae (F)
Battle 68: Wanderer Miror B. (M)***
Battle 69: Rocket Admin Tyson (M)
Battle 70: Rocket Leader Giovanni (M)***
Battle 71: Snagem Head Gonzap (M)***
Battle 72: Cipher Admin Lovrina (F)***
Battle 73: Cipher Admin Snattle (M)***
Battle 74: Cipher Admin Gorigan (M)***
Battle 75: Cipher Admin Ardos (M)***
Battle 76: Cipher Admin Eldes (M)***
Battle 77: Cipher Boss Greevil (M)***
Battle 78: Team Sonic Sonic (M)
Battle 79: Team Sonic Tails (M)
Battle 80: Team Sonic Knuckles (M)
Battle 81: Team Dark Shadow (M)
Battle 82: Team Dark red face paint (F)
Battle 83: Team Dark Omega (M)
Battle 84: Team Rose Amy (F)
Battle 85: Team Rose Cream (F)
Battle 86: Team Rose Big (M)
Battle 87: Team Chaotix Espio (M)
Battle 88: Team Chaotix Charmy (M)
Battle 89: Team Chaotix Vector (M)
Battle 90: Dark Story Eggman (M)
Battle 91: Midgar Sword Cloud (M)
Battle 92: Midgar Gun Barret (M)
Battle 93: Midgar Fist Tifa (F)
Battle 94: Hex Manic Rebecca (aka Aeris) (F)
Battle 95: Midgar Creature Red XIII (M)
Battle 96: Midgar Ninja Yuffie (F)
Battle 97: Midgar Feline Cait Sith (M)
Battle 98: Midgar Shooter Vincent (M)
Battle 99: Midgar Pilot Cid (M)
Battle 100: Midgar Darkness Sephiroth (M)


I also have a “revised for XD” list of the battle music you’ll hear in each of these battles. As it turns out, there are 25 different “midis” of music for XD’s Mt. Battle Ultra Trainer Challenge. Here’s the list:

Battle Music List
Brock – Blaine: Gym Leader Battle music from Pokémon Stadium.
Janine – Clair: Johto Gym Leader Battle music from Pokémon Stadium 2.
Roxanne – Juan: Hoenn Gym Leader Battle music from Pokémon XD.
Cissy – Drake: Poké-Cup Final Round Battle music from Pokémon Stadium 2.
Chobin: Final Round Knockout challenge music from Pokémon XD.
Lorelei – Karen: Elite Four Battle music from Pokémon Stadium 2.
Sidney – Drake (HE4): Rendition of Elite Four Battle music from Pokémon R/S/E.
Wallace: Champion Battle music from Pokémon XD.
Lance: Champion Battle music from Pokémon Stadium 2.
Steven: Champion Battle music from Pokémon XD.
Liza – Gary: Kanto Gym Leader Battle music from Pokémon Stadium 2.
Tucker – Anabel: Rendition of Frontier Brain Battle music from Pokémon Emerald.
Maxie – Plasmae: Rendition of Enemy Team Leader Battle music from R/S/E.
Miror B.: Miror B.’s theme from Pokémon XD.
Tyson: Rendition of Team Rocket battle music from Pokémon G/S/E.
Giovanni: Mt. Battle Master Battlus’s battle theme from Pokémon XD.
Gonzap – Eldes: Boss battle music from Pokémon XD.
Greevil: Greevil’s battle music from Pokémon XD.
Sonic – Knuckles: Team Sonic theme from Sonic Heroes (minus lyrics).
Shadow – Omega: Team Dark theme from Sonic Heroes (minus lyrics).
Amy – Big: Team Rose theme from Sonic Heroes (minus lyrics).
Espio – Vector: Team Chaotix theme from Sonic Heroes (minus lyrics).
Eggman: Egg Emperor battle music from Sonic Heroes.
Cloud – Cid: Remix of the Monster Battle music from Final Fantasy VII.
Sephiroth: Sephiroth’s Final Battle music from Final Fantasy VII.

Now here are the Pokémon lineups of the added or changed Trainers for XD’s Mt. Battle Ultra Trainer Challenge. All details included before are still included here.

BATTLE 32: ROBO GROUDON CHOBIN ♂
L?? Sunflora♀ – Razor Leaf, Faint Attack, Endeavor, Helping Hand
(Type: Grass) (AB: Chlorophyll) (Item: Brightpowder)
L?? Ninjask♀ – Silver Wind, Double Team, Substitute, Baton Pass
(Type: Bug/Flying) (AB: Speed Boost) (Item: King’s Rock)
L?? Marowak♀ – Earthquake, Brick Break, Rock Slide, Focus Energy
(Type: Ground) (AB: Lightningrod) (Item: Quick Claw)
L?? Gyarados♂ – Hydro Pump, Hidden Power, Earthquake, Dragon Dance
(Type: Water/Flying) (AB: Intimidate) (Item: Trixie Berry)
L?? Scizor♂ – Silver Wind, Steel Wing, Aerial Ace, Swords Dance
(Type: Bug/Steel) (AB: Swarm) (Item: Barret Berry)
L?? Dragonite♂ – Dragon Claw, Flamethrower, Thunderbolt, Thunder Wave
(Type: Dragon/Flying) (AB: Inner Focus) (Item: Vincentberry)

BATTLE 68: WANDERER MIROR B. ♂
L?? Ludicolo♂ – Hydro Pump, Giga Drain, Thunderpunch, Ice Beam
(Type: Water/Grass) (AB: Rain Dish) (Item: Vincentberry)
L?? Exploud♂ – Water Pulse, Hyper Voice, Shadow Ball, Earthquake
(Type: Normal) (AB: Soundproof) (Item: Scope Lens)
L?? Electrode – Thunder, Thunder Wave, Mirror Coat, Rain Dance
(Type: Electric) (AB: Soundproof) (Item: King’s Rock)
L?? Jynx♀ – Blizzard, Psychic, Water Pulse, Rain Dance
(Type: Ice/Psychic) (AB: Oblivious) (Item: Mystic Water)
L?? Armaldo♀ – Water Pulse, Rock Slide, Earthquake, Brick Break
(Type: Rock/Bug) (AB: Battle Armor) (Item: Shingo Berry)
L?? Omastar♀ – Hydro Pump, Blizzard, Seismic Toss, Rain Dance
(Type: Rock/Water) (AB: Swift Swim) (Item: Brightpowder)
L?? Dragonite♂ – Thunder, Surf, Dragon Claw, Aerial Ace
(Type: Dragon/Flying) (AB: Inner Focus) (Item: Vector Berry)
NOTE: Miror B. is not following the Mt. Battle rules. The turn after his first Pokémon goes down, he'll skip a turn to illegally swap that Pokémon for Dragonite in his lineup.
After Winning: Recieve 15,000 Pokécoupon points as a reward for clearing a rulebreaker from the challenge; you get these points even if you don't complete the challenge.


BATTLE 70: ROCKET LEADER GIOVANNI ♂
L?? Tyranitar♂ – Crunch, Earthquake, Rock Slide, Dragon Dance
(Type: Rock/Dark) (AB: Sand Stream) (Item: Scope Lens)
L?? Metagross – Meteor Mash, Earthquake, Shadow Ball, Skill Swap
(Type: Steel/Psychic) (AB: Clear Body) (Item: Quick Claw)
L?? Slaking♂ – Double-Edge, Shadow Ball, Brick Break, Earthquake
(Type: Normal) (AB: Truant) (Item: Barret Berry)
L?? Machamp♂ – Cross Chop, Earthquake, Rock Slide, Bulk Up
(Type: Fighting) (AB: Guts) (Item: Charmy Berry)
L?? Kingdra♀ – Hydro Pump, Blizzard, Dragonbreath, Attract
(Type: Water/Dragon) (AB: Swift Swim) (Item: Brightpowder)
L?? Cradily♀ – Giga Drain, Rock Slide, Mirror Coat, Recover
(Type: Rock/Grass) (AB: Suction Cups) (Item: Leftovers)
L?? Ho-oh – Eruption, Sky Attack, Thunderbolt, Earthquake
(Type: Fire/Flying) (AB: Pressure) (Item: Shell Bell)
NOTE: Giovanni is not following the Mt. Battle rules. The turn after his first Pokémon goes down, he'll skip a turn to illegally swap that Pokémon for Ho-oh in his lineup.
After Winning: Recieve 15,000 Pokécoupon points as a reward for clearing a rulebreaker from the challenge; you get these points even if you don't complete the challenge.


BATTLE 71: SNAGEM HEAD GONZAP ♂
L?? Skarmory♂ – Drill Peck, Spikes, Sand-Attack, Roar
(Type: Steel/Flying) (AB: Sturdy) (Item: Jason Berry)
L?? Venusaur♀ – Frenzy Plant, Sludge Bomb, Light Screen, Roar
(Type: Grass/Poison) (AB: Overgrow) (Item: Brightpowder)
L?? Charizard♀ – Blast Burn, Dragon Claw, Substitute, Roar
(Type: Fire/Flying) (AB: Blaze) (Item: Lax Incense)
L?? Blastoise♀ – Hydro Cannon, Ice Beam, Mirror Coat, Roar
(Type: Water) (AB: Torrent) (Item: Norman Berry)
L?? Salamence♂ – Hyper Beam, Brick Break, Earthquake, Dragon Claw
(Type: Dragon/Flying) (AB: Intimidate) (Item: Scope Lens)
L?? Slaking♂ – Hyper Beam, Shadow Ball, Earthquake, Brick Break
(Type: Normal) (AB: Truant) (Item: Barret Berry)
L?? Machamp♂ – Hyper Beam, Cross Chop, Earthquake, Rock Slide
(Type: Fighting) (AB: Guts) (Item: Quick Claw)
NOTE: Gonzap is not following the Mt. Battle rules. The turn after his first Pokémon goes down, he'll skip a turn to illegally swap that Pokémon for Machamp in his lineup.
After Winning: Recieve 15,000 Pokécoupon points as a reward for clearing a rulebreaker from the challenge; you get these points even if you don't complete the challenge.


BATTLE 72: CIPHER ADMIN LOVRINA ♀
L?? Meganium♂ – Razor Leaf, Ancientpower, Leech Seed, Attract
(Type: Grass) (AB: Overgrow) (Item: Flaneryberry)
L?? Gardevoir♀ – Psychic, Thunderbolt, Will-o-Wisp, Attract
(Type: Psychic) (AB: Trace) (Item: Lax Incense)
L?? Milotic♀ – Hydro Pump, Ice Beam, Confuse Ray, Attract
(Type: Water) (AB: Marvel Scale) (Item: Janine Berry)
L?? Altaria♀ – Dragon Claw, Flamethrower, Sing, Attract
(Type: Dragon/Flying) (AB: Natural Cure) (Item: Brightpowder)
L?? Blissey♀ – Seismic Toss, Sotfboiled, Thunder Wave, Attract
(Type: Normal) (AB: Natural Cure) (Item: Leftovers)
L?? Shuckle♂ – Rollout, Sandstorm, Toxic, Attract
(Type: Bug/Rock) (AB: Sturdy) (Item: Wattsonberry)

BATTLE 73: CIPHER ADMIN SNATTLE ♂
L?? Lanturn♂ – Thunder, Hydro Pump, Ice Beam, Rain Dance
(Type: Water/Electric) (AB: Volt Absorb) (Item: Whitneyberry)
L?? Starmie – Hydro Pump, Thunder, Blizzard, Psychic
(Type: Water/Psychic) (AB: Natural Cure) (Item: Barret Berry)
L?? Electrode – Thunder, Hidden Power, Rain Dance, Thunder Wave
(Type: Electric) (AB: Static) (Item: Petaya Berry)
L?? Gengar♂ – Thunder, Hidden Power, Psychic, Fire Punch
(Type: Ghost/Poison) (AB: Levitate) (Item: Scope Lens)
L?? Scizor♀ – Steel Wing, Silver Wind, Aerial Ace, Double-Edge
(Type: Bug/Steel) (AB: Swarm) (Item: Wallaceberry)
L?? Metagross – Meteor Mash, Earthquake, Shadow Ball, Rain Dance
(Type: Steel/Psychic) (AB: Clear Body) (Item: Quick Claw)

BATTLE 74: CIPHER ADMIN GORIGAN ♂
L?? Walrein♂ – Earthquake, Blizzard, Waterfall, Protect
(Type: Ice/Water) (AB: Thick Fat) (Item: Trixie Berry)
L?? Aggron♀ – Earthquake, Iron Tail, Rock Slide, Protect
(Type: Steel/Rock) (AB: Stirdy) (Item: Luka Berry)
L?? Hitmontop♂ – Earthquake, Hi Jump Kick, Counter, Protect
(Type: Fighting) (AB: Intimidate) (Item: Focus Band)
L?? Hypno♀ – Psychic, Ice Punch, Thunderpunch, Protect
(Type: Psychic) (AB: Insomnia) (Item: Vincentberry)
L?? Arcanine♂ – Overheat, Extremespeed, Crunch, Protect
(Type: Fire) (AB: Flash Fire) (Item: White Herb)
L?? Salamence♀ – Earthquake, Dragon Claw, Crunch, Hydro Pump
(Type: Dragon/Flying) (AB: Intimidate) (Item: Scope Lens)

BATTLE 75: CIPHER ADMIN ARDOS ♂
L?? Snorlax♂ – Return, Earthquake, Rest, Snore
(Type: Normal) (AB: Immunity) (Item: Leftovers)
L?? Sceptile♂ – Leaf Blade, Dragon Claw, Crunch, Thunderpunch
(Type: Grass) (AB: Overgrow) (Item: Vincentberry)
L?? Alakazam♂ – Psychic, Fire Punch, Ice Punch, Hidden Power
(Type: Psychic) (AB: Synchronize) (Item: Agatha Berry)
L?? Heracross♀ – Megahorn, Earthquake, Endure, Reversal
(Type: Bug/Fighting) (AB: Swarm) (Item: Salac Berry)
L?? Charizard♀ – Overheat, Dragon Claw, Iron Tail, Earthquake
(Type: Fire/Flying) (AB: Blaze) (Item: White Herb)
L?? Kingdra♀ – Hydro Pump, Dragonbreath, Blizzard, Double-Edge
(Type: Water/Dragon) (AB: Swift Swim) (Item: Barret Berry)

BATTLE 76: CIPHER ADMIN ELDES ♂
L?? Ninjask♂ – Silver Wind, Substitute, Swords Dance, Baton Pass
(Type: Bug/Flying) (AB: Speed Boost) (Item: Brightpowder)
L?? Flygon♂ – Earthquake, Dragon Claw, Crunch, Fire Blast
(Type: Ground/Dragon) (AB: Levitate) (Item: Vector Berry)
L?? Lapras♀ – Blizzard, Hydro Pump, Psychic, Confuse Ray
(Type: Water/Ice) (AB: Shell Armor) (Item: Trixie Berry)
L?? Gengar♀ – Shadow Ball, Thunderbolt, Sludge Bomb, Psychic
(Type: Ghost/Poison) (AB: Levitate) (Item: King’s Rock)
L?? Salamence♂ – Dragon Claw, Earthquake, Aerial Ace, Dragon Dance
(Type: Dragon/Flying) (AB: Intimidate) (Item: Scope Lens)
L?? Metagross – Psychic, Meteor Mash, Earthquake, Brick Break
(Type: Steel/Psychic) (AB: Clear Body) (Item: Wallaceberry)

BATTLE 77: CIPHER BOSS GREEVIL ♂
L?? Tauros♂ – Double-Edge, Iron Tail, Earthquake, Reversal
(Type: Normal) (AB: Intimidate) (Item: Scope Lens)
L?? Rhydon♂ – Earthquake, Megahorn, Rock Slide, Iron Tail
(Type: Ground/Rock) (AB: Lightningrod) (Item: Luka Berry)
L?? Exeggutor♀ – Giga Drain, Psychic, Ancientpower, Sludge Bomb
(Type: Grass/Psychic) (AB: Chlorophyll) (Item: Lance Berry)
L?? Articuno – Ice Beam, Water Pulse, Extrasensory, Haze
(Type: Ice/Flying) (AB: Pressure) (Item: Brightpowder)
L?? Zapdos – Thunderbolt, Drill Peck, Extrasensory, Metal Sound
(Type: Electric/Flying) (AB: Pressure) (Item: King’s Rock)
L?? Moltres – Flamethrower, Aerial Ace, Extrasensory, Will-o-Wisp
(Type: Fire/Flying) (AB: Pressure) (Item: Lax Incense)
L?? Lugia – Psycho Boost, Aeroblast, Hydro Pump, Blizzard
(Type: Psychic/Flying) (AB: Pressure) (Item: White Herb)
NOTE: Greevil is not following the Mt. Battle rules. The turn after his first Pokémon goes down, he'll skip a turn to illegally swap that Pokémon for Lugia in his lineup.
After Winning: Recieve 15,000 Pokécoupon points as a reward for clearing a rulebreaker from the challenge; you get these points even if you don't complete the challenge.
 
Last edited:
Here it is! A massive mission that I've worked on for two months. Now some of the Shadow Pokémon here may be repeats of ones already posted, bu they were decided upon long before Carrington posted any of his data for this set. This mission will be called the "XD Anime Mission" and will be divided up into three parts! There are almost 60 new Shadow Pokémon to be found in this mission alone! This mission will also have 5 new Shadow moves! Now I'll indicate this part of the mission with a main heading:

XD ANIME MISSION PART 1

This piece of data is huge, you may need a road map to find your way through this.

Transmit all of the passwords on all of the Pokémon-ex and Pokémon * to the Tajiri server, then transmit the data over Wi-Fi into Pokémon XD: Gale of Darkness. Make sure XD has the Trainers' City save file with all 83 original Shadow Pokémon. You'll need Trainers' City for this data. (If you have a Trainers' City save file but you haven't snagged all 83 Shadow Pokémon, you'll have to snag them before doing this mission.)

You have to start from somewhere other than Trainers' City. Watch any TV and the report will mention a Trainers’ convention occurring in Trainers' City. At this point, head for Gateon Port and ride the Robo Kyogre to Trainers' City.

However, Michael won't make it to Trainers' City this time. When you choose Trainers' City, a cutscene will begin. As the Robo Kyogre is sailing along, from out of nowhere, an unusually colored Rayquaza will come flying down! This Rayquaza happens to have colors similar to that of Shadow Lugia and Shadow Ho-oh! Before Michael can react, the Rayquaza releases a shadowy flash of bright light. Michael whites out immediately.

The scene then shifts to Trainers’ City. More specifically, inside the Pokémon Lab. There is now a bed in there on which Michael wakes up. By his side are five Professors; Professor Oak, Professor Elm, Professor Birch, and Professor Ivy. Oak brings up a shocking situation. All of your Pokémon have been taken from you! Elm tells you that not only that, unknown hackers have somehow managed to lock up all of your Pokémon boxes! Birch will ask you if you want to know just who rescued you (with a Yes/No option). If you evolved your Eevee into Vaporeon or Jolteon, Ivy brings up that it was Trixie that rescued you. If you evolved your Eevee into Flareon or Espeon, she brings up that it was Liza that rescued you. If you evolved your Eevee into Umbreon or not at all, she brings up that it was Sonrisa that rescued you. (If Eevee’s not in your game, that will count as never evolving your Eevee.)

Then, the person that rescued you comes into the lab. Liza will explain that she was on her way to train at Mt. Battle, Sonrisa will explain that she was going to Agate Village to check out the Relic Stone, and Trixie will explain that she was going to Gateon Port to perform at the Krabby Club. Anyway, the one here will tell you that she found you unconscious out in the water near Trainers’ City and brought you here right away. Once the conversation is done, go up to Professor Oak and talk to him. He’ll bring up that since your Pokémon have been pilfered and your PC hacked, he’ll give you a L36 Pokémon that shares the same type as your Eevee evolution, complete with a satisfactory set of moves. Here’s which Pokémon you receive depending on that you evolved your Eevee into:

Pokémon List
L36 Bellossom – Magical Leaf, Mega Punch, Sludge Bomb, Attract
(Type: Grass) (AB: Chlorophyll)
Condition: You never evolved your Eevee or Eevee’s not in your game.
L36 Politoed – Surf, Earthquake, Ice Beam, Rain Dance
(Type: Water) (AB: Water Absorb)
Condition: You evolved your Eevee into Vaporeon.
L36 Ampharos – Thunderbolt, Fire Punch, Body Slam, Thunder Wave
(Type: Electric) (AB: Static)
Condition: You evolved your Eevee into Jolteon.
L36 Ninetales – Fire Blast, Faint Attack, Body Slam, Confuse Ray
(Type: Fire) (AB: Flash Fire)
Condition: You evolved your Eevee into Flareon.
L36 Gardevoir – Psychic, Shock Wave, Ice Punch, Calm Mind
(Type: Psychic) (AB: Synchronize)
Condition: You evolved your Eevee into Espeon.
L36 Absol – Faint Attack, Aerial Ace, Rock Slide, Swords Dance
(Type: Dark) (AB: Pressure)
Condition: You evolved your Eevee into Umbreon.

Once this is done, head outside. As soon as you do, your P*DA will go off with shocking news! Professor Krane has sent you an E-mail stating that Pokémon HQ has been attacked, but not by Team Cipher, but by Team Rocket! Once this E-mail has been read, Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie (the one that rescued you) will come out and tell you that she overheard your conversation with Krane. Since she rescued you, she decides to help you out with her own 3 Pokémon. Hers also happen to be at L36 (they will be earning experience as they go along). Here’s what each girl has as well as the details for them:

Liza
L36 Charizard – Flamethrower, Aerial Ace, Seismic Toss, Iron Tail
(Type: Fire/Flying) (AB: Blaze) (Item: None) (Name: Charla)
L36 Houndoom – Crunch, Fire Blast, Solarbeam, Sunny Day
(Type: Dark/Fire) (AB: Early Bird) (Item: None)
L36 Torkoal – Overheat, Hidden Power, Body Slam, Iron Defense
(Type: Fire) (AB: White Smoke) (Item: White Herb**)
The White Herb Torkoal’s holding cannot be removed from it and regenerates after every battle if used.

Sonrisa
L36 Sunflora – Solarbeam, Faint Attack, Endeavor, Helping Hand
(Type: Grass) (AB: Chlorophyll) (Item: None) (Name: Sunny)
L36 Vileplume – Petal Dance, Aerial Ace, Sludge Bomb, Sunny Day
(Type: Grass/Poison) (AB: Chlorophyll) (Item: Persim Berry**)
L36 Breloom – Giga Drain, Body Slam, Sky Uppercut, Spore
(Type: Grass/Fighting) (AB: Effect Spore) (Item: None)
The Persim Berry Vileplume’s holding cannot be removed from it and regenerates after every battle if used.

Trixie
L36 Azumarill – Hydro Pump, Icy Wind, Brick Break, Rain Dance
(Type: Water) (AB: Huge Power) (Item: Trixie Berry**)
L36 Golduck – Surf, Blizzard, Psychic, Hypnosis
(Type: Water) (AB: Damp) (Item: None)
L36 Sealeo – Ice Beam, Water Pulse, Body Slam, Rain Dance
(Type: Ice/Water) (AB: Thick Fat) (Item: None)
The Trixie Berry Azumarill’s holding cannot be removed from it and regenerates after every battle if used.

The Pokémon arrangement is slightly different; in the menu, the left column is Michael's Pokémon, while the right column is those belonging to Liza, Sonrisa, or Trixie. Michael sends the top on his list, Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie sends the top on her list, and that's how battles work in this data. However, while the second and third Pokémon in Liza’s, Sonrisa’s, or Trixie’s roster can be switched out for different Pokémon, her first (Charizard, Sunflora, or Azumarill) can’t be put into a PC box. Also, whenever you go from one map location to another, the person following you uses her own means of transportation while Michael uses his scooter. Liza uses her balloon, Sonrisa uses a hover-bike with two flower baskets at the side, and Trixie uses a Mantine-shaped glider. Anyway, now that everything’s sorted out, exit Trainers’ City and head back to Pokémon HQ.



Pokémon HQ

When you and Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie make it to Pokémon HQ, both people outside have been knocked down, and two Team Rocket Grunts are outside, one at each entrance to the HQ. Here are the teams of both:

Team Rocket Grunt (M)
L30 Koffing, L30 Cubone, L30 Poochyena

Team Rocket Grunt (F)
L30 Grimer, L30 Wooper, L30 Carvanha

Once one’s been defeated, head through the door they were guarding to find everyone usually found at the HQ in a panic about what’s happening. Talk to one of the scientists in the Purify Chamber area and he’ll explain that another Rocket has taken Professor Krane and Lily hostage! Head for the room where you got the Snag Machine and another Grunt will stop you in your tracks. Here’s her team:

Team Rocket Grunt (F)
L30 Weepinbell, L30 Murkrow, L30 Arbok

Once this Rocket Grunt’s been defeated, head down the stairs into the basement and go into the room where Krane gave you the Master Ball. Inside, you’ll find one more Rocket holding the Professor and Lily captive. One you enter the room, the Grunt will battle you. Here’s his team:

Team Rocket Grunt (M)
L30 Gloom, L30 Absol, L30 Swalot

Once Professor Krane and Lily have been rescued, you’ll be whisked back up to Krane’s office. Krane and Lily are aware of that happened to you on your way to Trainers’ City. However, Krane also brings up that trouble’s started brewing in Orre again. No longer is Cipher pulling the strings, but Team Rocket, Magma, Aqua, Flora, and Plasma are. He’ll explain that five years ago the first Shadow Pokémon incident attracted those five organizations to Orre and that they also were partially involved in that incident. (For the record, Krane’s referring to past e-Reader data missions that occurred in Pokémon Colosseum.) Krane will tell you that Team Magma has been spotted near the Cipher Lab, Team Aqua near Gateon Port, Team Flora somewhere between Orre Colosseum and Pyrite Town, and Team Plasma somewhere in Eclo Canyon. Lily will then talk to Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie and ask her stay with Michael as he goes and investigates these occurrences. Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie will say yes to Lily. In other words, she will be following you throughout the mission.

Krane will also bring up that he has set up 3 additional PC boxes for you and Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie to store your Pokémon in (your regular ones are locked). The Purify Chamber is still operational, but because of the PC lockup, Pokémon can’t be moved to or from the Purify Chamber. (The Purification circles you have set up currently can still be used to purify Shadow Pokémon, which will be brought up later.) Also, when using a PC, Quick Password replaces Item Storage (the hackers also locked that up). You won’t have to worry about Item space, however, since Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie have their own Item Bags. In fact, each one has a few items with her from the start. Liza has 5 Paralyze Heals, 5 Liza Berries, and a TM35. Sonrisa has 5 Burn Heals, 5 Sonrisa Berries, and a TM22. Trixie has 5 Ice Heals, 5 Trixie Berries, and a TM03. All three have 5 Super Potions, 5 Revives, and 5 Ultra Balls. The B button lets you switch between Item Bags. When an item other than a Key Item is picked up, you choose which Bag to deposit it in (the choices are <your name>’s and Liza’s, Sonrisa’s, or Trixie’s).

After you leave the HQ and go to the map, there will be different descriptions for most of the map locations (describing what is or could be happening there). The four places Krane pointed you to can be done in any order. Over time as you rid these places of the Teams occupying them, certain occurrences will also happen at several other places in Orre. In fact, you’ll have to visit almost every place in Orre to unravel the new mysteries plaguing the region!



Cipher Lab

“CIPHER’s restored lab that is now being sought by TEAM MAGMA. What could they want here?”

As it turns out, the Cipher Lab is now being used by Team Magma for unknown purposes. This time, however, there’s no one outside standing guard so you can simply head inside. However, shortly after going through the front door, a male Team Magma Grunt jumps you. Here’s his team:

Team Magma Grunt (M)
L33 Numel, L33 Houndour, L33 Golbat

After defeating the Grunt, he’ll let slip that other Legendary Pokémon could contribute to the XD001 project. He’ll then run off, leaving the elevator free for you to use. Head down the elevator to the first basement. You’ll now have to battle more Team Magma Grunts as you make your way through the same path you first took when you came here to save Professor Krane. Here are the teams:

Team Magma Grunt (F)
L34 Baltoy, L34 Torkoal

Team Magma Grunt (M)
L31 Houndour, L31 Aron, L31 Slugma, L31 Vulpix, L31 Mightyena

Team Magma Grunt (F)
L32 Numel, L32 Growlithe, L32 Rhyhorn, L32 Charmeleon

Team Magma Grunt (M)
L33 Slugma, L33 Sandslash, L33 Mightyena

Team Magma Grunt (F)
L32 Numel, L32 Lairon, L32 Ponyta, L32 Houndoom

Team Magma Grunt (M)
L34 Golbat, L34 Torkoal

Team Magma Grunt (F)
L31 Rhyhorn, L31 Vulpix, L31 Mightyena, L31 Growlithe, L31 Lairon

Team Magma Grunt (M)
L32 Numel, L32 Baltoy, L32 Ponyta, L32 Mightyena

Team Magma Grunt (F)
L33 Houndoom, L33 Magmar, L33 Golbat

Once you’ve gone up the stairs, you’ll find Magma Admin Courtney, who’ll then notice you and Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie and battle you. One of her Pokémon happens to be a Shadow Ninetales, which you can either Snag now or Snag it later when you see Miror B. again. Here’s Courntey’s team:

Magma Admin Courtney (F)
L35 Camerupt, L35 Golbat, L35 Magcargo, L35 Ninetales

Once Courtney is defeated, she’ll run out of the room to go tell Maxie what has happened. You and Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie can head back down the stairs. However, once you’ve made it down the stairs, Tabitha will confront you and boast that he’s even stronger than Courtney. He has several strong Pokémon, including 2 powerful Shadow Pokémon. Here’s Tabitha’s team:

Magma Admin Tabitha (M)
L35 Camerupt, L35 Mightyena, L35 Onix, L35 Torkoal

After Tabitha’s defeat, he’ll boast that while Team Magma isn’t anywhere as powerful in Orre as Team Cipher, that won’t matter once their plans are completed. He’ll then run out of the room. You’re now free to head back the way you came. But as you’re near the elevator out of the Lab, Maxie, along with two Magma Grunts will greet you and tell you that you’re journey ends here, then he’ll battle you. Here’s his powerful team and strategy box:

BOSS BATTLE - Magma Leader Maxie
RECOMMENDED POKéMON TYPES: Water, Ground, Electric, Shadow
As the Leader of Team Magma, Maxie posses a roaster of tough L40 Pokémon that will usually only succumb to a Water or Ground Pokémon. If Trixie’s the one following you, take advantage of her 3 Water Pokémon to bring down Camerupt and Houndoom. Use Electric and Psychic attacks on Crobat before it has a chance to use Confuse Ray or Poison Fang and Fighting attacks on Mightyena. However, be prepared when he send out his L40 Shadow Arcanine, equipped with a powerful set of Shadow attacks, including Shadow Down and Shadow Break. It’s here that you should send out one of 3 Shadow Pokémon you had a chance to Snag shortly before this battle.
Pokémon: L40 Camerupt, L40 Crobat, L40 Houndoom, L40 Mightyena, L40 Arcanine

After Maxie’s been defeated, he’ll complain about how he came to the Cipher Lab to find more research about the XD001 to help him and the rest of Team Magma with their plans. He as well as any other Team Magma agents will then leave the Lab. If you check in the area in which he stood, you’ll surprisingly find a Battle CD 51 (yes, a new Battle CD). Pick it up and leave. Here’s what’s on the CD:

Battle CD 51:
Name: Brushfire Battle!
Description: "Can GRASS POKéMON survive the heat?"
Sim Trainer Type: Team Magma Grunt (Male)
Sim Trainer Name: Grunt
Battle Type: Double
Turns: Infinite
Your Pokémon
L50 Vileplume – Petal Dance, Sludge Bomb, Hidden Power
(Type: Grass/Poison) (AB: Chlorophyll)
L50 Victreebel – Razor Leaf, Mud Shot, Sunny Day
(Type: Grass/Poison) (AB: Chlorophyll)
L50 Tangela – Solarbeam, Sludge Bomb
(Type: Grass) (AB: Chlorophyll)
Opponent Pokémon
L50 Magcargo – Flamethrower
(Type: Fire/Rock) (AB: Flame Body)
L50 Camerupt - Flamethrower
(Type: Fire/Ground) (AB: Magma Armor)
L50 Houndoom - Flamethrower
(Type: Dark/Fire) (AB: Flash Fire)



Gateon Port

“A beautiful harbor for ships going to and from ORRE. What does TEAM AQUA see in this town?”

If you head to Gateon Port, you’ll be hearing the same music that you heard when Cipher attacked Phenac. Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie will tell you that she feels something out of place in town. As it turns out, her hunch was right! Speak to the local Casual Dude that greets you, and he’ll reveal himself to be a Team Aqua Grunt! Here’s his team:

Team Aqua Grunt (M)
L32 Carvanha, L32 Shellder, L32 Surskit, L32 Spheal

Much like Cipher Peons did back in Phenac City, Team Aqua Grunts have disguised themselves as Gateon locals. While you can still move the pier bridges to reach the Lighthouse, the door to it is locked. To receive the key to the Lighthouse, you’ll have to defeat nine more Aqua Grunts located all around Gateon Port. If you head into the Parts Shop, you’ll find Makan and Perr the table. Makan will tell you that he believes that Team Aqua’s after his Robo Kyogre. Perr will let you know that two higher-ranking Aquas have gone up the Lighthouse. If you check out Emily’s house and talk to Emily, she’ll bring up that something’s wrong with her mother (you’ll find out just what if you go and talk to Emily’s mom). Here are the Pokémon lineups of each of the other Team Aqua Grunts:

Team Aqua Grunt (F)
(Outside, disguised as a female Chaser)
L33 Snorunt, L33 Staryu, L33 Golbat

Team Aqua Grunt (M)
(Outside, disguised as a male Cooltrainer)
L34 Mightyena, L34 Poliwhirl

Team Aqua Grunt (F)
(Inside Emily’s house, disguised as Emily’s mother)
L31 Carvanha, L31 Mightyena, L31 Spheal, L31 Golbat, L31 Wartortle

Team Aqua Grunt (M)
(Inside the Parts Shop, disguised as a male Rider)
L33 Wailmer, L33 Octillery, L33 Delibird

Team Aqua Grunt (F)
(Inside the house near the Lighthouse, disguised as a female Bodybuilder)
L32 Wailmer, L32 Lombre, L32 Mantine, L32 Piloswine

Team Aqua Grunt (M)
(Out on the rock formation, disguised as a Navigator)
L33 Sealeo, L33 Lanturn, L33 Pelipper

Team Aqua Grunt (F)
(Inside the Krabby Club on the stage, disguised as a Street Performer)
L32 Carvanha, L32 Golbat, L32 Corsola, L32 Quagsire

Team Aqua Grunt (M)
(Inside the Krabby Club in Mr. Verich’s VIP room, disguised as a Sailor)
L31 Qwilfish, L31 Seadra, L31 Sealeo, L31 Crawdaunt, L31 Jynx

Team Aqua Grunt (F)
(Inside the Krabby Club in the right upstairs section, disguised as a Lady)
L34 Mightyena, L34 Cloyster

Once you’ve defeated all nine Team Aqua Grunts, the last one will drop a Lighthouse Key. Use it to head into the Lighthouse. However, the elevator isn’t working, so you’ll have to take the long way up. On the second floor, you’ll find Matt, who notices you right away and tell you that you and Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie will mot make it to the top. He happens to have a Shadow Wailmer that needs to be Snagged from him. Here’s Matt’s team:

Aqua Admin Matt (M)
L35 Sharpedo, L35 Golbat, L35 Ludicolo, L35 Wailmer

Once Matt’s been defeated, if Trixie’s the one following you, he’ll ask her if she’ll join Team Aqua. Trixie will refuse however. Once the short conversation’s done, head up the stairs two more times. On the fourth floor, Shelly will confront you and tell you to just give up. If Trixie’s following you, Shelly will then say to her that there’s only room in this Lighthouse for only one redhead. Trixie will be furious and demand that she beat Shelly herself. Shelly’s first two Pokémon are tough, and her two Shadow Pokémon are even tougher, especially Crawdaunt. Here’s her team:

Aqua Admin Shelly (F)
L35 Sharpedo, L35 Mightyena, L35 Corsola, L35 Crawdaunt

After Shelly’s defeat, she’ll let you aside, muttering that maybe Isabel should have come along. When you reach the roof of the Lighthouse. Go up to the southern end of the roof, and you’ll find Archie on the center spire of the lighthouse and two Team Aqua Grunts at the edge of the roof, all looking out towards the sea. Archie will say to his peons that eventually this sea will expand and flood all of Orre. He’ll then turn to see you and Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie. He’ll explain to you that one day, the whole world will be one big ocean, but that you won’t be around to see it! He’ll then walk up to you and you’ll have to battle him. Here’s his strategy box and team:

BOSS BATTLE – Aqua Leader Archie
RECOMMENDED POKéMON TYPES: Grass, Electric, Fighting, Shadow
Archie’s team is tough, and unless you chose Jolteon as your Eevee evolution (which in this case you would have gotten an Ampharos) or have Sonrisa battling with you, its best you go and raid Team Flora or Team Plasma of their Shadow Pokémon and purify them beforehand. Archie has developed a passion for the Shadow move Shadow Sky, and will send out his Shadow Pokémon, a Whiscash early and use the attack right away. However, once all his regular Pokémon are down, Archie will have Whiscash use Shadow Quake, a new shadow move. If you manage to Snag it, it can be quite useful during this mission, especially when you go up against Team Plasma!
Pokémon: L40 Sharpedo, L40 Crobat, L40 Octillery, L40 Mightyena, L40 Whiscash

Shadow Quake is varying Shadow attack that works like Magnitude, using a scale from 4 to 10 called Shadow Magnitude. This attack can in some cases be more damaging than even Shadow End, and it hurts both of your Pokémon! The animation for Shadow Quake is basically a shadowy version of Magnitude.

After defeating Archie, he’ll chew you out and explain that one day the sea will expand! At this time, Archie’s helicopter comes down and he and the two Aqua Grunts with him board it. Then all the other Team Aqua Grunts in Gateon Port will disperse and the music will return to normal. If you go to the very top of the lighthouse where Archie was, you can pick up a Battle CD 52. If you head back down the lighthouse (the elevator will be working again) and outside, regular people will have returned to Gateon. Here’s what’s on the CD:

Battle CD 52:
Name: Hot Water!
Description: "Can FIRE withstand a drenching?"
Sim Trainer Type: Team Aqua Grunt (Female)
Sim Trainer Name: Grunt
Battle Type: Double
Turns: Infinite
Your Pokémon
L50 Rapidash – Sunny Day, Flamethrower, Solarbeam
(Type: Fire) (AB: Run Away)
L50 Houndoom – Sunny Day, Overheat, Solarbeam
(Type: Dark/Fire) (AB: Early Bird)
L50 Torkoal – Sunny Day, Heat Wave
(Type: Fire) (AB: White Smoke)
Opponent Pokémon
L50 Crawdaunt - Surf
(Type: Water/Dark) (AB: Shell Armor)
L50 Sharpedo - Surf
(Type: Water/Dark) (AB: Rough Skin)
L50 Walrein - Surf
(Type: Ice/Water) (AB: Thick Fat)

If you go back to Emily’s house and talk to Emily, she’ll bring up that her mom’s returned. If you talk to Emily’s mother, she’ll be shocked that a Team Aqua Grunt impersonated her. She’ll then ask you if you want to hear her new idea for a novel (Yes/No option). If you select Yes, she’ll tell you that her new idea for a story character will be based around Team Aqua’s leader Archie.

If you talk to the Navigator and Sailors sitting outside the Krabby Club, they’ll explain that a beautiful hula dancer is performing inside. Head inside, and you’ll find out that that hula dancer is Floreia, who is performing onstage with her two Ludicolo. The people inside will only comment on her dancing, but you can go up and talk to Floreia. If Liza or Sonrisa is following you, Floreia will just ask to not interrupt her. If Trixie’s following you, Floreia will ask her if she’s a performer too (Yes/No option). Select Yes, and Floreia will ask for a battle with Trixie and only Trixie. The scene then shifts to outside the Krabby Club, where Trixie will be by herself. Floreia will come out and tell her that she’s already for their battle. Here’s Floreia’s team:

Hula Dancer Floreia (F)
L39 Ludicolo, L39 Ludicolo, L39 Lanturn, L39 Cloyster

If you manage to defeat Floreia, she’ll give Trixie a TM07, explaining that she prefers using rain to hail. After this battle, Michael will come back out and rejoin you with Floreia heading back in to the Krabby Club to dance some more. If you head out to the rock formation where you Snagged the Shadow Ledyba, you’ll find Whillimena there. She’ll ask if you have brought back her Marill for her. If you’ve returned her Marill to her and Trixie’s following you, she’ll request a battle with Trixie and only Trixie. Michael will go to the side and watch the battle. Here’s Whillimena’s roster:

Lady Whillimena (F)
L40 Marill, L40 Masquerain, L40 Azumarill

After the battle, Whillimena will give Trixie a Luxury Ball and 5 Poké Snacks. Michael will then rejoin. There isn’t much else to do here in Gateon Port, so it’s best to just leave and check out other places.



Pyrite Town

“A noble town of ruffians and scoundrels. Could this town be in danger from something like TEAM FLORA?”

At any time once this mission has begun, walk up to any TV, and you’ll start watching a typical ONBS broadcast, with Ancha describing Professor Oak’s, Elm’s, Birch’s, and Ivy’s arrival at Pokémon HQ, and how Oak has been studying up on the new Pokémon Deo… That’s there the broadcast is interrupted and the music changes. An unkown man will start saying that ONBS is under new management! Ancha will demand who they are, but an unknown female will give the order to cut the cables, saying that the station will now be property to Team Flo… At this point, the screen goes static. Liza, Sonrisa, or Trixie will tell you that this doesn’t look good and to head over to the ONBS Station.

Head over to Pyrite Town and talk to the locals, who keep bringing up the topic of ONBS’s interrupted broadcast. Head over to the Station and head inside. The music that plays during this incident is the same music as when Cipher took over ONBS. You’ll fine the bodyguard lying on the floor. He’ll tell you that several people dressed in green camouflage outfits have seized ONBS and have gone straight to Nett, taking Megg and her Shroomish with them. Head further north until you reach the corner. When you turn the corner, a Team Flora Grunt will drop down and tell you and Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie that the two of you are now part of the hostages. You’ll then have to battle him. Here’s his team:

Team Flora Grunt (M)
L31 Cacnea, L31 Pineco, L31 Shroomish, L31 Mightyena, L31 Skiploom

Now we know who attacked the ONBS Station, Team Flora! Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie will mention that there must be a lot more around. As it turns out, more Team Flora Grunts are watching over various people in the building. Also, the elevator is locked up. With each floor of ONBS, you’ll have to fight three Team Flora Grunts. Once the third Grunt is defeated he/she will drop the elevator key and you can go up to the next floor. Here are the Grunts’ teams and where they’re located:

Team Flora Grunt (F)
(Inside the room with the man and woman sitting at the table)
L34 Lileep, L34 Golbat

Team Flora Grunt (M)
(In the room with Kandee and her two Jigglypuff)
L32 Cacnea, L32 Mightyena, L32 Skiploom, L32 Golbat

Team Flora Grunt (F)
(Inside the broadcast room, up in front of Ancha’s desk)
L33 Nuzleaf, L33 Golbat, L33 Ivysaur

Team Flora Grunt (M)
(Inside the room before the one with the female Bodybuilder)
L32 Cacnea, L32 Roselia, L32 Nuzleaf, L32 Yanma

Team Flora Grunt (F)
(Inside Secc’s room (which doesn’t have Secc in it))
L33 Roselia, L33 Lileep, L33 Shuckle

Team Flora Grunt (M)
(Jumps you as soon as you exit the elevator)
L34 Tangela, L34 Pinsir

Team Flora Grunt (F)
(Inside the first dressing room (the one where Pofty is))
L32 Breloom, L32 Weepinbell, L32 Sunflora, L32 Nuzleaf

Team Flora Grunt (M)
(Inside the dressing room to the right of Pofty’s)
L33 Parasect, L33 Tropius, L33 Scyther

Team Flora Grunt (F)
(In the supply room, in front of the Worker)
L31 Venomoth, L31 Gloom, L31 Heracross, L31 Sunflora, L31 Mightyena

On the third floor, there’s a metal fence gate blocking the stairs to the roof. Once you’ve defeated the four Flora Grunts on the floor, the fourth will drop a Fence Key that will unlock the gate. However, once you do so, A Team Flora Admin by the name of Brad will jump down and battle you. He happens to have 2 powerful Shadow Pokémon by his side, so use caution. Here’s his team:

Flora Admin Brad (M)
L35 Cacturne, L35 Golbat, L35 Ninjask, L35 Breloom

Once Brad falls, the staircase is all yours, head up there, and you’ll find no one on the roof other than the Rich Kid that normally guards Nett’s office. He’ll tell you that the Team Flora Leader and his female Admin are holding Nett, Secc, Megg, Marcia, and Marcia’s cameraman hostage, and the even two people may not be enough to take them. Head inside, and you’ll see Farlie, the Team Flora leader, looking towards Nett and Secc, and Seth, his female Admin, looking towards Marcia and her cameraman, who are apparently filming the whole situation in the room. Farlie will demand that Nett hand him a second DATA ROM that holds all the information on Cipher’s Shadow Pokémon scheme. Nett will refuse, but Farlie will bring up that he was aware that this may happen and has already dispatched computer technicians to delete all of ONBS’s computer information. Then, a female Flora Grunt will appear on the TV screen and bring up that the information is no longer there. Farlie will then grow furious and threaten to do something drastic to the others if Nett doesn’t comply with their demands. Then, he’ll notice you and Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie, the latter of which he calls a green-haired eavesdropper (Liza), a sunflower girl (Sonrisa), or a meddling redhead (Trixie). Either way, the one following you will retaliate with a comment of her own. Then Farlie will tell Seth to deal with you. Seth has 2 powerful Shadow Pokémon among her lineup. It’s advisable that you have Michael put a Shadow Pokémon up front to waste Seth’s regular Pokémon and put up an even match for her two Shadow Pokémon. Here’s Seth’s team:

Flora Admin Seth (F)
L35 Cacturne. L35 Mightyena, L35 Forretress, L35 Sunflora

Once Seth falls, before you can do anything else like save, heal, or rearrange Pokémon, Farlie will step up and challenge you himself. So you’re prepared for the worst, here’s Farlie’s strategy box and team:

BOSS BATTLE – Flora Leader Farlie
RECOMMENDED POKéMON TYPES: Fire, Flying, Ice, Fighting, Shadow
Farlie’s team can be pretty unbeatable if you don’t have Liza following you or if you haven’t faced Team Magma yet and helped yourself to their Shadow Pokémon (also purifying them). Anyway, an Ice-type Pokémon can take down Cacturne, Crobat, and Victreebel, before they can pull off attacks like Spikes, Confuse Ray, or Stun Spore. For the record, if Trixie’s the one following you, try taking advantage of her Sealeo’s Ice Beam to take down these three. For Mightyena, the Shadow Breloom you Snagged from Brad could do wonders against the Dark-type and anything other than Crobat. For Jumpluff, Farlie’s Shadow Pokémon, try switching out Pokémon to negate the effects of its Shadow Down attack and using Shadow Pokémon of your own to bring its health down to a level where it can be Snagged.
Pokémon: L40 Cacturne, L40 Crobat, L40 Victreebel, L40 Mightyena, L40 Jumpluff

After defeating Farlie, he’ll boast that this defeat in only a minor setback and that Team Flora will one day be number one in the world! The scene then shifts to outside the rooftop area of ONBS where Team Flora’s helicopter has appeared. Farlie, Seth, and Brad all board the copter. All Team Flora Grunts within ONBS will then leave and the music returns to normal. Nett will then talk to you and explain that he decided to make a DATA ROM of his own containing Shadow Pokémon information ONBS gathered. He then brings up that Team Flora found out about the new DATA ROM and tried to take it from him. Marcia will bring up that she managed to get the whole battle with Farlie on tape and will be posting it soon. Secc will bring up his suspicions that Team Flora isn’t done in Orre and neither are the other Teams. Once the conversation ends, search where Farlie stood to find a Battle CD 53. After picking it up, Secc will tell you that Team Flora must have left it behind. Here’s what’s on the CD:

Battle CD 53:
Name: Watering the Lawn!
Description: "What do you do when faced with a garden?"
Sim Trainer Type: Team Flora Grunt (Male)
Sim Trainer Name: Grunt
Battle Type: Double
Turns: Infinite
Your Pokémon
L50 Quagsire – Surf, Sludge Bomb, Dig
(Type: Water/Ground) (AB: Damp)
L50 Omastar – Surf, Ice Beam, Rain Dance
(Type: Rock/Water) (AB: Swift Swim)
L50 Corsola – Surf, Ice Beam, Protect
(Type: Water/Rock) (AB: Natural Cure)
Opponent Pokémon
L50 Sunflora - Solarbeam
(Type: Grass) (AB: Chlorophyll)
L50 Cacturne - Solarbeam
(Type: Grass/Dark) (AB: Sand Veil)
L50 Shiftry - Solarbeam
(Type: Grass/Dark) (AB: Chlorophyll)

If you leave ONBS and then head back to the rooftop office, you’ll find six sets of people all wanting to talk to Nett. These six sets of people are from left to right, Whillimena, Mariah, Dr. Anna, Temacu, Romeo and Juliet, and Claire, Kane, and Royce. Each set of people happens to have had a Pokémon of theirs snatched from them. If you talk to each person, he or she will tell you which of his or her Pokémon is missing. Whillimena is missing her Marill, Mariah her Oddish, Dr. Anna her Zubat, Temacu her Nidorina, Juliet her Illumise, and Claire her Spinda. Also, when you talk to each of them, that person will give you a special Pokéball that belongs to that Pokémon. They are Marill’s Pokéball, Oddish’s Pokéball, Mimi’s (Zubat’s) Pokéball, Nidorina’s Pokéball, Illumise’s Pokéball, and Spinda’s Pokéball. Each Pokéball can only be used on the corresponding Pokémon. (Ex: Marill’s Pokéball can only be used on Whillimena’s Marill.) Also, when you talk to Secc, he’ll bring up that a similar looking person snatched each Pokémon and that they describe that the person had weird Pokéball shaped hair. That can only mean that the culprit behind these robberies is none other than Miror B.!

At any time after this point, you may head back to Trainers’ City and partake in the Miror B. Peon Challenge. Until all the Pokémon are returned, Miror B. will appear as the final opponent and battle you. Anyway, when you confront him, he’ll also notice Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie following you and boast that a little 2-on-1 couldn’t hurt. He’ll also bring up that the thievery of the Pokémon is step 1 of his plan to have all the Pokémon in the world! He’ll then battle you. When he brings out one of the stolen Pokémon, just simply use that Pokémon’s Pokéball on it. The Pokémon will go inside the Pokéball and be “caught” automatically. Anyway, here’s what Pokémon Miror B. uses when you battle him:

Wanderer Miror B. (M)
L40 Ludicolo, L40 Ludicolo, L40 Shiftry, L40 Jumpluff, L40 Electrode, L40 Sudowoodo, <stolen Pokémon>
Miror B. will use a random four of his six Pokémon (always will use at least one Ludicolo), followed by the stolen Pokémon. For the record, he will also use this Pokémon setup when you fight him for a Shadow Pokémon that you missed Snagging during this mission.
<stolen Pokémon>: Marill, Oddish, Zubat (Mimi), Nidorina, Illumise, Spinda


After liberating ONBS from Team Flora, if you head into the Pyrite Hotel, go up to one of the rooms to find Dr. Anna, who will ask if you brought back Mimi (her Zubat). If you have and Liza’s the one following you, Dr. Anna will ask for a battle with Liza and only Liza. All three will head outside and Michael will step to the side for this battle. Here’s Dr. Anna’s team:

Pokémon Doctor Anna (F)
L37 Zubat, L37 Zubat, L37 Golbat, L37 Golbat, L37 Crobat, L37 Crobat

If you manage to defeat Dr. Anna, she’ll give Liza a TM 36 and 5 Lum Berries. Michael will then rejoin. With ONBS one again in action, pack up your Pokémon and head for another location in distress.



Cipher Key Lair

“The SHADOW POKéMON factory in ECLO CANYON that may become occupied by TEAM PLASMA.”

Looks like the Cipher Key Lair could still be of some use to another organization, Team Plasma. As it turns out, you’ll see Hordel standing in the area where you fought Thug Zook earlier. He’ll tell you that a group of people in yellow suits is now operating the Cipher Key Lair. Head up the bridge and enter the factory. Inside the factory, you’ll have to fend off Team Plasma Grunts and their Pokémon. To make matters worse, a Plasma Grunt that you’ve defeated will reappear elsewhere in the Key Lair with a revitalized team 10 minutes after you’ve defeated him/her. This can be frustrating, but also net you extra experience along the way, something that is essential by the time you fight the Leader. Here are the lineups of each Grunt:

Team Plasma Grunt (M)
L34 Electrike, L34 Flaaffy

Team Plasma Grunt (F)
L33 Golbat, L33 Magneton, L33 Mightyena

Team Plasma Grunt (M)
L31 Electrike, L31 Golbat, L31 Flaaffy, L31 Spoink, L31 Voltorb

Team Plasma Grunt (F)
L32 Mightyena, L32 Pikachu, L32 Magneton, L32 Voltorb

Team Plasma Grunt (M)
L33 Electrike, L33 Meditite, L33 Lanturn

Team Plasma Grunt (F)
L32 Electrode, L32 Metang, L32 Magneton, L32 Mightyena

Team Plasma Grunt (M)
L33 Electrike, L33 Mightyena, L33 Raichu

Team Plasma Grunt (F)
L31 Flaaffy, L31 Plusle, L31 Kadabra, L31 Minun, L31 Magneton

Team Plasma Grunt (M)
L34 Electrode, L34 Medicham

Team Plasma Grunt (F)
L32 Flaaffy, L32 Electabuzz, L32 Xatu, L32 Golbat

Once you’ve made it to the roof, you’ll run into a female Plasma Admin by the name of Rhonda. She’ll let it slip that Team Plasma’s trying to start back up Shadow Pokémon production and you and Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie have no business here. However, realizing what she just said, she now can’t let both of you go and will battle you. She happens to have 2 Shadow Pokémon, the last of which is at a lower level than the rest of her lineup. Here’s Rhonda’s team:

Plasma Admin Rhonda (F)
L35 Manectric, L35 Golbat, L35 Grumpig, L20 Plusle

Once Rhonda’s defeated, she’ll drop the Office Key, which will let you enter the rooftop office. Head inside the office, and you’ll find Plasmae sitting at Gorigan’s desk. She and her male Admin David are discussing producing more Shadow Pokémon for Team Plasma to use. However, you and Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie are noticed at this point. Plasmae will realize that the two of you have overheard their whole conversation. She’ll then order David to take care of you. David’s has two Shadow Pokémon on his team, one of which can be devastating against your Pokémon and one that is several levels lower than the other. Here’s his team:

Plasma Admin David (M)
L35 Manectric, L35 Mightyena, L35 Medicham, L20 Minun

Once David falls, before you can do anything else like save, heal, or rearrange Pokémon, Plasmae will step up and tell you that you’ve been meddling in Team Plasma’s affairs too much. She’ll then tell you that she will crush you with her Pokémon lineup. Here’s her strategy box and team:

BOSS BATTLE – Plasma Leader Plasmae
RECOMMENDED POKéMON TYPES: Ground, Electric, Shadow
Plasmae loves using attacks like Thunder Wave, Confuse Ray, Attract, Double Team, and Bite, mainly anything that prevents your Pokémon from attacking. Regardless of whom you’re with, this battle can be tough, especially if you have Trixie following you. If you have Archie’s Shadow Whiscash, use it to take down Plasmae’s team with its Shadow Quake attack. When she brings out her own Shadow Pokémon, a L40 Raichu, switch out to whatever Shadow Pokémon you have before it uses its Shadow Hold attack. Once you’ve done so, start bringing down Raichu’s health until it’s within Snagging range before attempting to Snag it.
Pokémon: L40 Manectric, L40 Crobat, L40 Magneton, L40 Mightyena, L40 Raichu

Once Plasmae’s been defeated, she’ll claim that Team Plasma cannot be stopped and will tell David she wants a word with him. The two of them will then leave and Team Plasma will have exited the Key Lair. If you go up to the desk where Plasmae sat, you’ll find a Battle CD 54. With that settled, it’s time to head out of the Lair and go to any other location that still has trouble. Here’s what’s on the CD:

Battle CD 54:
Name: Watch the Power Lines!
Description: "Be careful not to fly into an ambush!"
Sim Trainer Type: Team Plasma Grunt (Female)
Sim Trainer Name: Grunt
Battle Type: Double
Turns: Infinite
Your Pokémon
L50 Fearow – Hyper Beam, Drill Peck, Sunny Day
(Type: Normal/Flying) (AB: Keen Eye)
L50 Delibird – Fly, Ice Beam, Protect
(Type: Ice/Flying) (AB: Vital Spirit)
L50 Altaria – Aerial Ace, Dragon Claw, Flamethrower
(Type: Dragon/Flying) (AB: Natural Cure)
Opponent Pokémon
L50 Magneton - Thunder
(Type: Electric/Steel) (AB: Sturdy)
L50 Manectric - Thunder
(Type: Electric) (AB: Lightningrod)
L50 Ampharos - Thunder
(Type: Electric) (AB: Static)
 
Last edited:
XD ANIME MISSION PART 2

Kaminko’s House

“Home of the eccentric DR. KAMINKO. However, there have been reports of possible TEAM ROCKET activity nearby.”

At any time once the mission starts, you can head over to Dr. Kaminko’s manor to see what’s currently up. While it may seem normal when you first arrive, before you can take even one step further, Chobin comes out the door, saying that he heard a noise. Just then, a large Meowth-shaped balloon comes down above the manor fountain. Inside the balloon are Jessie and James, along with Meowth, who were sent to Kaminko’s House by their Boss. Just then, Chobin goes back inside, only to come out of the fountain with his Robo Groudon. Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie will notice what’s going on and tell you to go see what’s up. It’s here that you regain control of Michael. Head up to the manor to check out more of the situation. Upon seeing Robo Groudon, the Team Rocket trio, especially Meowth will recognize the robot as a work of art and Meowth will start thinking about what could happens if they give the Robo Groudon to the Boss. There will be an imagination sequence similar to that you’ve seen several times in the anime about if Team Rocket presented Robo Groudon to Giovanni, with Meowth riding in the robot. It ends with the boss congratulating Jessie, James, and Meowth for being them the mechanical Groudon. Then, back to reality, Team Rocket will notice you and Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie and order three lower level Grunts to attack you. Here are the teams of each of the Rocket Grunts:

Team Rocket Grunt (M)
L33 Grimer, L33 Spoink, L33 Skarmory

Team Rocket Grunt (F)
L32 Kirlia, L32 Nuzleaf, L32 Vigoroth, L32 Haunter

Team Rocket Grunt (M)
L31 Gloom, L31 Weepinbell, L31 Sneasel, L31 Piloswine, L31 Gyarados

Once all three have fallen, J, J, & M will decide to deal with you themselves. They will drop down from their balloon to challenge you. Here’s their strategy box and team:

BOSS BATTLE: Rocket Admins Jessie&James
RECOMMENDED POKéMON TYPES: Psychic, Fire, Shadow
Jessie&James are not too difficult to defeat at all provided you have a Fire or Psychic Pokémon at your side. Use Psychic attacks to take down Arbok, Weezing, and Victreebel and Fire attacks on Cacturne (Fighting attacks also work here). Once all 4 of their regular Pokémon are down, Jessie&James will send out a Shadow Pokémon, a L35 Chimecho. Use typical Snagging techniques to Snag it and end this battle.
Pokémon: L35 Arbok, L35 Weezing, L35 Victreebel, L35 Cacturne, L35 Chimecho

Once Jessie&James are defeated, they’ll boast that they’re not finished just yet! However, Chobin activates a new feature on the Robo Goudon, the Earth Laser. Just then, two powerful lasers are fired from the Robo Groudon’s eyes, rip throughout the ground towards where Jessie, James, and Meowth are, hit them, and send them blasting off once more! Chobin will come up to you, but then take a look at Liza, Sonrisa, or Trixie. However, he’ll say that she’s too nice to be a burglar. You can once more head into Kaminko’s manor, but there isn’t anything new for you to find or talk to. Since this incident wasn’t that all-important, leave and start to focus on more pressing matters at hand.



S.S. Libra

“The missing cargo ship the S.S. LIBRA. TEAM ROCKET agents have been spotted nearby.”

Once either you’ve sent Team Rocket packing from Kaminko’s House or you’ve defeated one of the other Teams in their location, you’ll get an E-mail from Justy informing you that Team Rocket trucks have been spotted near the wreckage of the S.S. Libra and that you and Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie should check it out. Head to the downed ship and soon after you enter; a Team Rocket Grunt drops downward and demands a battle. Here’s his team:

Team Rocket Grunt (M)
L32 Weepinbell, L32 Kingler, L32 Linoone, L32 Gligar

Once defeated, the Grunt will spill the beans about recovering various items from the cargo ship to use for Team Rocket’s plans. You’ll have to make your way through the ship on your way to the top deck; moving crates like you did the first time you were here. You’ll be fighting five more Team Rocket Grunts along the way, each complaining about how Cipher managed to get every last Pokémon off the ship. Here are their Pokémon lineups:

Team Rocket Grunt (F)
L32 Delcatty, L32 Persian, L32 Ninetales, L32 Mightyena

Team Rocket Grunt (M)
L32 Rhyhorn, L32 Pidgeotto, L32 Ninjask, L32 Sharpedo

Team Rocket Grunt (F)
L32 Venomoth, L32 Ponyta, L32 Skarmory, L32 Shelgon

Team Rocket Grunt (M)
L32 Golbat, L32 Clefable, L32 Misdreavus, L32 Absol

Team Rocket Grunt (F)
L32 Marshtomp, L32 Parasect, L32 Combusken, L32 Magneton

Once you’ve made it to the top, you’ll find the man who lives on the ship being confronted by Butch&Cassidy. He’ll ask them why they’re here, and Cassidy will just tell him to back off, even pushing him onto the ground. Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie will tell them to leave that man alone. Cassidy will bring up that you’ve stopped one of the other Teams in their location (if you’ve done so) or that you stopped Jessie&James at Kaminko’s House (if you’ve done so). Butch will explain that the two of you are interfering with Team Rocket’s plans too much and that they’ll stop you at all costs. Here’s their strategy box and team:

BOSS BATTLE: Rocket Admins Butch&Cassidy
RECOMMENDED POKéMON TYPES: Psychic, Ghost, Dark, Shadow
Butch&Cassidy like to get a little more technical then Jessie&James did. Raticate likes using attacks like Super Fang and Roar, Primeape likes using attacks such as Cross Chop and Bulk Up, Sableye likes using Fake Out the first turn it’s out, and Hypno likes combining Calm Mind with Psychic and two elemental punches. Know these tactics and overcome them with your own Pokémon. However, things can get quite intense when they bring out their L35 Shadow Pokémon, a Kingler. At this point, switch out to a Shadow Pokémon yourself and start whittling down its HP before attempting to make a Snag for it.
Pokémon: L36 Raticate, L36 Primeape, L36 Sableye, L36 Hypno, L35 Kingler

When Butch&Cassidy fall, Butch will explain that there wasn’t too much to recover from the S.S. Libra, but that they found some of what they were looking for. With that in mind, they’ll leave the deserted cruiser. The Worker will thank you for what you did and will whisk you and Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie to the top of the ship. There, he’ll give you a Fire Stone (if Liza’s following you), a Leaf Stone, (if Sonrisa’s following you), or a Water Stone (if Trixie’s following you). Now that everything is settled here, leave and scope out another location.



Agate Village

“A lush town of senior citizens. TEAM ROCKET might be here and after the RELIC STONE.”

Once you’ve dispersed of the Team Rocket business at Kaminko’s House and the S.S. Libra and have taken down at least one of the other villainous teams, Eagun will send you an E-mail informing you of trouble at Agate Village. Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie will tell you to go check it out right away. Head over to Eagun’s house to find Beluh, who will tell you that Eagun mentioned trouble at the Relic Stone. Head for the tunnel leading to the Relic Forest and on your way through the tunnel, three Team Rocket Grunts drop down and challenge you, each letting slip that Team Rocket plans to lure Celebi to the Relic Stone and then capture it. Here are their Pokémon lineups:

Team Rocket Grunt (F)
L33 Weezing, L33 Sharpedo, L33 Camerupt

Team Rocket Grunt (M)
L32 Butterfree, L32 Dustox, L32 Beautifly, L32 Beedrill

Team Rocket Grunt (F)
L31 Torkoal, L31 Seviper, L31 Relicanth, L31 Forretress, L31 Jumpluff

When you reach the Relic Forest, you’ll see Eagun confronting Annie&Oakley, who are plotting to lure Celebi to the Forest using the Stone. Eagun will battle them using a L30 Pikachu, but Annie&Oakley’s L35 Shadow Masquerain makes quick work of the Electric-type with Shadow Down the first turn, then Shadow Rave the second. After Eagun loses, the two Team Rocket members will notice you and Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie. The one following you will demand the two stop hurting Eagun and to stop what they’re doing. Annie&Oakley refuse the demands and decide to battle you. Here’s their strategy box and team:

BOSS BATTLE: Rocket Admins Annie&Oakley
RECOMMENDED POKéMON TYPES: Fire, Electric, Dark, Shadow
Annie&Oakley will put up a heated battle with their well-varied team. Ariados will use Spider Web and Toxic to poison and hold one of your Pokémon in place, then use Baton Pass to switch to another. Espeon will either try to bring down your Pokémon with Psychic, or use Helping Hand to aid the other. Sunflora and Azumarill will initiate Reflect and Light Screen to reduce damage, and then try to bring down your side with Endeavor (Sunflora) and Hydro Pump (Azumarill). Once all four of their regular Pokémon are down, they’ll send out the Shadow Masquerain that took down Eagun’s Pikachu. At this point, set up a plan to Snag Masquerain and finish the battle.
Pokémon: L37 Ariados, L37 Espeon, L37 Sunflora, L37 Azumarill, L35 Masquerain

Once Annie&Oakley are defeated, Oakley will bring up that theirs plans at attempting to catch Celebi are ruined! Annie will bring up that this isn’t over yet! They’ll then run off. Eagun will thank you and Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie for protecting the Relic Stone. Eagun will then tell you that this wasn’t the first time someone tried to attack the Relic Stone. Eagun will get into a story about 5 years earlier Team Cipher tried to capture Celebi and destroy the Relic Stone but that were stopped by a Team Snagem defector and that the same defector went on to stop Cipher’s first Shadow Pokémon’s plans. He’ll ask that yet another crisis is surfacing and that he hopes the two of you can stop what’s going on. Get going and do just that!

During this mission, atop the waterfall furthest east in Agate happens to be Romeo&Juliet. It’s here that you’ll be able to return Juliet’s Illumise to her. Once you’ve done so, Romeo&Juliet will ask to challenge you to a battle. If you manage to defeat Romeo&Juliet, they’ll give you a TM45 and 5 Petaya Berries. Here’s their team of Pokémon:

Performers Romeo&Juliet (M/F)
L37 Illumise, L37 Volbeat, L37 Volbeat, L37 Volbeat, L37 Volbeat, L37 Volbeat



Phenac City

“A beautiful, oasis-like city. With what’s been going on, can this be another target of TEAM ROCKET?”

Once at least two of the villainous Teams are defeated and Agate Village has been liberated, you’ll get an E-mail from Mayor Trest explaining a meeting at the Pre-Gym between Justy, the Orange Crew, and either the Kanto Gym Leaders (if Liza’s following you), Johto Gym Leaders (if Sonrisa’s following you), or the Hoenn Gym Leaders (if Trixie’s following you). However, just as Trest gets to the point that it’s unknown who arranged the meeting, the message is cut off. Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie senses trouble at Phenac and advises to go check it out. When you head to Phenac, the music that plays when Cipher took over the town begins playing. Then, coming out the Pre-Gym is what looks like depending on who’s following you, Blaine, Brock, Lt. Surge, Erika, Misty, and Sabrina (if Kanto), Clair, Chuck, Jasmine, Bugsy, Pryce, and Morty (if Johto), or Flannery, Brawly, Wattson, Jason, Juan, and Tate (if Hoenn). Liza, Sonrisa, or Trixie believes that this is really weird and advises that they be careful. Walk up to Blaine/Clair/Flannery, and Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie will accuse him/her of being a fake. As it turns out, her hunch is right. Blaine/Clair/Flannery will spin around and reveal himself/herself to be a red-outfitted female Team Rocket Grunt! She’ll tell you that she’s one of six sisters called the Rainbow Six! She then refers to Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie as too much of a snooping girl and decides to battle you. After doing so, she reveals that her five other sisters hold the keys to the Pre-Gym and that you’ll never find them! You’ll have to battle all six Rainbow sisters in order to enter the Pre-Gym. Each one uses a type of Pokémon matching her color. “Red” uses Fire-types, “Orange” uses Fighting-types, “Yellow” uses Electric-types, “Green” uses Grass-types, “Blue” uses Water-types, and “Violet” uses Psychic-types. Here are the Pokémon lineups of each of the Rainbow sisters and who they’re disguised as:

Team Rocket Grunt [RBW R] (F)
(Disguised as Blaine/Clair/Flannery)
L32 Slugma, L32 Torkoal, L32 Ninetales

Team Rocket Grunt [RBW O] (F)
(Disguised as Brock/Chuck/Brawly)
L32 Meditite, L32 Machoke, L32 Hitmontop

Team Rocket Grunt [RBW Y] (F)
(Disguised as Lt. Surge/Jasmine/Wattson)
L32 Electabuzz, L32 Flaaffy, L32 Manectric

Team Rocket Grunt [RBW G] (F)
(Disguised as Erika/Bugsy/Jason)
L32 Gloom, L32 Sunflora, L32 Breloom

Team Rocket Grunt [RBW B] (F)
(Disguised as Misty/Pryce/Juan)
L32 Seadra, L32 Lanturn, L32 Sealeo

Team Rocket Grunt [RBW V] (F)
(Disguised as Sabrina/Morty/Tate)
L32 Kadabra, L32 Wobbuffet, L32 Kirlia
For the record, “Liza” is not present with “Tate”.

Once all six Rainbow sisters are defeated, the last one will drop the Pre-Gym Key, which will let you unlock the Pre-Gym. If you check out all the buildings in Phenac, including the Pokémon Center and the Poké Mart, you’ll find that they’re all completely deserted, even more so then during Cipher’s takeover! Anyway, head inside, and the Gym Leaders are still nowhere to be found, other than what looks like the Orange Gym Leaders, who are out on the battle platform. Walk up to any one of them, and he/she will reveal himself/herself to be a Team Rocket Grunt that you’ll then have to battle them! Here are their Pokémon lineups:

Team Rocket Grunt (M)
(Disguised as Danny)
L34 Magneton, L34 Metang, L34 Mantine

Team Rocket Grunt (F)
(Disguised as Cissy)
L33 Grimer, L33 Duskull, L33 Quagsire, L33 Houndoom

Team Rocket Grunt (M)
(Disguised as Rudy)
L32 Trapinch, L32 Furret, L32 Tangela, L32 Swalot, L32 Graveler

Once the Grunts impersonating Danny, Cissy, and Rudy are defeated, “Luana” will run out of the Gym, dropping the Stadium Key. Pick it up, then try to access the elevator. As it turns out, the elevator isn’t working, as it happens to be missing the key again. Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie will tell you to go check out Phenac Stadium first. Head out and head for the Stadium. You’ll see “Luana” right in front of the door to the Stadium. When you try to pass her, she’ll reveal herself to be another Team Rocket Grunt and battle you. Here’s her team:

Team Rocket Grunt (F)
L34 Golbat, L34 Hypno, L34 Weezing

Once the Luana impersonator is defeated, she’ll let it slip that they lured all the Gym Leaders into the Pre-Gym basement and then locked up the elevator. The reason was so that they could hold both the Gym Leaders and the citizens of Phenac City for ransom, who were also hustled into the basement. After she flees, head inside Phenac Stadium and head for the Colosseum. Upon entry, another Team Rocket Grunt will ambush you. Here’s his team:

Team Rocket Grunt (M)
L33 Sandslash, L33 Qwilfish, L33 Sneasel, L33 Togetic

Once he falls, you’ll be able to head further towards the Coloseum’s center, but there’s a female Rocket Grunt that will actually walk around the circumference of the inner circle as you walk around, blocking you from reaching there. You’ll have no choice but to battle her. Here’s her team:

Team Rocket Grunt (F)
L32 Swablu, L32 Loudred, L32 Parasect, L32 Sealeo, L32 Mr. Mime

Once she falls, she’ll let you head towards the very center of the place. Once you reach there, you’ll find two more high-ranking Team Rocket agents, Attila & Hun, confronting Mayor Trest and Justy, who demand they release everyone from the Pre-Gym basement. Attila will tell Trest to hand over the city to Team Rocket if he ever wants them to see the light of day again. Justy will explain that the two of them will never surrender Phenac to an organization they deem as evil as Cipher. Upon hearing this, Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie will run up to Justy and Trest and tells Attila and Hun they refuse to let Team Rocket own Phenac. Trest will be amazed at her intent to keep the city out of the hands of the Rockets. The two Team Rocket members will however refer to her as foolish to challenge them and, also noticing you, tell you that they’ll battle anyone that gets in their way. Here’s their strategy box and team:

BOSS BATTLE: Rocket Admins Attila&Hun
RECOMMENDED POKéMON TYPES: Fire, Fighting, Electric, Shadow
Attila&Hun like to lead with Skarmory and Steelix, and have Steelix use Earthquake right away (which Skarmory is immune to) while Skarmory spreads Spikes over your side. Take out both Pokémon with powerful Fire attacks (which also work good against Heracross) and remove Sharpedo with a Fighting or Electric attack. Be prepared for Heracross’s Endure/Reversal combo and Sharpedo’s Crunch and Earthquake attacks! Stay alert, however, when they send out their Shadow Pokémon, a L35 Weezing! It’s here you’ll really want to use a Shadow Pokémon of your own to try and attempt to Snag the Poison-type!
Pokémon: L38 Skarmory, L38 Steelix, L38 Heracross, L38 Sharpedo, L35 Weezing

Once Attila&Hun are defeated, Attila will be furious that you stopped Team Rocket’s plans for taking over Phenac City. The two of them will exit the Stadium, and all Team Rocket Grunts will have dispersed from Phenac. Justy will thank you for stopping Team Rocket once more. Mayor Trest will explain that there’s no time to lose and to head for the Pre Gym. All four will be whisked to the Pre Gym basement where all the Gym Leaders visiting Phenac and all the Phenac City citizens were being held. Erika (if Kanto Gym Leaders), Pryce (if Johto Gym Leaders), or Winona (if Hoenn Gym Leaders) will come up to you and thank you for what you did. The corresponding Gym Leader will give you a TM48. At this point, the Pre Gym music starts playing again and everyone has left the basement. If you have back up to the ground level, you’ll find the Orange Island Gym Leaders (the real ones this time). However, when you talk to them, they’ll only bring up how Team Rocket Grunts impersonated them. If you head back outside, the normal Phenac City music starts up again and all the citizens are back in town again. If you head back to Phenac Stadium, you’ll find the other Gym Leaders that were locked up in the Pre Gym basement. They’ll explain that they plan to put the Stadium back in business. There isn’t any more trouble in Phenac, but elsewhere, there is. Get going to the next map location as soon as possible!

Once Phenac City is back to normal, standing at the eastern gate leading out happens to be Mariah, who will ask if her Oddish has been returned. If you return it to her and Sonrisa’s the one following you, Mariah will ask for a battle with Sonrisa and only Sonrisa. Michael will step to the side for this battle. Here’s Mariah’s team:

Weather Forecaster Mariah (F)
L38 Hoppip, L38 Oddish, L38 Skiploom, L38 Gloom, L38 Jumpluff

If you manage to defeat Mariah, she’ll give Sonrisa a TM07, TM11, TM18, and TM37. Michael will then rejoin. Since Phenac City once again safe and sound, pack up your Pokémon and head for another location in distress.



Mt. Battle

“A rigorous training ground always open to challengers but may be under attack by TEAM ROCKET.”

After Phenac City is freed from Team Rocket and at least three of the other evil Teams are finished, Vander will send you an E-mail telling you that Mt. Battle is under attack! Head over there and you’ll find both Trainers that are normally found out on the front lawn down. Talk to them and they’ll reveal that members from several different Teams have invaded Area 1 of Mt. Battle and that they’ve halted all challenges there! Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie will tell you to head at Area 1 right away! Do so and you’ll find out that what the Trainers told you was right! In fact, your first two opponents happen to be a male Miror B. Peon and a female Turk Amateur! After that, you’ll fight Team Snagem, Cipher, Aqua, Magma, Plasma, Flora, and Rocket Grunts on each platform! Here are their Pokémon lineups:

Miror B. Peon Ankran (M)
L35 Kirlia, L35 Wailmer, L35 Skarmory

Turk Amateur Lawlia (F)
L35 Gloom, L35 Lileep, L35 Breloom

Team Snagem Gariedo (M)
L35 Loudred, L35 Metang, L35 Graveler

Cipher Peon Rapida (F)
L35 Sandslash, L35 Kadabra, L35 Torkoal

Team Aqua Grunt (M)
L34 Qwilfish, L34 Dewgong, L34 Relicanth, L34 Jynx

Team Magma Grunt (F)
L36 Houndoom, L36 Ninetales

Team Plasma Grunt (M)
L35 Mightyena, L35 Manectric, L35 Ampharos

Team Flora Grunt (F)
L35 Mightyena, L35 Cacturne, L35 Jumpluff

Team Rocket Grunt (M)
L35 Gligar, L35 Magneton, L35 Grumpig

Once all nine Trainers are defeated, you’ll find what looks like a high-raking Rocket female on Platform 10 talking to Vander. She’s happening to be telling him that Mt. Battle now belongs to Team Rocket, and that her new “special” Pokémon says so! Vander will ask what she means by “special” Pokémon, and in a rigged one-on-one battle, she shows him. Her Bellossom, a Shadow Pokémon, uses Shadow Rave to take down Vander’s Machop instantly. Then, she notices you and Liza, Sonrisa, or Trixie and introduces herself as Domino, a.k.a. Agent 009, a.k.a. the Black Tulip. She’ll boast that her Shadow Bellossom will also make quick work out of you as well and will battle you! Here’s her strategy box and team:

BOSS BATTLE: Rocket Admin Domino
RECOMMENDED POKéMON TYPES: Electric, Dark, Shadow
The Black Tulip’s team consists of a well-varied team of Pokémon, but two of them can be taken down quickly with either Electric or Dark-type attacks. Roselia, however, will combine Spore with Nightmare and Ninetales will combine Hypnosis with Fire Spin. Xatu will combine Confuse Ray with Thunder Wave and Starmie will do the same. Once all this has been taken care of, Agent 009 will send out the Shadow Bellossom you saw defeat Vander before the battle. If sent out while you’re still dealing with Confusion, Sleep, and Paralysis, Bellossom will use Shadow Hold to ensure your Pokémon stay in the fight! Switch out to a status-free Shadow Pokémon before this happens and start to bring its HP down before Snagging it.
Pokémon: L39 Roselia, L39 Xatu, L39 Ninetales, L39 Starmie, L35 Bellossom

With Domino fallen, she’ll tell you that Team Rocket’s far from finished in Orre! She’ll then run off. Vander will thank you and Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie from saving Mt. Battle. The one following you will reply with “It’s no problem!” Mt. Battle is once again open to Trainers and can be used for leveling up your Pokémon whenever needed. If you also brought down Team Magma, Aqua, Flora, and Plasma, after you’re whisked back to the lobby, switch out all of Michael’s current Pokémon for ones you don’t plan on using anytime soon. Also, move any important items that are in Michael’s Bag to Liza’s, Sonrisa’s, or Trixie’s. You’ll find out why soon.

Once Mt. Battle is back in operation, standing out on the front lawn happens to be Temacu, who will ask you could return Nidorina to her. If you return it to her, she’ll ask for a battle with you. If you manage to defeat Temacu, she’ll give you a TM45 and 5 Liechi Berries. Here’s Temacu’s team:

Young Bride Temacu (F)
L39 Nidorina, L39 Nidorino, L39 Nidoqueen, L39 Nidoking



Outskirt Stand

Once Mt. Battle is open to Trainers again and all four other Teams have been defeated by you, as you’re exiting the last place you’ve liberated, suddenly, Wakin of Team Snagem and three other Team Snagem members will confront you and Liza, Sonrisa, or Trixie, who will ask who they are. Wakin will tell her to keep quiet and to not interrupt Team Snagem while they’re talking. Wakin will tell Michael that now that Cipher’s been finished once more, Snagem has a new need of him and will help themselves to his Snag Machine once more and that he join Team Snagem immediately! Wakin will then command his two Gloom to use Sleep Powder on both Michael and Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie, putting them both to sleep. When whoever was following you wakes up, she’ll realize that Michael’s gone! She’ll then get up and decide to go rescue Michael herself. At this point, you’re only controlling Liza, Sonrisa, or Trixie. Any Pokémon Michael had with him, are still with him so Liza, Sonrisa, or Trixie only has access to any Pokémon already with her as well, but can go and equip herself with other Pokémon from the unlocked PC Box. She’ll, however, have only the items she has with her Item Bag. She can go do anything else that can be done right now, like participate in Colosseum challenges, battle other Trainers, battle Miror B. (Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie can use the Robo Kyogre to head to Trainers’ City and go into the Miror B. Peon Challenge), use Battle CDs (she has the CD Case) or catch wild Pokémon. However, she has no whereabouts of the Team Snagem Hideout, unlike Michael. (The Hideout won’t appear on the map.) Head to the Outskirt Stand and go talk to Hordel, who will re-add the Snagem Hideout to your map. As you leave the Stand, Rider Willie will ask to battle you (he’s never battled Liza/Sonrisa/Trixe before). Here’s his team:

Rider Willie (M)
L35 Linoone, L35 Linoone, L35 Girafarig, L35 Dodrio, L35 Ivysaur/L35 Charmeleon/L35 Wartortle
If you’re Liza, Willie will use Wartortle; if you’re Sonrisa, Willie will use Charmeleon; if you’re Trixie, Willie will use Ivysaur.

At any time after the “Missing Pokémon” incident starts, standing outside happens to be Claire (not Clair the Gym Leader), who will ask you could return her lucky Spinda to her. If you return it to her, her husband Kane will come by and seeing how his Spinda has been returned, he and Claire will both ask you for a battle. If you manage to defeat them, they’ll give you a TM28 and 5 Salac Berries. Here’s Claire and Kane’s team:

Married Couple Claire&Kane (F/M)
L39 Spinda, L39 Spinda, L39 Spinda, L39 Spinda



Team Snagem Hideout

“The hideout of the formidable TEAM SNAGEM. <your name> may be held here by TEAM SNAGEM.”

Once Willie’s defeated, you can head straight for the Team Snagem Hideout. Upon entering, you’ll see a Team Snagem member that will recognize Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie from when they abducted Michael. He’ll then tell you that Team Snagem’s also offering positions to females, and will give you a Yes/No option. Select No, and he’ll battle you. Here’s his team:

Team Snagem Agrev (M)
L34 Gloom, L34 Murkrow, L34 Golbat, L34 Absol

Once Agrev’s been defeated, he’ll let Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie slide, saying that a girl like her could have been a great addition to Team Snagem. You’ll have to make your way throughout the Hideout and defeat every other Team Snagem member there. (Biden won’t battle you or let you into Gonzap’s office until you’ve done so.) Surprisingly, somewhere on the third floor, there’s a Team Snagem member (Nacren) talking to Chigusa, the girl with the Hitmontop from the anime episode “Two Hits and a Miss”, asking her to join Team Snagem. Elsewhere on the second floor is another Team Snagem member (Zagol), talking to Thatcher, the kid with the Plusle and Minun from the episode “A Different Kind of Misty”, also asking him to join Team Snagem. Anyway, you’ll fight Team Snagem members that Michael fought before, plus three new ones. Here are the teams of the three new Team Snagem Grunts:

Team Snagem Ilek (M)
L34 Parasect, L34 Beautifly, L34 Venomoth, L34 Forretress

Team Snagem Nacren (M)
L34 Skiploom, L34 Marowak, L34 Lombre, L34 Pelipper

Team Snagem Zagol (M)
L34 Tangela, L34 Magmar, L34 Electabuzz, L34 Jynx

Once each Snagem Grunt has been defeated, go back to Biden, and try to move by him to reach Gonzap’s office. He’ll block your path and battle you. Here’s his team:

Team Snagem Biden (M)
L34 Gloom, L34 Crobat, L34 Torkoal, L34 Bellossom

Once you’ve defeated Biden, he’ll let you up to the office, upon entering, Liza, Sonrisa, or Trixie will see Gonzap and Wakin next to Michael in a cage. Gonzap will tell Michael that the partnership was only temporary and to submit to Team Snagem if he ever wants to see his Pokémon again, saying that he wants him at his side to combat the rising Team Rocket threat that’s plaguing Orre now. However, when he sees Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie, he’ll demand to know who she is, and in the form of “LIZA/SONRISA/TRIXIE explained herself to Gonzap.” will let him know who she is. Wakin will then suggest that he battle her, and does. Here’s Wakin’s team:

Team Snagem Wakin (M)
L35 Gloom, L35 Gloom, L35 Mantine, L35 Forretress, L35 Grumpig

Once Wakin’s been defeated, Gonzap will step up and seeing Liza’s, Sonrisa’s or Trixie’s battle prowess will now demand that she join Team Snagem as well and help him steal more Pokémon for Snagem. A Yes/No choice pops up. Select No, and Gonzap will tell you that he’ll make you join if he has to, even by battling you himself. Here’s his strategy box and team:

BOSS BATTLE: Snagem Head Gonzap
RECOMMENDED POKéMON TYPES: Fire, Grass, Shadow
Gonzap employs the same tactic the he uses when Michael fought him, and that’s using the move Hyper Beam. While powerful, Hyer Beam requires the user to rest the next turn, so use that to your advantage. If you’re Liza, you’ll definitely have a Fire-type for Shiftry, Vileplume, and Skarmory and if you’re Sonrisa, you’ll definitely have a Grass Pokémon for taking down Whiscash. If you’re Trixie, however, things might be a little more difficult for you and you should rely on the high-level Shadow Pokémon you’ve Snagged from the other teams, preferably Pokémon such as Team Magma’s Ninetales and Arcanine and Team Flora’s Breloom and Sunflora. They can take down Gonzap’s Pokémon easily with their Shadow moves.
Pokémon: L40 Electrode, L40 Shiftry, L40 Whiscash, L40 Vileplume, L40 Skarmory

After defeating Gonzap, he’ll finally give in and let Michael go. Gonzap will bring up that Michael should be more careful when trusting Team Snagem. As it turns out, Gonzap only wanted Michael to take down Team Cipher and that while he still has respect for him, he should watch his back next time. Gonzap will then turn to Liza, Sonrisa, or Trixie and tell her that he also respects her too for coming all the way here and fighting him and that he’ll remember that next time. After freeing Michael from the cage, you’ll be asked to give three of Liza’s, Sonrisa’s, or Trixie’s Pokémon back to Michael. You can’t give him Liza’s Charizard, Houndoom, or Torkoal, Sonrisa’s Sunflora, Vileplume, or Breloom, or Trixie’s Azumarill, Golduck, or Sealeo. With all that settled, it’s time to leave the Snagem Hideout because there’s still more trouble to be found.
 
Last edited:
XD ANIME MISSION PART 3

Cipher Lab, Return

“CIPHER’s reactivated lab, now being used by TEAM ROCKET for more SHADOW POKéMON research.”

Once Michael’s been rescued, his P*DA will go off with another E-mail, this time from Vito Winstrate, who will explain to you that the Cipher Lab’s been once more been put back in operation, this time by Team Rocket! Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie will suggest to you that due to all the Team Rocket trouble that’s been plaguing Orre, this incident shouldn’t be ignored. Head straight to the Lab. Upon your arrival, you’ll see 4 Rockets standing in front of the gate. These 4 happen to be the Rocket Brothers (first mentioned in Pokémon Red/Blue). Each Rocket holds a key leading into the Cipher Lab. All four must be defeated in order to enter. Here’s their teams:

Team Rocket Grunt (M)
L33 Murkrow, L34 Sableye, L35 Golduck

Team Rocket Grunt (M)
L33 Anorith, L34 Arbok, L35 Venomoth

Team Rocket Grunt (M)
L33 Baltoy, L34 Weepinbell, L35 Zangoose

Team Rocket Grunt (M)
L33 Yanma, L34 Hypno, L35 Houndoom

Once all 4 Rocket Brothers are defeated, you’ll be making your way through the Cipher Lab in a path similar to that of Wes and Rui’s back in Colosseum. Along the way, you’ll fight both Team Rocket Grunts and Researchers working for Team Rocket (referred to as Rocket R&D). Here are the rosters of everyone you’ll face as you descend through the Cipher Lab:

Team Rocket Grunt (M)
L36 Golbat, L36 Dustox

Team Rocket Grunt (F)
L33 Vibrava, L33 Luvdisc, L33 Shuppet, L33 Raticate, L33 Forretress

Rocket R&D Quiceno (M)
L36 Lanturn, L36 Porygon

Rocket R&D Falieb (M)
L32 Volbeat, L32 Grumpig, L32 Dragonair, L32 Torkoal, L32 Sunflora, L32 Metang

Team Rocket Grunt (M)
L35 Houndour, L35 Ariados, L35 Sandslash

Team Rocket Grunt (F)
L34 Clamperl, L34 Slugma, L34 Gloom, L34 Magneton

Rocket R&D Piron (M)
L36 Wailmer, L36 Weepinbell

Rocket R&D Kelloy (M)
L34 Exeggcute, L34 Slowpoke, L34 Manectric, L34 Ampharos

Team Rocket Grunt (M)
L32 Grimer, L32 Voltorb, L32 Baltoy, L32 Nuzleaf, L32 Shellder, L32 Sudowoodo

Shortly before reaching the last room in the Lab, a female Team Rocket Executive descends and tells you and Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie that your exploration ends here. (For the record, the female Rocket Executive looks just like the one from Pokémon Gold/Silver/Crystal and Pokémon Stadium 2.) Here’s her tough team:

Team Rocket Executive (F)
L37 Mightyena, L37 Loudred, L37 Muk, L37 Heracross

Once the Executive’s been vanquished, she’ll trip the alarm, alerting other Rockets of your trespassing. If you decide to trek back and heal, you’ll have to refight Team Rocket Grunts you’ve fought through here, but you won’t have to fight them once again on your way back. Once you’ve healed up and saved, head down the stairs to the “R & D” room. Inside you’ll find a Team Rocket scientist, Professor Nanba, talking to Butch&Cassidy, blaming them for everything being behind schedule. He’ll then go tell them to go to the Cipher Key Lair to make sure Shadow Pokémon production starts back up for Team Rocket. As soon as the two head up the elevator, Nanba will turn around and notice you and whoever’s following you. He’ll refer to you and Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie as meddling kids (no Scooby Doo pun intended) and that he’ll dispose of the two of you himself. Here’s his strategy box and team:

BOSS BATTLE: Rocket Prof. Nanba
RECOMMENDED POKéMON TYPES: Ground, Grass, Ice, Shadow
Professor Nanba likes to use the “drizzle” approach to defeating you. He’ll have Lanturn immediately kick up the rain with Rain Dance, which will allow Thunder (which all 4 of his Pokémon know) to hit every turn. Grass and Ground Pokémon will be the best to use here, and by now, you should have at least 1 of both types, regardless of who’s with you. Once his regular Pokémon are down, Nanba will send out his Shadow Pokémon, a Tentacruel, who’ll use Shadow Sky (a la Snattle and Archie) to damage your Pokémon with darkness each turn. Bring out one of your own Shadow Pokémon and prep Tentacruel for Snagging recruitment!
Pokémon: L40 Electabuzz, L40 Lanturn, L40 Dragonair, L40 Magneton, L35 Tentacruel

After Professor Nanba’s been defeated, he’ll gasp in shock, but then say there he’s been hard at work at perfecting another XD Shadow Pokémon! After saying that, he and any Team Rocket Grunts will leave the Lab. Nanba will have left a Rocket Memo behind that you can read that describes the threat of “the kid that brought down Cipher” and that plans to snatch his Pokémon have already been arranged and that Team Rocket hackers have been working hard at breaking into “the kid’s” PC and locking everything up there. In other words, this Memo reveals that is was Team Rocket that attacked Michael on his way to Trainers’ City! It also tells that they knew how much of a threat Michael could become and that they took precautions in the form of locking up his PC! Now knowing that Team Rocket’s the main threat here, you and Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie should head back out of the Lab since there’s going to be more trouble!



Cipher Key Lair, Return

“CIPHER’s SHADOW POKéMON factory, now being used by TEAM ROCKET for creating more SHADOW POKéMON.”

Once the Cipher Lab has been cleared up for the final time (hopefully), another E-mail will be sent to you, this time from Drew. Drew will bring up that he spotted Team Rocket activity at the Cipher Key Lair. Looks like what we overheard Professor Nanba telling Butch&Cassidy to do has already begun. Head over to its location right away. However, right before the bridge leading there, you’ll see the Rainbow Six standing in front of the bridge. They’ll tell you that they’ve barricaded the bridge with different colored laser fences! (You’ll notice each of the fences along the stretch of bridge leading to the Key Lair entrance.) They have the keys, but they’ll disperse before you even get a chance to battle them! As it turns out, each of the Rainbow sisters has fled to a certain location on the Orre map. You can challenge them in any order, but once you’ve fought one, the others will run to other locations, so if you go to one where you think that sister is, she might not be there anymore. It may be tough, but you can track down each of the Rainbow sisters and challenge them all. Also, each sister happens to have a Shadow Pokémon that matches her color; another reason to fight all six of them! Here are the Rainbow Six sisters’ teams:

Team Rocket Grunt [RBW R] (F)
(Location, Orre Colosseum, entrance)
L35 Ninetales, L35 Magcargo, L35 Torkoal, L35 Camerupt

Team Rocket Grunt [RBW O] (F)
(Location, Realgam Tower, center dome)
L35 Machoke, L35 Hitmontop, L35 Medicham, L35 Hariyama

Team Rocket Grunt [RBW Y] (F)
(Location, Outskirt Stand, outside)
L35 Electabuzz, L35 Flaaffy, L35 Manectric, L35 Flaaffy

Team Rocket Grunt [RBW G] (F)
(Location, Rock Poké Spot)
L35 Gloom, L35 Sunflora, L35 Breloom, L35 Nuzleaf

Team Rocket Grunt [RBW B] (F)
(Location, Oasis Poké Spot)
L35 Seadra, L35 Lanturn, L35 Sealeo, L35 Pelipper

Team Rocket Grunt [RBW V] (F)
(Location, Cave Poké Spot)
L35 Kadabra, L35 Wobbuffet, L35 Kirlia, L35 Slowbro

Once the Rainbow Six have been defeated, return to the Cipher Key Lair and go open the laser fences on the bridge. The fences are arranged in this order, red, orange, yellow, green, blue and violet. Only the matching key will open a gate. Once all six are opened head straight into the Kay Lair and get cracking on Team Rocket’s takeover! You’ll quickly notice that the conveyor belts are functioning again, an ominous sign that Team Rocket’s creating more Shadow Pokémon. Like when Team Plasma invaded the Key Lair, a Rocket Grunt that you’ve defeated will reappear elsewhere in the Key Lair with a revitalized team 10 minutes after you’ve defeated him/her. Also, there happen to be 4 Cipher Peons in the place as well. The first Peon you encounter will tell you that they’re here on a retrieval mission to get as many Shadow Pokémon as possible before Team Rocket does, but they’ll battle you anyway. However, unlike the Rockets, the Peons don’t come back a second time after you’ve defeated them. Here are the teams of both the Team Rocket Grunts and the Cipher Peons:

Team Rocket Grunt (F)
(Jumps you at the west side of the entrance)
L35 Gloom, L35 Plusle, L35 Butterfree, L35 Lunatone

Team Rocket Grunt (M)
(Jumps you on the east side of the entrance)
L35 Weepinbell, L35 Minun, L35 Beedrill, L35 Solrock

Team Rocket Grunt (F)
(Jumps you at the stairway leading into the basement)
L35 Arbok, L35 Medicham, L35 Relicanth, L35 Dugtrio

Team Rocket Grunt (M)
(Jumps you when you enter the basement)
L34 Weepinbell, L33 Mr. Mime, L34 Marowak, L35 Weezing, L34 Tentacruel

Cipher Peon Colene (F)
(Jumps you in front of the Poké Food crate on the 2nd floor)
L35 Rhyhorn, L35 Loudred, L35 Sneasel, L35 Haunter

Cipher Peon Straberg (M)
(Jumps you in front of the stairway leading to the 3rd floor)
L35 Houndoom, L35 Electrode, L30 Jynx, L26 Cacnea

Team Rocket Grunt (F)
(Jumps you as soon as either the Sun Gate or the Moon gate has opened)
L35 Pupitar, L35 Mawile, L35 Butterfree, L35 Roselia

Team Rocket Grunt (M)
(Jumps you on the stairway leading to the 4th floor)
L34 Spinda, L34 Wailmer, L34 Persian, L34 Breloom, L34 Swalot

Team Rocket Grunt (M)
(Jumps you as you make your way through the 4th floor hall)
L35 Xatu, L35 Mightyena, L35 Furret, L35 Shedinja

Team Rocket Grunt (F)
(Jumps you in the room where the System Lever was)
L34 Venomoth, L34 Azumarill, L34 Sunflora, L34 Torkoal, L34 Dragonair

Cipher Peon Matrino (M)
(On the roof, standing near the stairway where you come out)
L35 Dragonair, L35 Seaking, L35 Granbull, L35 Parasect

Cipher Peon Zalata (F)
(On the roof at the foot of the stairs leading to the Control Machine)
L34 Forretress, L34 Camerupt, L34 Medicham, L32 Lanturn, L32 Gloom

Team Rocket Grunt (F)
(Standing in front of the Control Machine, won’t move unless you defeat her)
L33 Sealeo, L33 Shelgon, L33 Hypno, L33 Houndoom, L33 Ampharos, L33 Bellossom

As you should be able to tell the second and fourth Cipher Peons each possess 2 Shadow Pokémon apiece for you to Snag. If you fail to Snag them here, Miror B. will end up with them eventually. Once you’ve reached the top of the Key Lair, you’ll be required to raise the voltage again to slow down Shadow Pokémon production. Once you do, a male Team Rocket Executive will come outside, notice you and Liza, Sonrisa, or Trixie, and challenge the two of you to a battle. (For the record, the male Rocket Executive looks just like the one from Pokémon Gold/Silver/Crystal and Pokémon Stadium 2.) Here’s his tough team:

Team Rocket Executive (M)
L38 Sableye, L38 Raichu, L38 Ninetales, L38 Metang

Once the Executive’s down, he’ll give you the key to Gorigan’s office. Head inside, and you’ll notice another Team Rocket scientist, Sebastian, talking through a portable videophone to another Team Rocket member. While we don’t get to see that other member’s face, Professor Sebastian references that it was Tyson. After the call, he’ll see you and Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie. The one following you will tell Sebastian that the Shadow Pokémon resurrection has been halted. Professor Sebastian, still calm however, will explain that he can start it back up as soon as he defeats you. Here’s his strategy box and team:

BOSS BATTLE: Rocket Prof. Sebastian
RECOMMENDED POKéMON TYPES: Water, Ground, Shadow
While Nanba specialized in rainy weather, Sebastian specializes in sunny weather. All four of his Pokémon are equipped with Fire-type attacks (and Houndoom knows Solarbeam) to burn away your team. If Trixie’s following you, her Water Pokémon will make quick work of Professor Sebastian’s team! But if you don’t have her with you, a Water Pokémon you’ve obtained in this mission can also work. However, the worst comes out when Sebastian releases his Shadow Wobbuffet, whose Shadow Tag prevents switching out! Switch to a Shadow Pokémon before knocking out the Pokémon that Wobbuffet replaces. One of Wobbuffet’s moves happens to be an unheard one called Shadow Guard. Either use Shadow moves on it since they’ll do little damage to Wobbuffet and thus lessen the return damage to your side or put it to Sleep to prevent the attack altogether. This Snag may be tough to accomplish.
Pokémon: L40 Magmar, L40 Houndoom, L40 Shelgon, L40 Magcargo, L35 Wobbuffet

Shadow Guard is an attack that works like both Counter and Mirror Coat; taking damage first, but then sending double that damage back at both of your Pokémon! The animation for Shadow Guard is basically a shadowy version of Mirror Coat.

Once Professor Sebastian’s team goes down, he’ll (still calmly) tell you and Liza, Sonrisa, or Trixie something startling! He’ll explain that Cipher knew there could still be a chance that their plans would be stopped and that in the event of that, Greevil entrusted continuing the scheme to none other than the leader of Team Rocket, Giovanni. Greevil also contacted the Hoenn organizations of Team Magma, Team Aqua, Team Flora, and Team Plasma to aid in Team Rocket’s plans as well. That explains their presence in Hoenn! Team Rocket even managed to rally in Team Snagem after Cipher’s scheme was finished as well as Cipher remnants! In other words, what we have here is a seven-team scheme involving Shadow Pokémon!

Once Sebastian’s conversation is finished, Giovanni along with his Persian will appear on the TV screen in the office. Giovanni will tell them that the XD003 is now completed, thanks to the Shadow Pokémon research data he kept from five years ago (during various e-Reader missions in Colosseum). He’ll then notice you and Liza, Sonrisa, and Trixie. (He even uses Michael and Liza’s, Sonrisa’s, or Trixie’s name!) He’ll explain that an island abode known as Citadark Isle is back in business thanks to Team Rocket! That’s when the screen goes off and Sebastian leaves. At this point, you’ll get en E-mail from Luka, who’s stationed in Gateon Port, telling you to head there immediately.

Back in Gateon Port, business is booming as usual again. Head over to the Parts Shop, where, however, Makan has some bad news for you. As it turns out, after their assault on Gateon, Team Aqua made off with the Robo Kyogre. You now have no way of reaching Citadark Isle, or do you? In fact, go to Luka and you’ll find out why she called you. As it turns out, Luka’s boat is jet-propelled and can get you to where you need to go! She’ll ask you if you want to go to Citadark Isle or Trainers’ City. Select Citadark Isle, and you’ll watch a scene of Luka ferrying you and Liza, Sonrisa, or Trixie across the unstable waves to Citadark Isle.

However, before heading to Citadark Isle, have Luka take you back to Trainers’ City, and head for the Pokémon Lab. Inside, you’ll see Professor Oak, Elm, Birch, and Ivy. Oak will bring up that you’ve done well with stopping Team Magma, Aqua, Flora, Plasma, and Rocket. Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie will then explain how Giovanni is the mastermind behind what’s been going on and that he’s on Citadark Isle! Then, Professor Oak will bring up that there could be a very powerful Shadow Pokémon used by Team Rocket and that he’ll give you a Master Ball to save for just that Pokémon. After receiving the Master Ball, head for Citadark Isle.



Citadark Isle

<Outside>

Citadark Isle is an impregnable fortress that repels all with unusually violent waves, and Team Rocket is now using it for their base of operations! As soon as you arrive here, Luka will tell you that she can take you back to the mainland whenever you want. The shortcut elevator has been disabled, so you’ll be required to take the grueling long way through the volcano. Guarding the outside of the island is nothing but four Team Rocket Grunts, but all four must be defeated in order to open the door leading inside. Here are their teams:

Team Rocket Grunt (F)
L40 Muk, 40 Weezing, L40 Swalot

Team Rocket Grunt (M)
L41 Pinsir, L41 Marowak

Team Rocket Grunt (F)
L39 Relicanth, L39 Illumise, L39 Camerupt, L39 Volbeat

Team Rocket Grunt (M)
L40 Qwilfish, L40 Hitmontop, L40 Sneasel

<First Area>

Inside the first area, you’ll have to make your way around counterclockwise in order to reach the elevator leading to the basement. Surprisingly, you’ll fight five Team Snagem members on your way there. Here are their teams:

Team Snagem Dievol (M)
L38 Parasect, L38 Muk, L38 Lapras

Team Snagem Mafale (M)
L39 Noctowl, L39 Ampharos, L39 Slowking

Team Snagem Azeria (M)
L40 Swellow, L40 Absol, L40 Ludicolo

Team Snagem Heikin (M)
L41 Weezing, L41 Forretress, L41 Golem

Team Snagem Javolt (M)
L42 Venomoth, L42 Dusclops, L42 Steelix

When you reach the elevator, however, Jessie&James will appear behind you, reciting their motto, and telling you that they have the key to the elevator. Meowth (who’s with them) will tell you that once they’re defeated you, they’ll get promoted from guard duty. Anyway, here’s their strategy box and team:

SUB-BOSS BATTLE: Rocket Admins Jessie&James
RECOMMENDED POKéMON TYPES: Psychic, Ghost, Dark, Shadow
Jessie&James are a little more difficult to defeat than last time you fought them, but a Psychic Pokémon will make quick work of four of their Pokémon! However, Wobbuffet may be trickier to defeat than the rest of the group. Once they’ve all fallen, get ready to Snag Jessie’s Shadow Seviper.
Pokémon: L42 Arbok, L42 Weezing, L42 Dustox, L42 Victreebel, L42 Wobbuffet, L40 Seviper

<Basement>

Once Jessie&James are defeated, they’ll chew you out for defeating them and then run off. You can now take the elevator down to the basement. Down in the basement are five Cipher Peons who’ll battle you on the path leading to the next elevator. Here’s their teams:

Cipher Peon Sawia (F)
L38 Glalie, L38 Sudowoodo, L38 Mawile

Cipher Peon Tathrey (M)
L39 Banette, L39 Primeape, L39 Crobat

Cipher Peon Xelna (F)
L40 Mightyena, L40 Gardevoir, L40 Misdreavus

Cipher Peon Armande (M)
L41 Cradily, L41 Armaldo, L41 Relicanth

Cipher Peon Relitia (F)
L42 Lanturn, L42 Houndoom, L42 Exeggutor

Once all five Cipher Peons are defeated, you’ll have made it the door leading to the next elevator. However, when you approach it, the elevator will head down, and then back up, now carrying Butch&Cassidy! They’ll both challenge you to a battle right away. Here’s their strategy box and team:

SUB-BOSS BATTLE: Rocket Admins Butch&Cassidy
RECOMMENDED POKéMON TYPES: Fighting, Psychic, Shadow
Once again, Butch&Cassidy are tougher to defeat than Jessie&James due to the fact that they have more variety in their team. However, both Fighting and Psychic Pokémon can put them down! You should also be prepared for the Shadow Armaldo that they pull out in the end, something that’s worth Snagging!
Pokémon: L42 Raticate, L42 Primeape, L42 Houndoom, L42 Mightyena, L42 Hitmontop, L40 Armaldo

<Volcano Interior 1>

After defeating Butch&Cassidy, they’ll chew you out once more and leave, but you can now use the elevator. Once you’ve taken the elevator again, you’ll end up inside the volcano, where Team Magma is ready to stop you in your tracks. You’ll have to push the boxes into the lava again to create paths to the next room. However, team Magma Grunts will hinder your progress. Here’s their Pokémon lineups:

Team Magma Grunt (M)
L39 Camerupt, L39 Magcargo, L39 Houndoom, L39 Golem

Team Magma Grunt (F)
L40 Camerupt, L40 Arcanine, L40 Steelix

Team Magma Grunt (M)
L41 Magcargo, L41 Rapidash, L41 Magmar, L41 Camerupt

Team Magma Grunt (F)
L42 Torkoal, L42 Ninetales, L42 Camerupt

Once you’ve made it into the “Heal Room”, move forward some distance, and you’lll run into Tabitha, who will tell you that Maxie has given him one last chance to redeem himself. If you haven’t Snagged his Shadow Pokémon yet, here’s your chance to do so. Here’s Tabitha’s team:

Magma Admin Tabitha (M)
L43 Camerupt, L42 Mightyena, L44 Aggron, L42 Rhydon/L35 Onix, L43 Houndoom/L35 Torkoal

Once Tabitha’s finished, he’ll complain about failing his boss again. If Liza’s following you, Tabitha will tell her that Maxie has a little surprise in store for her! He’ll let you move aside to where you go behind the lava fall. Once you’ve passed there, you’ll now see a door blocking the way into the “PC Room”. You can use the heal machine to heal your Pokémon, but once you do, Maxie will come out through the door and ask you if you’re healing your Pokémon (with a Yes/No option). Select Yes, and he’ll reply with “Good, then you’ll be a great challenge for my new SHADOW POKéMON!” In other words, you’ll now have to battle Maxie. Here’s his strategy box and team:

BOSS BATTLE: Magma Leader Maxie
RECOMMENDED POKéMON TYPES: Water, Ground, Electric, Shadow
Maxie is back, and his team is even tougher than when you last fought him! His Camerupt now knows Eruption, which can be powered up even more by Sunny Day (which he’ll have Mightyena use)! It’ll also use Earthquake and Explosion (at low HP) while Mightyena uses Protect. Houndoom knows Solarbeam and Crunch and Crobat knows Sludge Bomb and Confuse Ray. However, once you brought his four regular Pokémon, be prepared for his two powerful Shadow Pokémon, Claydol (which knows Shadow Sky and Shadow Quake), and an even more dangerous Charizard, complete with a full set of powerful Shadow moves! If Liza’s the one following you, after Charizard’s been identified as a Shadow Pokémon, she’ll recognize the Shadow Charizard as the largest and most powerful Charizard from the Charicific Valley! Charizard’s deadliest move is an exclusive Shadow move called Shadow Blaze! You must Snag Charizard, especially since it’ll make a great addition to your team, Shadow or purified!
Pokémon: L45 Camerupt, L45 Mightyena, L45 Houndoom, L45 Crobat, L45 Claydol, L45 Charizard

Shadow Blaze is a powerful attack that deals massive damage to one target (even more than Shadow End), but costs the user its next turn! The animation for Shadow Blaze is basically a shadowy version of Blast Burn.

<Volcano Interior 2>

Once Maxie’s finished for the second time, he’ll let it slip that the XD003 is now complete and that you don’t stand a chance against it! He’ll then run off, allowing you to head into the “PC Room”. (You can heal your Pokémon once more after the battle with Maxie beforehand.) Once you head up the next elevator, you’ll be in the second section of Citadark’s volcano, but this time, it’s Team Aqua you’ll find in here as you make your way towards the next section. Here’s are teams of the 4 Team Aqua Grunts you have to fight first:

Team Aqua Grunt (F)
L39 Sharpedo, L39 Whiscash, L39 Cloyster, L39 Politoed

Team Aqua Grunt (M)
L40 Huntail, L40 Gorebyss, L40 Ludicolo

Team Aqua Grunt (F)
L41 Azumarill, L41 Corsola, L41 Lanturn, L41 Mantine

Team Aqua Grunt (M)
L42 Sharpedo, L42 Crawdaunt, L42 Kingdra

Once all 4 Team Aqua Grunts are down, keep heading towards the other end of the interior, and when you reach the spot where you fought the Cipher Peon with the Shadow Magcargo and Rapidash, Shelly will stop you and tell you that if she defeats you now, she’ll become Archie’s right-hand woman. If you haven’t Snagged her Shadow Pokémon yet, here’s your chance to do so. Here’s Shelly’s team:

Aqua Admin Shelly (F)
L43 Sharpedo, L42 Mightyena, L44 Walrein, L42 Quagsire/L35 Corsola, L43 Starmie/L35 Crawdaunt

Once Shelly’s defeated, she’ll moan about possibly being fired from Team Aqua before running off. If Trixie’s following you, Shelly will tell her that she’ll get her revenge on her one day! Keep going, and when you near the exit, Archie will come out and tell you that it’s over for you. He’ll also tell you that the work on the XD001, XD002, and XD003 will lead to an XD Kyogre for himself. Then he’ll battle you. Here’s Archie’s strategy box and team:

BOSS BATTLE: Aqua Leader Archie
RECOMMENDED POKéMON TYPES: Electric, Grass, Shadow
This battle with Archie is even tougher than back at Gateon Port! Sharpedo will now either attempt to thrash whatever Electric Pokémon you plan on using with Earthquake (Poliwrath will do so too) or freeze whatever Grass Pokémon you have with Ice Beam (Poliwrath knows Ice Punch)! Mightyena and Crobat will both throw Poison Fang into the mix and Poliwrath will try to wallop your Pokémon with Dynamicpunch! Not only that, when one of his Pokémon falls, Archie will send out a ferocious L45 Shadow Gyarados, complete with Shadow Hold, Shadow Sky (which he will have it use right away), and Shadow Storm! Later, he will send out an even tougher Shadow Blastoise, who knows a full set of Shadow moves! If Trixie’s the one following you, after Blastoise’s been identified as a Shadow Pokémon, she’ll recognize the Shadow Blastoise as the same one that is the leader on Shell Island (from the Anime episode “Beach Blanket Blastoise”)! Blastoise also knows a rare Shadow attack called Shadow Hydro! Use caution Snagging both Shadow Pokémon! For the record, after the battle, Shadow Blastoise could prove its worth later on through the hideout.
Pokémon: L45 Sharpedo, L45 Mightyena, L45 Poliwrath, L45 Crobat, L45 Gyarados, L45 Blastoise

Shadow Hydro is a powerful attack that deals massive damage to one target (even more than Shadow End), but costs the user its next turn! The animation for Shadow Hydro is basically a shadowy version of Hydro Cannon.

<Volcano Interior 3>

Once Archie’s defeated, he’ll chew you out for defeating him a second time. He’ll then have the door leading to the next area shut, preventing further progress, before he leaves you behind! Since your stuck for the time being, backtrack and take the path leading to “Volcano Interior 3” that takes you to the chests elsewhere in the second interior. When you reach the 3rd volcano area from this path, a Team Flora Grunt drops in and you’ll have to battle four of them, two in the 3rd area along the path, and two more back in the 2nd area next to the chest that can only be accessed by going this route! Here are the rosters for the Grunts:

Team Flora Grunt (F)
L39 Cacturne, L39 Vileplume, L39 Exeggutor, L39 Shedinja

Team Flora Grunt (M)
L40 Roselia, L40 Tropius, L40 Breloom

Team Flora Grunt (F)
L41 Parasect, L41 Bellossom, L41 Sunflora, L41 Jumpluff

Team Flora Grunt (M)
L42 Cacturne, L42 Victreebel, L42 Scizor

Once the fourth Team Flora Grunt is defeated, he’ll drop a Card Key that will open the door previously locked by Archie. Once you head through, Seth will come by and tell you that for you the route to the volcano’s summit ends right here! If you haven’t Snagged her Shadow Pokémon yet, here’s your chance to do so. Here’s Seth’s team:

Flora Admin Seth (F)
L43 Cacturne, L42 Mightyena, L44 Shiftry, L42 Shuckle/L35 Forretress, L43 Tangela/L35 Sunflora

Once Seth falls, she’ll tell you that she can’t face Farlie again and run. If Sonrisa’s following you, Seth will ask her if her “pathetic” Grass Pokémon will be able to match those of Farlie’s! Continue heading forward, but just as you reach the steps leading to the elevator, Farlie comes down it and complains how Seth couldn’t take care of you! He’ll then say that if you want the job right, do it yourself! Here’s his strategy box and team:

BOSS BATTLE: Flora Leader Farlie
RECOMMENDED POKéMON TYPES: Fire, Flying, Ice, Shadow
Farlie has a tough strategy in mind for you, tougher than when he invaded ONBS! First he’ll have his Pokémon use attacks such as Toxic (Mightyena and Crobat), Spikes (Cacturne), Leech Seed (Cacturne), Confuse Ray (Crobat), and Bite (Crobat)! Then he’ll use Giga Drain (Vileplume and Crobat) to drain your HP away even more! Also, Mightyena will add on even more problems with Torment and Sand-Attack! But once this is done, it’s time for Farlie’s 2 new Shadow Pokémon; a Cradily equipped with Shadow Hold and Shadow Guard, and a L45 Venusaur with an entire set of Shadow moves! If Sonrisa’s the one following you, after Venusaur’s been identified as a Shadow Pokémon, she’ll recognize the Shadow Venusaur as the same one that is the guardian on the Forbidden Forest of Grass Pokémon (from the Anmie episode “Grass Hysteria”)! The Shadow Venusaur also happens to be the only Pokémon with the move Shadow Plant!
Pokémon: L45 Cacturne, L45 Mightyena, L45 Vileplume, L45 Crobat, L45 Cradily, L45 Venusaur

Shadow Plant is a powerful attack that deals massive damage to one target (even more than Shadow End), but costs the user its next turn! The animation for Shadow Plant is basically a shadowy version of Frenzy Plant.

<Cavern>

Once Farlie’s defeated, he’ll boast that Team Flora will never be finished, but then run, allowing you to take the elevator up to the upper cavern area with the moving platforms. As soon as you take the first downward platform to the lower path, a Team Plasma Grunt will confront you as you step off. Along the way to the path branch are three more Plasma Grunts. Here are their teams:

Team Plasma Grunt (M)
L39 Manectric, L39 Raichu, L39 Electabuzz, L39 Grumpig

Team Plasma Grunt (F)
L40 Manectric, L40 Lanturn, L40 Medicham

Team Plasma Grunt (M)
L41 Plusle, L41 Raichu, L41 Electrode, L41 Manectric

Team Plasma Grunt (F)
L42 Minun, L42 Magneton, L42 Manectric

As soon as you’ve passed the outside ledge that links to the second path, David will come down to confront you as soon as you reenter the cavern. He’ll tell you that’s he’s angry that you Snagged his Medicham and Minun (if you’ve done so; you can try again in this battle if you didn’t). He’ll then say that in order to keep his job at Team Plasma, he must defeat you. Here’s his team:

Plasma Admin David (M)
L43 Manectric, L42 Mightyena, L44 Ampharos, L42 Xatu/L35 Medicham, L43 Electabuzz/L20 Minun

Once David’s been defeated once more, he’ll chew you out for making him look bad once again. He’ll then storm off, allowing you to continue forward. As you near the ledge where you cross two moving platforms to reach the elevator, the camera will pan forward to show Plasmae coming down the elevator. She’ll then make her way across the moving platforms over to where you are. She’ll demand to know what happened with David. Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie will explain that David ran off after having his lineup defeated. Plasmae will then bring up that she’ll have a word with him just as soon as she defeats you. Here’s her strategy box and lineup:

BOSS BATTLE: Plasma Leader Plasmae
RECOMMENDED POKéMON TYPES: Ground, Fighting, Shadow
Plasmae once again uses the Thunder Wave/Confuse Ray/Attract/Mean Look/Bite method of battling when it comes to you! However, this time, Plasmae will also use Thunderbolt (Manectric) and Lock-On/Zap Cannon (Magneton) to deal powerful Electric damage to your team! Ground-types carry immunity to Electric attacks and are the best Pokémon to use during this battle! However, Manectric’s also equipped with Crunch and Crobat with Giga Drain for just in case of a Ground assault! When you dispatched her regular Pokémon, prepare for Plasmae’s 2 new Shadow Pokémon, an Electrode equipped with Shadow Guard and Shadow End, and an Ampharos that just happens to know 4 Shadow moves! If things get a little too out of hand, try using the Shadow Charizard, Blastoise, or Venusaur you got a chance to Snag before this battle!
Pokémon: L45 Manectric, L45 Mightyena, L45 Magneton, L45 Crobat, L45 Electrode, L45 Ampharos

<Crane Room – Lower Level>

Once Plasmae’s defeated, she’ll chew you out just like everybody else. After she leaves, you’ll be able to head across the moving platforms to the elevator, which in turn takes you to the area with the cranes. Like last time you were here, use the cranes to get to the next elevator. However, on your way there are three Team Rocket Grunts that you’ll have to battle. Here’s their teams:

Team Rocket Grunt (M)
L41 Golduck, L41 Whiscash, L41 Starmie

Team Rocket Grunt (F)
L42 Magmar, L42 Magcargo, L42 Houndoom

Team Rocket Grunt (M)
L43 Jumpluff, L43 Victreebel, L43 Sceptile

Just as you make it to the elevator, just who are to come down but Annie&Oakley. Annie will explain that Giovanni has given them one last chance to redeem themselves and will put up a good fight to prove it. Here’s their strategy box and team:

SUB-BOSS BATTLE: Rocket Admins Annie&Oakley
RECOMMENDED POKéMON TYPES: Dark, Fire, Water, Ice, Shadow
Annie&Oakley are tougher to defeat than your encounter with them back in Agate Village. Part of the trouble comes from Jumpluff’s use of Helping Hand to boost its partner’s attacks. Water and Ice attacks are invaluable here, as they’ll quickly dispatch Camerupt, Altaria, and Jumpluff! However, be prepared for yet another Shadow Pokémon, this time, a L40 Seaking with Shadow Half. Start to make your attempts to Snag it once the rest on Annie&Oakley’s team is finished.
Pokémon: L45 Ariados, L45 Espeon, L45 Camerupt, L45 Altaria, L45 Jumpluff, L40 Seaking

<Crane Room – Upper Level>

After Annie&Oakley are defeated, they’ll storm off, with Oakley stating that the two of them are no longer considered strong enough for Giovanni. Take the elevator up to the upper level and make your way around the holes in the floor. (If you haven’t obtained the two items on the lower level that can only be reached by dropping down the holes, you can still do that.) Three more Team Rocket Grunts will drop down to hinder your progress once more! Here’s their Pokémon lineups:

Team Rocket Grunt (F)
L41 Persian, L41 Shiftry, L41 Hariyama

Team Rocket Grunt (M)
L42 Jynx, L42 Cacturne, L42 Manectric

Team Rocket Grunt (F)
L43 Dugtrio, L43 Aerodactyl, L43 Crobat

Once you’ve made it to the last elevator to the volcano summit, you’ve got yet another big battle before you, this time from Atilla&Hun, who come down the elevator to do battle with you. Here’s their strategy box and team:

SUB-BOSS BATTLE: Rocket Admins Atilla&Hun
RECOMMENDED POKéMON TYPES: Fire, Water, Psychic, Shadow
If Liza or Trixie is following you, their Fire or Water Pokémon will prove great to use here! Like in the last battle, Atilla&Hun rely on Steelix using Earthquake while Skarmory is in play to cause damage to your side! However, they’ll also have Camerupt pull off the same tactic! Breloom and Muk should be dealt quickly with Psychic attacks so to prevent their Mach Punch and Sludge Bomb attacks. Also be ready to Snag their new Shadow Pokémon, a Relicanth.
Pokémon: L45 Skarmory, L45 Steelix, L45 Breloom, L45 Muk, L45 Camerupt, L40 Relicanth

<Volcano Summit>

Once Atilla&Hun are defeated, they’ll leave with Hun bringing up that they won’t stand a chance against Giovanni. You can finally take the elevator up to the top of the volcano. Upon arrival, you can use the shortcut elevator to head back down to the island’s base to do whatever pressing business you have (and can be used to come back up here when you come back). Now you’ll need to make your way across the bridge leading to the center dome. However, when you’re halfway across the bridge, Domino comes out of the building to stop you, explaining that in order to keep her position as one of Team Rocket’s best agents, she must defeat you. Here’s her strategy box and team:

BOSS BATTLE: Rocket Admin Domino
RECOMMENDED POKéMON TYPES: Dark, Fighting, Shadow
Defeating Domino’s no easy task, especially when she constantly uses attacks such as Hypnosis, Spikes, Will-o-Wisp, Confuse Ray, Thunder Wave, and Attract! All those Status Conditions will really hinder your team! Spread your attacks and try taking down both of her Pokémon before they get a chance to use their attacks and make sure you have plenty of Full Heals on hand! Blissey, however, won’t go down easily; neither will her new Shadow Pokémon, a L40 Nidoqueen, who knows Shadow Quake! Make sure your team’s in good shape before trying to Snag this Pokémon.
Pokémon: L45 Gardevoir, L45 Cacturne, L45 Ninetales, L45 Blissey, L45 Banette, L40 Nidoqueen

After defeating Domino, she’ll chew you out for defeating her and that she might be fired. After she runs off, head into the dome. (The elevator leading beneath the dome will not work.) Inside, you’ll see Giovanni sitting where Greevil once sat. Next to him are what looks like Tyson (at his left side) and Iron Masked Marauder (at his right side). Giovanni will explain to you and Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie that he’s impressed that you’ve made it this far, considering that you’ve made your way here before. He’ll then bring up the glass wall, preventing you from going any further. Use the Heal Machine and PC to heal your Pokémon and get out any Shadow Pokémon you’ve obtained. Now head back out. On your way out, someone will come out of the other elevator. That person is Professor Nanba, who tells you he’s ready to defeat you once more! Here’s his strategy box and team:

BOSS BATTLE: Rocket Prof. Nanba
RECOMMENDED POKéMON TYPES: Grass, Electric, Ice, Ground, Shadow
Nanba once more will kick up the waterworks to benefit his team! While Thunder will still prove useful in this battle, he now has a Rhydon to draw your Electric attacks away from his Pokémon! Also use Ground attacks to take down his Electric-types and an Ice Pokémon for Dragonair! Nanba will send out his new Shadow Pokémon, a Ludicolo, early and have it use Shadow Sky to bring in a more sinister weather. Bring its HP down and be prepared to make a Snag for it!
Pokémon: L45 Electabuzz, L45 Lanturn, L45 Dragonair, L45 Huntail, L45 Rhydon, L40 Ludicolo

After defeating Professor Nanba for the second time, he’ll bring up something startling about the XD001. As it turns out, Shadow Lugia was the same Lugia Nanba tried to capture back in the Whirl Islands! After Nanba leaves, Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie will bring up that the other elevator could get you into the center dome. Go and use it to make it down to the lower level. As you make your way down the lower corridor, the other Team Rocket Professor, Sebastian will come down the next elevator and explain to you that you’ve wrecked his Shadow Pokémon business back at the Cipher Key Lair and that you’re now causing more trouble at Citadark Isle and that it ends today! Here’s his strategy box and team:

BOSS BATTLE: Rocket Prof. Sebastian
RECOMMENDED POKéMON TYPES: Water, Ice, Fire, Shadow
Professor Sebastian once more relies on the sun to destroy your team! This time, however, he has two Grass types, both equipped with Solarbeam to help out! Fire Pokémon will be great here for taking them out since their attacks get a boost from the sunlight! When you’ve brought down his regular Pokémon, be prepared for a powerful Shadow Nidoking, with Shadow Half, Shadow Quake, and Shadow End! It’s highly recommended that you put a Sleep condition on it first to prevent it from attacking before attempting to Snag it.
Pokémon: L45 Magmar, L45 Houndoom, L45 Shelgon, L45 Exeggutor, L45 Cradily, L40 Nidoking

<Center Dome>

Once Professor Sebastian’s been defeated, he’ll chew you out (in a calm manner) for defeating him a second time before walking away. It’s advised you go back and heal your Pokémon at the Heal Machine and make sure you have at least 1 or 2 powerful Shadow Pokémon with you. (For example, Charizard, Blastoise, or Venusaur can be really useful soon.) After doing so, come back here and take the elevator up to get inside the circular building. Inside, Giovanni will notice you’ve made it here and will order Tyson to block you. Here’s Tyson’s strategy box and team:

BOSS BATTLE: Rocket Admin Tyson
RECOMMENDED POKéMON TYPES: Electric, Water, Fire, Shadow
Tyson’s high-level team is nothing to be taken lightly! All six of his Pokémon are equipped with powerful moves, both attack and support! Type matching will pretty much be the only way you’ll win this battle. Tyson also has two powerful Shadow Pokémon, Exploud and Crobat, which also makes it that you’ll need to use your Shadow Pokémon to finish this. Sleep or Paralyze one of Tyson’s normal Pokémon so that only one Shadow Pokémon is out at a time. Then make your attempts to Snag each of them separately.
Pokémon: L50 Fearow, L50 Meganium, L50 Arcanine, L50 Blastoise, L45 Exploud, L45 Crobat

After defeating Tyson, he’ll chew you out for defeating his Shadow Pokémon. He’ll then bring down the glass wall before leaving, allowing you to use the Heal Machine once again. Giovanni’s made his way up the other elevator, so follow in pursuit of him. If you happen to take a look at the big screen in the control room, you’ll now see a battle between a female Aqua Grunt’s Crawdaunt (which uses Bubblebeam) and a male Team Flora Grunt’s Sunflora (which uses Solarbeam). However, as you near the elevator, I.M.M. comes up to you and decides to stop you himself. He’s his strategy box and team:

BOSS BATTLE: Rocket Admin I.M.M.
RECOMMENDED POKéMON TYPES: Fire, Psychic, Shadow
Like with Tyson, Iron Masked Marauder’s team is nothing to kid about! A Fire Pokémon is almost necessary here, as it will make quick work of Sneasel, Scizor, and Vileplume! If that wasn’t enough, I.M.M. has 2 Shadow Pokémon, a Milotic and Flygon for you to battle and capture. However, Milotic’s Shadow Storm and Flygon’s Shadow Quake and Shadow End make things even more difficult! Spare one of I.M.M.’s other Pokémon so that only one of his Shadow Pokémon is out on the field. You don’t want disaster to occur during this battle!
Pokémon: L50 Sneasel, L50 Scizor, L50 Blaziken, L50 Vileplume, L45 Milotic, L45 Flygon

Once I.M.M.’s out of the way, he’ll tell you that Team Rocket’s secret weapon cannot be defeated! After he leaves, the only thing left to do is head up the elevator and confront Giovanni. But before doing so, heal your Pokémon and juggle your roster. (Shadow Pokémon you’ve obtained recently may prove really useful here.) After doing so, go and confront Giovanni. When you reach the upper level, Giovanni will bring up that no region is immune to Team Rocket’s control, not even Orre! He’ll also tell you that his mater plan is to turn every Legendary Pokémon into a Shadow Pokémon like XD001, XD002… and XD003! That’s right! Giovanni has achieved creating yet another XD Shadow Pokémon! At this point, the odd-looking Rayquaza from the beginning of this mission, whom Giovanni will introduce as XD003, will fly into the chamber. After snagging or beating it, you have to battle Giovanni. Giovanni explain that these superpowerful Shadow Pokémon will pave Team Rocket’s way to glory and that no one will stand in his way, not even you and Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie! He’ll then boast that he will show you the true power of Team Rocket and what will be the start of a new era of Shadow Pokémon! Here’s the strategy box and team for the final battle:

L50 Rayquaza
The best way to deal with Shadow Rayquaza is to Snag it immediately! The Master Ball Professor Oak gave you back at Trainers’ City is the best way to accomplish this!

FINAL BATTLE: Rocket Leader Giovanni
RECOMMENDED POKéMON TYPES: Grass, Water, Fighting, Any that can cause Status Conditions
Giovanni will start things off with Rhydon and one of his 4 (yes, 4) Shadow Pokémon is a Pokémon that is usually really powerful and formidable in battle, and all are equipped with full sets of Shadow moves! Use the Shadow Pokémon you have with you to stall against Giovanni’s Shadow lineup as you heal your team and bring down your foe’s HP. Your normal Pokémon may not last more than a turn if Giovanni’s Pokémon double up against them! Slaking may be the toughest Shadow Pokémon in this battle aside from XD003, but its Truant ability will allow you to make crucial switchouts and attempt to Snag it! None of Giovanni’s Shadow Pokémon won’t go down easily, however, so be prepared for them! It’s time to end Giovanni’s plans for world domination!
Pokémon: L55 Tyranitar, L55 Rhydon, L50 Kingdra, L50 Steelix, L50 Slaking, L50 Aerodactyl

Mission Ending

Once Giovanni’s team is defeated, Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie will tell him that he’s finished once again! However, Giovanni will explain that with just one word he can have Citadark Isle blown up instantly and take everyone on it with him! At this point, Maxie of Team Magma enters the area and sees that you’ve defeated Giovanni. Maxie will be shocked that you’ve managed to take down the mastermind behind this whole new Shadow Pokémon incident. Just then, Archie comes in as well and is shocked that the one who promised him an XD Shadow Kyogre has fallen! Giovanni will then bring up that if there ever was going to be a Shadow Kyogre, it would’ve been for Team Rocket and that this partnership between Team Rocket, Magma, Aqua, Flora, Plasma, Cipher, and Snagem has been dissolved! Giovanni then threatens to blow up the island and that they all get off while they still can! Maxie will bring up that there are still many people on the island, including their own and that they’ll be blown up, too! Archie then says that anyone like that can be replaced and that Citadark Isle will blow up, even if he has to do it himself! At this point, Farlie, and Plasmae enter the room, with Farlie telling Archie that he can’t let him do that! Plasmae will then ask Giovanni if he’s really willing to blow up his subordinates as well as her own. Farlie will then say that the decision is 2 to 3 (Giovanni and Archie in favor of destroying Citadark, Maxie, Farlie, and Plasmae in favor of not doing so). Giovanni will tell them that the decision is all his and that there will be enough time for them to get out while they still can.

Just then, as if on cue, Lance comes flying in on his Dragonite and has it use Dragon Claw directly on the control device that is in Giovanni’s hand, destroying the device but not even scratching Giovanni. Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie will recognize Lance, who brings up that as a Pokémom G-man, he was called into action when Cipher hijacked the S.S. Libra (he never got the chance to help out too much) and decided to help out some more when Team Rocket came to Orre. Lance’s mission was to stop the evil teams from abusing Pokémon through the horrifying method of turning them into Shadow Pokémon. He’ll then explain to everyone in the room that turning Pokémon into vicious fighting machines never makes them invincible, seeing that the good hearts of Michael and Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie have proven just that. Maxie brings up that perhaps Shadow Pokémon is not the way to achieve a better world of everyone, seeing as how they should have realized that regarding the first Shadow Pokémon incident five years ago. Then Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie will come in to the conversation herself. Liza will explain that Shadow Pokémon are among the worst atrocities there can be in the Pokémon world. Sonrisa will bring up that turning powerful legendary Pokémon such as Lugia, Ho-oh, and Rayquaza into Shadow Pokémon could cause imbalance in the world. Trixie will tell everyone that she got to experience Shadow Pokémon firsthand and is appalled at what’s become of them.

After Liza’s, Sonrisa’s, or Trixie’s dialogue, Farlie will say that she’s right about the whole incident and that maybe they were all wrong to create more Shadow Pokémon. Plasmae will then tell Archie and Giovanni that they must realize that as well. Lance will go up to Giovanni and say that the Shadow Pokémon threat must end now before more damage to Pokémon is done. At this point, Archie changes his mind and tells Giovanni that he will no longer have any part in his Shadow Pokémon scheme. Giovanni will finally give in and let everyone leave the island. However, he’ll bring up that as long as Shadow Pokémon are possible, there will be more. With this said, his helicopter flies in hear the dome and he bids everyone farewell. After Giovanni gets in the helicopter and leaves, Michael and Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie will be seen taking Luka’s boat back to Gateon Port. Back at Pokémon HQ, Professor Krane congratulates you on ridding the world of Shadow Pokémon once more. We also see Professor Oak, Elm, Birch, and Ivy here. At this point, Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie will tell Michael that the two of you did a great job together and that one day you and her could battle each other. She’ll then leave using her usual means of transportation. At this point, special credits depicting Shadow Pokémon seen during this mission (like Onix, Raichu, Charizard, Blastoise, and Venusaur).
 
Last edited:
After Team Rocket’s Defeat

<Rematch with Giovanni>

At any time after completing the mission, use the quick password given to you after the credits and continue the game where you left off. If you head to Citadark Isle and head into the Central Dome, you’ll notice on the large screen that instead of Greevil you see Giovanni. If you head up into Greevil’s chamber, Giovanni will greet you and say the same thing he said when you fought him here at the end of the mission. If you failed to Snag XD003, Giovanni will have you battle that first for another chance at Snagging it. He’ll then battle you again, giving you another opportunity to Snag any Shadow Pokémon you missed from him. However, for every Shadow Pokémon Snagged from him, he has a replacement for that Pokémon. After defeating him, you see the mission ending once more. For the record, using the quick password each time, this battle can be done as many times as you like. Here’s Giovanni’s lineup with the replacement Pokémon:

Rocket Leader Giovanni (M)
L55 Tyranitar, L55 Rhydon, L55 Flygon/L50 Kingdra, L55 Aggron/L50 Steelix, L55 Ursaring/L50 Slaking, L55 Dragonite/L50 Aerodactyl

<Return to Orre Colosseum>

After the mission is over, you’ll reappear inside your room at Pokémon HQ. You’ll have your regular team of Pokémon back and any Pokémon snagged during the mission will be put into your Pokémon Storage boxes. Also, the Pokémon that replaced your Eevee evolution is yours to keep and unless your party was full before the mission, it’ll still be in your party. If not, it’ll be in your PC. Any Pokémon that belonged to Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie at the beginning of the mission, however, stay with them. As soon as you start moving, your P*DA will go off with an E-mail. This E-mail is from Scott of the Battle Frontier, who’ll tell you he’s right outside of the Pokémon HQ. If you talk to Jovi, she’ll explain in her own words about seeing Scott (she refers to him as the blue shirt guy). Head outside, and Scott will greet you. He’ll go no to explain that he is looking for the strongest Trainers to take part in the Battle Frontier. Since you managed to take down both Team Cipher and Team Rocket’s Shadow Pokémon plans, he considers you to try out for the Battle Frontier! However, there’s no Battle Frontier in Hoenn! But Scott has set up a new challenge at Orre Colosseum instead. He’ll explain that this new set of rounds involves the Brains of the Battle Frontier once again, only this time they’re tougher.

Head over to Orre Colosseum, and Scott will be there (how he gets there right away is beyond our knowledge). If you go and talk to the receptionist, she’ll now bring up a challenge option. The choices are “Regular Challenge”, which is the normal Orre Colosseum set of rounds, and “Frontier Challenge”, which is the aforementioned set of rounds involving the Frontier Brains. With each round you have to fight through three strong Trainers without losing. The Final battle of the round pits you up against a specific Frontier Brain, also with a very powerful team. More on this challenge will be described later.

<Rainbow Six Rematch>

If you head to the Cipher Key Lair, at the entrance of the large circular platform outside are the Rainbow Six sisters, each arranged in a circle on the perimeter of the platform. It’s here you can battle them again to pick up any Shadow Pokémon that you missed from them. If you Snagged a Rainbow sister’s Pokémon, she’ll have a replacement Pokémon in its place. The levels of the Rainbow six’s Pokémon are now 50 and any that weren’t fully evolved before now are. These six can be rematched as many times as you want by entering then exiting the Key Lair or leaving the map. Also, if you defeat one this time, she’ll drop a Battle CD. Also, once all six are defeated, the last one defeated will drop a seventh CD (64). Here are the teams of the Rainbow Six:

Team Rocket Grunt [RBW R] (F)
L50 Ninetales, L50 Magcargo, L50 Torkoal, L50 Houndoom/L35 Camerupt
Drops Battle CD 58

Team Rocket Grunt [RBW O] (F)
L50 Machamp, L50 Hitmontop, L50 Medicham, L50 Poliwrath/L35 Hariyama
Drops Battle CD 59

Team Rocket Grunt [RBW Y] (F)
L50 Electabuzz, L50 Ampharos, L50 Manectric, L50 Electrode/L35 Flaaffy
Drops Battle CD 60

Team Rocket Grunt [RBW G] (F)
L50 Vileplume, L50 Sunflora, L50 Breloom, L50 Exeggutor/L35 Nuzleaf
Drops Battle CD 61

Team Rocket Grunt [RBW B] (F)
L50 Kingdra, L50 Lanturn, L50 Walrein, L50 Starmie/L35 Pelipper
Drops Battle CD 62

Team Rocket Grunt [RBW V] (F)
L50 Alakazam, L50 Wobbuffet, L50 Gardevoir, L50 Metagross/L35 Slowbro
Drops Battle CD 63

<New Pokémon Discovered at Poké Spots>

If you manage to complete the tougher Battle Frontier challenge at Orre Colosseum, Duking will E-mail you with some astounding news! He’ll tell you to head immediately to the Rock Poké Spot. Do so, and you’ll find him being interviewed by Pofty. Duking will see you walk on to the Spot, and will explain that he’s found evidence of ultra-rare Pokémon appearing at each of the Poké Spots! As it turns out, the Pokémon that have been coming to the Poké Spots are none other than Mew, Celebi, and Jirachi! Duking will also bring up that these Pokémon extremely rarely appear, much less than Trapinch, Surskit, or Wooper! After the conversation’s done, Mew has a chance of appearing at the Rock Poké Spot, Celebi at the Oasis Poké Spot, and Jirachi at the Cave Poké Spot. However, having these Pokémon come to the Spots is far more difficult than it is for any other wild Pokémon. In fact, here are some things that are necessary to remember:

1. You need to place many Poké Snacks on a Spot, sometimes enough to fill the whole spot. Otherwise, Mew, Celebi, or Jirachi will not come. Even then, the chances of them appearing are pretty slim.
2. If Mew, Celebi, or Jirachi does appear, it will always be at L50. As you would already expect, even Ultra Balls will have a difficult time capturing these elusive Pokémon.
3. Once you’ve captured Mew, Celebi, or Jirachi, that Pokémon will no longer appear at that Spot. If you faint one, you’ll eventually have another chance to capture it.

<Mystery Challenger at Orre Colosseum>

Once you have completed the "Anime Mission", this mission, and this mission (XD version), Eagun will send you an E-mail telling you that someone has arranged a new round of battles at Orre Colosseum. However, he neglects to mention just who. Anyway, head over there and partake in the challenge. This set of four battles once more involves Pokémon using e-Reader Berries, so it’s more difficult than you’d expect if you’re not prepared with e-Reader Berry-equipped Pokémon of your own. When you make it to the Final battle, the person you’re up against is none other that Liza, Sonrisa, or Trixie! Which one you battle is the same one who helped you out on the “Anime Mission”. She also happens to have a very powerful team.

Upon completing the challenge, Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie will ask you to hook up what she calls a “Dual System”. “Dual System” is another way of saying Nintendo DS. Transmit the passwords of Shadow Crystal, Steal Crystal, and Reclaim Crystal to the Naka server, and make sure you’re connected with Pokémon XD: Gale of Darkness via Wi-Fi. Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie will explain that she has some footage of a “dark hedgehog”. As it turns out, you’re being treated to a teaser trailer for the game "Shadow the Hedgehog" on the TV screen.

Once the trailer has ended, Liza/Sonrisa/Trixie will explain that she’ll give the trailer to Dr. Kaminko. At any time after this point, you can head over to Kaminko’s House and head up to the TV screen. There are now two options that will appear; “Watch TV” and “Watch Trailer”. Choose Watch Trailer and you’ll be prompted to transmit the passwords again. By doing so, you can watch the "Shadow the Hedgehog" trailer once more on Kaminko’s TV screen.

<One Last Shadow Pokémon>

One you have Snagged every Shadow Pokémon there is to be found in Pokémon XD: Gale of Darkness, both main game and additional, as well as completed the Mt. Battle Ultra Trainer Challenge, you’ll get an E-mail from someone known as Nived. Nived will explain that he knows how powerful you are and wants to match wits with you. He’ll arrange for a Marathon Battle at Realgam Tower for you to participate in with him. He’ll also being up that you should being along any of the “Super” Shadow Pokémon you have in your inventory with you just in case. Anyway, head to Realgam Tower and you’ll battle Nived in a Marathon Battle like he arranged. Before the battle, Nived will explain that he is a really powerful Trainer who has mastered toe Indigo, Johto, Hoenn, and Orange League, mastered all of the Battle Frontier, including Battle Island, Battle Resort, and Battle Stadium, including Battle Stadium Ultra, that he’s mastered Realgam Tower and Orre Colosseum, has completed both Mt. Battle’s regular challenge and the Ultra Trainer Challenge, and now that you’ve cleared the Ultra Trainer Challenge yourself, he wants to test your might. Nived has four teams of really powerful and well-varied Pokémon with him and you’ll have to use four teams of your own as well. Nived’s final Pokémon has to be a Shadow Pokémon, a Deoxys (Normal form). This is what he meant when he said to bring a Shadow Pokémon of your own with you. Here’s Nived’s really tough team:

Master Trainer Nived (M)
Teams: 4
First Team: L75 Golem, L75 Lanturn, L76 Houndoom, L76 Exeggutor, L77 Salamence, L77 Metagross
Second Team: L76 Shedinja, L76 Jynx, L77 Venusaur, L77 Blaziken, L78 Dragonite, L78 Tyranitar
Third Team: L77 Alakazam, L77 Heracross, L78 Blissey, L78 Kingdra, L79 Sceptile, L79 Charizard
Fourth Team: L78 Raikou, L78 Entei, L79 Kyogre, L79 Groudon, L80 Rayquaza, L50 Deoxys-N
For the record, Nived’s appearance is a tall man with black hair, dark glasses, and an overcoat that covers all of his body, thus making him very mysterious. This also happens to be what the two Master Trainers from a past Trainers’ Colosseum challenge in Colosseum look like.
The music that plays during this battle is a chain of a remix of the Champion battle theme from Gold/Silver/Crystal, a remix of Red’s theme from Gold/Silver/Crystal, and Deoxys’s theme from FireRed/LeafGreen.


Also, here’s what’s on the Battle CD’s dropped by the Rainbow Six:

Battle CD 58:
Name: MEW versus MEWTWO!
Description: "The original versus the clone!"
Sim Trainer Type: Supertrainer (Female)
Sim Trainer Name: Newala
Battle Type: Single
Turns: Infinite
Your Pokémon
L70 Mew - Psychic, Shadow Ball, Endure
(Type: Psychic) (AB: Synchronize)
Opponent Pokémon
L70 Mewtwo - Thunderbolt, Shadow Ball, Recover
(Type: Psychic) (AB: Pressure)

Battle CD 59:
Name: The Power of One!
Description: "Quell the legendary birds!"
Sim Trainer Type: Supertrainer (Male)
Sim Trainer Name: Larry
Battle Type: Double
Turns: Infinite
Your Pokémon
L70 Lugia - Aeroblast, Hydro Pump, Ice Beam, Thunderbolt
(Type: Psychic/Flying) (AB: Pressure)
Opponent Pokémon
L70 Articuno - Ice Beam, Water Pulse
(Type: Ice/Flying) (AB: Pressure)
L70 Zapdos - Thunderbolt, Steel Wing
(Type: Electric/Flying) (AB: Pressure)
L70 Moltres - Flamethrower, Wing Attack
(Type: Fire/Flying) (AB: Pressure)

Battle CD 60:
Name: Spell of the UNOWN!
Description: "The mystery of the UNOWN is revealed!"
Sim Trainer Type: Street Performer (Generic)
Sim Trainer Name: Moll
Battle Type: Double
Turns: Infinite
Your Pokémon
L50 Unown (A) - Hidden Power (Ground, 70)
(Type: Psychic) (AB: Levitate)
L50 Unown (G) - Hidden Power (Grass, 90)
(Type: Psychic) (AB: Levitate)
L50 Unown (W) - Hidden Power (Water, 50)
(Type: Psychic) (AB: Levitate)
L50 Unown (S) - Hidden Power (Steel, 70)
(Type: Psychic) (AB: Levitate)
L50 Unown (R) - Hidden Power (Rock, 90)
(Type: Psychic) (AB: Levitate)
L50 Unown (I) - Hidden Power (Ice, 50)
(Type: Psychic) (AB: Levitate)
Opponent Pokémon
L75 Entei - Fire Blast, Double-Edge
(Type: Fire) (AB: Pressure)

Battle CD 61:
Name: Voice of the forest!
Description: "SUICUNE against CELEBI! Who will win?"
Sim Trainer Type: Rider (Female)
Sim Trainer Name: Maureen
Battle Type: Single
Turns: Infinite
Your Pokémon
L50 Suicune - Surf, Icy Wind, Calm Mind, Mirror Coat
(Type: Water) (AB: Pressure)
Opponent Pokémon
L50 Celebi - Giga Drain, Psychic, Calm Mind, Recover
(Type: Psychic/Grass) (AB: Natural Cure)

Battle CD 62:
Name: Guardians of the SOUL DEW!
Description: "Can a legendary pair be defeated?"
Sim Trainer Type: Hunter (Female)
Sim Trainer Name: Briana
Battle Type: Double
Turns: Infinite
Your Pokémon
L50 Ariados - Signal Beam, Psychic, Reflect
(Type: Bug/Poison) (AB: Swarm)
L50 Espeon - Psychic, Bite, Light Screen
(Type: Psychic) (AB: Synchronize)
Opponent Pokémon
L50 Latias - Psychic
(Type: Dragon/Psychic) (AB: Levitate)
L50 Latios - Thunderbolt
(Type: Dragon/Psychic) (AB: Levitate)

Battle CD 63:
Name: JIRACHI the wishmaker!
Description: "Make a WISH for the DROUGHT to end!"
Sim Trainer Type: Glasses Man (Generic)
Sim Trainer Name: Buford
Battle Type: Single
Turns: Infinite
Your Pokémon
L70 Jirachi - Psychic, Protect, Substitute, Rest
(Type: Steel/Psychic) (AB: Serene Grace) (Item: Chesto Berry)
Opponent Pokémon
L70 Groudon - Fire Blast, Earthquake, Solarbeam
(Type: Ground) (AB: Drought)

Battle CD 64:
Name: Visitors of the Space Fissure!
Description: "Defeat the dual space POKéMON!"
Sim Trainer Type: Beauty (Generic)
Sim Trainer Name: Larosa
Battle Type: Double
Turns: Infinite
Your Pokémon
L70 Rayquaza - Crunch, Dragon Claw, Endure, Protect
(Type: Dragon/Flying) (AB: Air Lock)
Opponent Pokémon
L70 Deoxys (N) - Psychic, Thunderbolt, Ice Beam, Hyper Beam
(Type: Psychic) (AB: Pressure)
L70 Deoxys (N) - Psychic, Thunderbolt, Ice Beam, Hyper Beam
(Type: Psychic) (AB: Pressure)
 
Last edited:
Here’s the Battle Frontier Orre Colosseum challenge in much more detail! I have the teams of all 28 Trainers and Frontier Brains that you’ll be battling! In fact, these Trainers have tactics and strategies in store to use against you! In other words, be prepared for anything!

BATTLE FRONTIER CHALLENGE ROUND 1

ROUND 1

BATTLE 1: CHASER JACIA ♀
L60+ Roselia♂ – Solarbeam, Sludge Bomb, Hidden Power, Synthesis
(Type: Grass/Poison) (AB: Natural Cure) (Item: Focus Band)
L60+ Magcargo♀ – Rock Slide, Flamethrower, Hidden Power, Sunny Day
(Type: Fire/Rock) (AB: Magma Armor) (Item: Scope Lens)
L60+ Lanturn♂ – Surf, Ice Beam, Thunder, Confuse Ray
(Type: Water/Electric) (AB: Volt Absorb) (Item: Shell Bell)
L60+ Ludicolo♀ – Giga Drain, Hydro Pump, Leech Seed, Toxic
(Type: Water/Grass) (AB: Rain Dish) (Item: Leftovers)
L60+ Torkoal♂ – Heat Wave, Double-Edge, Iron Tail, Hidden Power
(Type: Fire) (AB: White Smoke) (Item: Quick Claw)
L60+ Plusle♀ – Thunder, Thunder Wave, Rain Dance, Helping Hand
(Type: Electric) (AB: Plus) (Item: King’s Rock)

BATTLE 2: CASUAL DUDE RYGAN ♂
L60+ Swellow – Façade, Sky Attack, Steel Wing, Double Team
(Type: Normal/Flying) (AB: Guts) (Item: Barret Berry)
L60+ Jolteon – Thunderbolt, Hidden Power, Substitute, Thunder Wave
(Type: Electric) (AB: Volt Absorb) (Item: Lax Incense)
L60+ Sneasel – Ice Beam, Faint Attack, Surf, Brick Break
(Type: Dark/Ice) (AB: Keen Eye) (Item: Juan Berry)
L60+ Rapidash – Fire Spin, Stomp, Attract, Toxic
(Type: Fire) (AB: Flash Fire) (Item: Brightpowder)
L60+ Sceptile – Leaf Blade, Dragon Claw, Thunderpunch, Earthquake
(Type: Grass) (AB: Overgrow) (Item: Cloud Berry)
L60+ Crobat – Bite, Mean Look, Toxic, Confuse Ray
(Type: Poison/Flying) (AB: Inner Focus) (Item: King’s Rock)

SEIMFINAL: SWIMMER DEZZA ♀
L60+ Ludicolo – Surf, Giga Drain, Ice Beam, Leech Seed
(Type: Water/Grass) (AB: Rain Dish) (Item: Leftovers)
L60+ Starmie – Surf, Thunder, Ice Beam, Psychic
(Type: Water/Psychic) (AB: Natural Cure) (Item: Vincentberry)
L60+ Sharpedo – Hydro Pump, Ice Beam, Crunch, Rain Dance
(Type: Water/Dark) (AB: Rough Skin) (Item: Focus Band)
L60+ Lanturn – Thunder, Hydro Pump, Ice Beam, Confuse Ray
(Type: Water/Electric) (AB: Volt Absorb) (Item: Whitneyberry)
L60+ Cloyster – Ice Beam, Hydro Pump, Spikes, Light Screen
(Type: Water/Ice) (AB: Shell Armor) (Item: Diamond Shell)
L60+ Kingdra – Surf, Dragonbreath, Ice Beam, Rain Dance
(Type: Water/Dragon) (AB: Swift Swim) (Item: Barret Berry)

FINAL: DOME ACE TUCKER ♂
L60+ Swampert – Surf, Blizzard, Earthquake, Toxic
(Type: Water/Ground) (AB: Torrent) (Item: Norman Berry)
L60+ Meganium – Razor Leaf, Reflect, Light Screen, Leech Seed
(Type: Grass) (AB: Overgrow) (Item: Brightpowder)
L60+ Charizard – Overheat, Earthquake, Aerial Ace, Dragon Dance
(Type: Fire/Flying) (AB: Blaze) (Item: White Herb)
L60+ Salamence – Dragon Claw, Crunch, Flamethrower, Aerial Ace
(Type: Dragon/Flying) (AB: Intimidate) (Item: Cloud Berry)
L60+ Metagross – Meteor Mash, Earthquake, Shadow Ball, Rock Slide
(Type: Steel/Psychic) (AB: Clear Body) (Item: Chuck Berry)
L60+ Latias – Mist Ball, Dragonbreath, Water Pulse, Thunderbolt
(Type: Dragon/Psychic) (AB: Levitate) (Item: King’s Rock)
 
Last edited:
BATTLE FRONTIER CHALLENGE ROUND 2

ROUND 2

BATTLE 1: CHASER ROBUSE ♂
L60+ Tropius – Solarbeam, Aerial Ace, Earthquake, Sunny Day
(Type: Grass/Flying) (AB: Chlorophyll) (Item: Barret Berry)
L60+ Camerupt – Fire Blast, Earthquake, Rock Slide, Sunny Day
(Type: Fire/Ground) (AB: Magma Armor) (Item: Quick Claw)
L60+ Vaporeon – Hydro Pump, Ice Beam, Wish, Rain Dance
(Type: Water) (AB: Water Absorb) (Item: Leftovers)
L60+ Shiftry – Solarbeam, Faint Attack, Extrasensory, Brick Break
(Type: Grass/Dark) (AB: Chlorophyll) (Item: Vincentberry)
L60+ Magmar – Overheat, Thunderpunch, Psychic, Iron Tail
(Type: Fire) (AB: Flame Body) (Item: White Herb)
L60+ Minun – Thunder, Thunder Wave, Rain Dance, Helping Hand
(Type: Electric) (AB: Minus) (Item: Norman Berry)

BATTLE 2: ATHLETE MIRI ♀
L60+ Victreebel – Razor Leaf, Spit Up, Swallow, Stockpile
(Type: Grass/Poison) (AB: Chlorophyll) (Item: Lance Berry)
L60+ Swampert – Surf, Earthquake, Ice Beam, Mirror Coat
(Type: Water/Ground) (AB: Torrent) (Item: Wallaceberry)
L60+ Manectric – Thunderbolt, Crunch, Iron Tail, Thunder Wave
(Type: Electric) (AB: Lightningrod) (Item: King’s Rock)
L60+ Gardevoir – Psychic, Thunderbolt, Calm Mind, Will-o-Wisp
(Type: Psychic) (AB: Trace) (Item: Lax Incense)
L60+ Umbreon – Faint Attack, Mean Look, Confuse Ray, Wish
(Type: Dark) (AB: Synchronize) (Item: Whitneyberry)
L60+ Magcargo – Heat Wave, Rock Slide, Acid Armor, Sandstorm
(Type: Fire/Rock) (AB: Magma Armor) (Item: Brightpowder)

SEIMFINAL: HUNTER KURDIO ♂
L60+ Ludicolo♂ – Surf, Razor Leaf, Ice Beam, Thunderpunch
(Type: Water/Grass) (AB: Rain Dish) (Item: Vincentberry)
L60+ Houndoom♀ – Crunch, Flamethrower, Solarbeam, Sunny Day
(Type: Dark/Fire) (AB: Flash Fire) (Item: Brightpowder)
L60+ Ampharos♂ – Thunder, Brick Break, Fire Punch, Rain Dance
(Type: Electric) (AB: Static) (Item: Cloud Berry)
L60+ Alakazam♂ – Psychic, Thunderpunch, Fire Punch, Light Screen
(Type: Psychic) (AB: Synchronize) (Item: Steven Berry)
L60+ Flygon♀ – Earthquake, Dragon Claw, Solarbeam, Flamethrower
(Type: Ground/Dragon) (AB: Levitate) (Item: Scope Lens)
L60+ Articuno – Ice Beam, Water Pulse, Sheer Cold, Mind Reader
(Type: Ice/Flying) (AB: Pressure) (Item: Quick Claw)

FINAL: PIKE QUEEN LUCY ♀
L60+ Seviper – Poison Fang, Earthquake, Flamethrower, Giga Drain
(Type: Poison) (AB: Shed Skin) (Item: Barret Berry)
L60+ Dusclops – Ice Beam, Psychic, Earthquake, Imprison
(Type: Ghost) (AB: Pressure) (Item: Wallaceberry)
L60+ Milotic – Hydro Pump, Ice Beam, Mirror Coat, Recover
(Type: Water) (AB: Marvel Scale) (Item: Whitneyberry)
L60+ Shuckle – Rollout, Wrap, Toxic, Rest
(Type: Bug/Rock) (AB: Sturdy) (Item: Chesto Berry)
L60+ Steelix – Earthquake, Iron Tail, Explosion, Sandstorm
(Type: Steel/Ground) (AB: Sturdy) (Item: Quick Claw)
L60+ Dragonite – Earthquake, Brick Break, Aerial Ace, Dragon Dance
(Type: Dragon/Flying) (AB: Inner Focus) (Item: Scope Lens)
 
Last edited:
BATTLE FRONTIER CHALLENGE ROUND 3

ROUND 3

BATTLE 1: RIDER HAMBERT ♂
L60+ Smeargle – Spore, Belly Drum, Baton Pass, Sheer Cold
(Type: Normal) (AB: Own Tempo) (Item: Aeris Berry)
L60+ Ninjask – Silver Wind, Substitute, Swords Dance, Baton Pass
(Type: Bug/Flying) (AB: Speed Boost) (Item: Cloud Berry)
L60+ Altaria – Dragon Claw, Aerial Ace, Flamethrower, Earthquake
(Type: Dragon/Flying) (AB: Natural Cure) (Item: Barret Berry)
L60+ Gengar – Shadow Ball, Sludge Bomb, Thunderbolt, Psychic
(Type: Ghost/Poison) (AB: Levitate) (Item: King’s Rock)
L60+ Sunflora – Razor Leaf, Double-Edge, Sludge Bomb, Hidden Power
(Type: Grass) (AB: Chlorophyll) (Item: Quick Claw)
L60+ Azumarill – Surf, Double-Edge, Ice Beam, Brick Break
(Type: Water) (AB: Huge Power) (Item: Leftovers)

BATTLE 2: PSYCHIC SENTEN ♂
L60+ Alakazam – Psychic, Hidden Power, Fire Punch, Thunderpunch
(Type: Psychic) (AB: Synchronize) (Item: Vincentberry)
L60+ Exeggutor – Psychic, Giga Drain, Ancientpower, Stun Spore
(Type: Grass/Psychic) (AB: Chlorophyll) (Item: Quick Claw)
L60+ Starmie – Psychic, Ice Beam, Surf, Confuse Ray
(Type: Water/Psychic) (AB: Natural Cure) (Item: Wattsonberry)
L60+ Jynx – Psychic, Blizzard, Lovely Kiss, Mean Look
(Type: Ice/Psychic) (AB: Oblivious) (Item: King’s Rock)
L60+ Xatu – Psychic, Faint Attack, Confuse Ray, Thunder Wave
(Type: Psychic/Flying) (AB: Early Bird) (Item: Brightpowder)
L60+ Metagross – Psychic, Meteor Mash, Fire Punch, Shadow Ball
(Type: Steel/Psychic) (AB: Clear Body) (Item: Cloud Berry)

SEMIFINAL: TEACHER SERGIA ♀
L60+ Venusaur – Giga Drain, Toxic, Light Screen, Leech Seed
(Type: Grass/Poison) (AB: Chlorophyll) (Item: Wallaceberry)
L60+ Charizard – Flamethrower, Aerial Ace, Earthquake, Dragon Dance
(Type: Fire/Flying) (AB: Blaze) (Item: Brightpowder)
L60+ Blastoise – Surf, Ice Beam, Reflect, Mirror Coat
(Type: Water) (AB: Torrent) (Item: Whitneyberry)
L60+ Ampharos – Thunderbolt, Fire Punch, Thunder Wave, Cotton Spore
(Type: Electric) (AB: Static) (Item: Lax Incense)
L60+ Gardevoir – Psychic, Thunderbolt, Ice Punch, Calm Mind
(Type: Psychic) (AB: Trace) (Item: Scope Lens)
L60+ Salamence – Dragon Claw, Crunch, Flamethrower, Hydro Pump
(Type: Dragon/Flying) (AB: Intimidate) (Item: Vincentberry)

FINAL: ARENA TYCOON GRETA ♀
L60+ Umbreon – Faint Attack, Psychic, Confuse Ray, Wish
(Type: Dark) (AB: Synchronize) (Item: Leftovers)
L60+ Dodrio – Drill Peck, Tri Attack, Steel Wing, Torment
(Type: Normal/Flying) (AB: Early Bird) (Item: King’s Rock)
L60+ Heracross – Megahorn, Earthquake, Endure, Reversal
(Type: Bug/Fighting) (AB: Swarm) (Item: Salac Berry)
L60+ Shiftry – Giga Drain, Faint Attack, Extrasensory, Brick Break
(Type: Grass/Dark) (AB: Early Bird) (Item: Lance Berry)
L60+ Gengar – Shadow Ball, Brick Break, Thunderbolt, Psychic
(Type: Ghost/Poison) (AB: Levitate) (Item: Chuck Berry)
L60+ Shedinja – Shadow Ball, Silver Wind, Faint Attack, Psychic
(Type: Bug/Ghost) (AB: Wonder Guard) (Item: Will Berry)
 
Last edited:
BATTLE FRONTIER CHALLENGE ROUND 4

ROUND 4

BATTLE 1: HUNTER TRACIA ♀
L60+ Torkoal – Eruption, Explosion, Protect, Sunny Day
(Type: Fire) (AB: White Smoke) (Item: Vector Berry)
L60+ Venusaur – Solarbeam, Leech Seed, Synthesis, Light Screen
(Type: Grass/Poison) (AB: Overgrow) (Item: Brightpowder)
L60+ Espeon – Psychic, Morning Sun, Reflect, Helping Hand
(Type: Psychic) (AB: Synchronize) (Item: Norman Berry)
L60+ Camerupt – Eruption, Explosion, Earthquake, Protect
(Type: Fire/Ground) (AB: Magma Armor) (Item: Quick Claw)
L60+ Shiftry – Solarbeam, Explosion, Faint Attack, Protect
(Type: Grass/Dark) (AB: Chlorophyll) (Item: King’s Rock)
L60+ Solrock – Psychic, Flamethrower, Solarbeam, Sunny Day
(Type: Rock/Psychic) (AB: Levitate) (Item: Juan Berry)

BATTLE 2: GUITARIST JOHAN ♂
L60+ Ampharos – Thunderbolt, Fire Punch, Iron Tail, Thunder Wave
(Type: Electric) (AB: Static) (Item: Cid Berry)
L60+ Lanturn – Thunderbolt, Hydro Pump, Confuse Ray, Thunder Wave
(Type: Water/Electric) (AB: Volt Absorb) (Item: Luana Berry)
L60+ Zapdos – Thunderbolt, Drill Peck, Steel Wing, Thunder Wave
(Type: Electric/Flying) (AB: Pressure) (Item: Brightpowder)
L60+ Sceptile – Leaf Blade, Earthquake, Crunch, Dragonbreath
(Type: Grass) (AB: Overgrow) (Item: King’s Rock)
L60+ Ludicolo – Razor Leaf, Ice Beam, Water Pulse, Body Slam
(Type: Water/Grass) (AB: Swift Swim) (Item: Cissy Berry)
L60+ Exeggutor – Giga Drain, Psychic, Stomp, Stun Spore
(Type: Grass/Psychic) (AB: Chlorophyll) (Item: Lax Incense)

SEMIFINAL: KIMONO GIRL LAKURA ♀
L60+ Blaziken – Fire Blast, Thunderpunch, Endure, Reversal
(Type: Fire/Fighting) (AB: Blaze) (Item: Salac Berry)
L60+ Bellossom – Magical Leaf, Attract, Sleep Powder, Stun Spore
(Type: Grass) (AB: Chlorophyll) (Item: Quick Claw)
L60+ Lapras – Ice Beam, Water Pulse, Sing, Sheer Cold
(Type: Water/Ice) (AB: Water Absorb) (Item: Trixie Berry)
L60+ Exploud – Smellingsalt, Earthquake, Flamethrower, Shadow Ball
(Type: Normal) (AB: Soundproof) (Item: Vector Berry)
L60+ Umbreon – Psychic, Bite, Confuse Ray, Wish
(Type: Dark) (AB: Synchronize) (Item: King’s Rock)
L60+ Gardevoir – Dream Eater, Magical Leaf, Fire Punch, Thunder Wave
(Type: Psychic) (AB: Trace) (Item: Vincentberry)

FINAL: FACTORY HEAD NOLAND ♂
L60+ ????? - ??????????, ??????????, ??????????, ??????????
(Type: ???) (AB: ???) (Item: ???)
L60+ ????? - ??????????, ??????????, ??????????, ??????????
(Type: ???) (AB: ???) (Item: ???)
L60+ ????? - ??????????, ??????????, ??????????, ??????????
(Type: ???) (AB: ???) (Item: ???)
L60+ ????? - ??????????, ??????????, ??????????, ??????????
(Type: ???) (AB: ???) (Item: ???)
L60+ ????? - ??????????, ??????????, ??????????, ??????????
(Type: ???) (AB: ???) (Item: ???)
L60+ ????? - ??????????, ??????????, ??????????, ??????????
(Type: ???) (AB: ???) (Item: ???)
Note: You’re not seeing things here. Like you would expect from the Brain on the Battle Frontier facility that specializes in random Pokémon, Noland’s Pokémon team is completely random. The only info I can give you is that he’ll use any other Orre Colosseum Final team there is, be it a Cipher Admin’s, other Frontier Brain’s, or any other team. Also, you’ll get to see what Noland’s Pokémon are before the battle begins and thus can form some sort of strategy around him. However, his roster will change every time you battle him. So if you lose to Noland and make it to the Final round again, you’ll have to pull off a different strategy to take down different Pokémon.
 
Back
Top